Custom Report - Peribo

315
AHCI: The Independent Spirit Author: MULLER, OLIVIER ISBN: 9782940506378 Imprint: Watchprint Binding: Hardcover Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm Category: Antiques/Coll. Release Date: 01/02/2021 RRP: $150.00 9HSMJOA*fagdhi+ Peribo Pty Limited 58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australia t (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected] www.peribo.com.au Pages: 215 The Academy of Independent Creators in Watchmaking (Academie Horlogere des Createurs Independants, AHCI) is celebrating its 35th anniversary in 2020: that's over one-third of a century of total independence, creativity, exhibitions, and sharing watchmaking craftsmanship. Here, AHCI, the oldest organisation in the world devoted to protecting independent, artisanal watchmaking, presents an inside portrait of its members and candidates. They share their most iconic creations and their knowhow, give guided tours of their workshops, and offer a glimpse into their own private world. This dive into the beating heart of independent watchmaking is for all lovers of creativity and authenticity, be they connoisseurs of fine craftsmanship or experienced collectors willing to take the road less travelled. AUTHOR: Olivier Muller is a professional luxury journalist and consultant. He divides his time between Geneva and Paris, covering horology-related topics for a dozen or so magazines and specialist websites in Europe. He is also a regular speaker at various events. In 2008, Olivier Muller set up Delos Communications, spanning five European countries. Five people work for the agency, including a journalist, two photographers, a community manager and a translator, all with expertise in the world of luxury. SELLING POINTS: AHCI's landmark book, celebrating 35 years' support of independent Swiss Fine Watchmaking The anniversary book that brings together the independent creators of the finest Swiss watches 228 colour illustrations

Transcript of Custom Report - Peribo

AHCI: The Independent Spirit

Author: MULLER, OLIVIER

ISBN: 9782940506378

Imprint: Watchprint

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Antiques/Coll.

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $150.00 9HSMJOA*fagdhi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 215

The Academy of Independent Creators in Watchmaking (Academie Horlogere des CreateursIndependants, AHCI) is celebrating its 35th anniversary in 2020: that's over one-third of acentury of total independence, creativity, exhibitions, and sharing watchmaking craftsmanship.Here, AHCI, the oldest organisation in the world devoted to protecting independent, artisanalwatchmaking, presents an inside portrait of its members and candidates. They share their mosticonic creations and their knowhow, give guided tours of their workshops, and offer a glimpseinto their own private world. This dive into the beating heart of independent watchmaking is forall lovers of creativity and authenticity, be they connoisseurs of fine craftsmanship or experiencedcollectors willing to take the road less travelled.

AUTHOR:Olivier Muller is a professional luxury journalist and consultant. He divides his time betweenGeneva and Paris, covering horology-related topics for a dozen or so magazines and specialistwebsites in Europe. He is also a regular speaker at various events. In 2008, Olivier Muller set upDelos Communications, spanning five European countries. Five people work for the agency,including a journalist, two photographers, a community manager and a translator, all withexpertise in the world of luxury.

SELLING POINTS:• AHCI's landmark book, celebrating 35 years' support of independent Swiss Fine Watchmaking• The anniversary book that brings together the independent creators of the finest Swisswatches

228 colour illustrations

Puukko: Finnish Knives from Antiquity toToday

Author: RUUSUVUORI, ANSSI

ISBN: 9780764360701

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 215 x 279 mm

Category: Antiques/Coll.

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $115.00 9HSKHQE*dgahab+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

For a Finn, the puukko is the most important tool and at the same time the most feared weapon.You could almost say the puukko has the same importance for a Finn as the samurai sword hasfor the Japanese. It is a 2,000-year-old mystical weapon that has been used for centuries withthe same conviction and dexterity during times of peace and war. This comprehensive resourceon the Finnish puukko is the only one available and covers the history and the various types byusing extensive photos of examples. Anssi Ruusuvuori has reprocessed the history of thisremarkable knife type in a form unique up to now. He deals with technical and design aspects ofthe puukko and guides the reader through the history of this legendary tool and weapon fromthe Viking era up to the present. He reports about the great master smiths of industrialisation inthe late 19th century and about rediscovering the puukko in the recent past. This book's initialfocus is on the puukko's technology and history. In the second section, the author introduces thedifferent puukko types according to their materials and construction. Thereafter are presentedthe multiple regional types and special puukkos, which are essential to know about as a collectorand knife enthusiast. This book provides a comprehensive overview with respect to the topic"puukko" and transfers a rich treasure of knowledge. During its long history, the puukko wasused for a great diversity of tasks, such as the production of ladles and other household tools;the carving of ornaments; scratching ice off cart wheels; cutting food; gutting and skinning ofgame, fish, or livestock; climbing out of an ice hole back to firm ground; and magic rituals (toprotect children from evil spirits, to pray for a good harvest, and so on). It was used forself-defense and for duels. The main source of material for this book is the puukko collections ofFinnish museums and private collectors. The greater part of researched knives is from theNational Museum of Finland. Additional material was gathered from the Kauhava PuukkoMuseum, the Peura Museum, the Turku Regional Museum, the Aboa Vetus et Ars Nova Museum,the Ostrobothnian Museum, the Museum of Crime, and various private collections.

AUTHOR:Anssi Ruusuvuori is a well-known Finnish knife maker and winner of the national Fiskars puukkocompetition. He is a passionate collector and profound connoisseur of Finnish puukko(www.arknives.suntuubi.com).

745 colour images

Rolex: The Watch Book (New, ExtendedEdition)

Author: BRUNNER, GISBERT L.

ISBN: 9783961713233

Imprint: teNeues

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 250 x 320 mm

Category: Antiques/Coll.

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $185.00 9HSNJQB*hbdcdd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

No doubt about it, Rolex is a chronometric legend. The company was founded in 1905 by HansWilsdorf, a Bavarian marketing genius who focused on innovation. Watch enthusiasts haveWilsdorf to thank for many outstanding models and technical advances, including the firstofficially-certified wristwatches, the waterproof Oyster housing, the Datejust and sports watcheslike the Submariner dive's watch, which dates back more than fifty years.

Although this book gives the company's incredible tradition its due, it also devotes ample space tothe present. Crafted in-house to exacting specifications, Rolex's breadth of timepieces combinethe utmost in sophisticated luxury with advanced precision. All this and much more is yours toenjoy in the third volume of the successful The Watch Book series.

AUTHOR;Gisbert L Brunner, born in 1947, has been working with wristwatches, pendulum clocks, andother precision timekeeping instruments since 1964. During the quartz watch crisis in the 1970s,he discovered a new love for mechanical timepieces as well. His talent and passion for collectingchronographs led him to publish his first articles on the subject in magazines, including GQ, ZEITMagazin and Chronos, in the 1980s. He has since written more than twenty books about everyaspect of the field.

SELLING POINTS:• Updated content including the latest Rolex watches• Extended edition of the best-selling reference work• Informative text and hundreds of photos are a fitting testament to the world-renowned Rolexbrand• Respected wristwatch expert and historian Gisbert L. Brunner shares his extensive subjectknowledge once more• A must-have for watch collectors, enthusiasts and anyone wishing to become one

350 colour and 55 b/w photographs

Uncorked: A Corkscrew Collection

Author: KARP / BROOKE

ISBN: 9780789213778

Imprint: Abbeville Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 210 mm

Category: Antiques/Coll.

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSKHSJ*cbdhhi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

A splendid (and giftable) visual guide to the beautifully convoluted world of corkscrews.

Ever since the standardised wine bottle came into use in the eighteenth century, thirsty peoplehave sought a convenient means of removing its cork stopper. At first they employed whateverwas at hand - including the helical gun screws used to clean out firearms - but the patentcorkscrew emerged by 1795 and soon multiplied into more permutations than the proverbialbetter mousetrap. In Uncorked, Marilynn Gelfman Karp uses her own collection of corkscrews -carefully chosen both for their inventiveness and for their decorative qualities - to trace thehistory and evolution of this curious tool. She establishes a taxonomy of the corkscrew, based onthe fundamental characteristics of handle, shaft, and screw, and then presents more than 650individual specimens by category. They range from the simplest "basic T" models to the mostwhimsical flights of fancy (a folding pair of legs, a seahorse) and the most elaborate mechanicalcontrivances. Each example is illustrated with superb colour photography and fully described.Uncorked is at once a serious contribution to the history of material culture, and a delight to pagethrough. It will be an essential reference for helixophiles (as collectors of these gadgets arecalled) and an agreeable gift for any corkscrew-wielding wine lover.

AUTHORS:Marilynn Gelfman Karp is professor emerita at New York University and a collector and historianof extraordinary objects. Her other publications include In Flagrante Collecto: Caught in the Act ofCollecting.

Jeremy Franklin Brooke is professor of filmmaking at the New School, as well as the creator ofthe information management systems used in the preparation of Uncorked.

562 colour illustrations

Anupama Kundoo: Taking Time

Author: KUNDOO, ANUPAMA

ISBN: 9783037786376

Imprint: Lars Mueller

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 300 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $105.00 9HSNANH*higdhg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

The comprehensive first monograph on Indian architect Anupama Kundoo.

The fourth volume in the book series The Architect's Studio presents the Indian architectAnupama Kundoo (born 1967). Kundoo is a much-revered architect whose work aims to shedlight on a scarce resource in our life: time. Kundoo sees time as a forgotten resource inarchitecture.

Constructed as a journey through time, this volume explores how Kundoo integrates traditionalIndian building customs, crafts and materials into her current works. In general, Kundoo isconcerned with using as few material resources as possible in her architecture, and is attentive totraditional building methods. A perfect distillation of her working methods can be found in thehouse she built for herself outside the community of Auroville, India. The house, constructed ofterracotta, brick, concrete and wood, creates a seamless transition on a human scale betweenthe interior and the exterior with elements of both mirroring each other within and without.

AUTHOR:Anupama Kundoo was born in Pune, India in 1967. In 2013 she received an honourable mentionin the ArcVision International Prize for Women in Architecture for "her dedication whenapproaching the problem of affordability of construction and sustainability in all aspects."Kundoo's internationally recognised and award-winning architecture practice started in 1990 anddemonstrates a strong focus on material research and experimentation towards an architecturethat has low environmental impact and is appropriate to the socio-economic context. Kundoo hasbuilt extensively in India and has had the experience of working, researching and teaching in avariety of cultural contexts across the world. She is currently Professor of Affordable Habitat atthe UCJC Madrid and the Strauch Visiting Critic at Cornell University.

200 illustrations

Architecture Highlights 11

Author: CHEN, WANG

ISBN: 9789881978745

Imprint: Artpower International Pu

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 290 x 290 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $150.00 9HSTISB*jhihef+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

Architecture Highlights 11, the latest in a well-regarded series, brings together 47 recent projectsfrom 22 architectural firms. The essence of each project is thoroughly explored in plans,elevations, cross-sections, building facades, and interior pictures. This book includes projectsfrom notable firms such as ACDF Architecture from Canada, Henning Larsen Architects fromDenmark, and KAAN Architecten from the Netherlands. As always, the series brings together anexceptional roster of talent whose work addresses the current themes and concerns of modernarchitecture.

SELLING POINTS:• The latest in a series that has consistently presented the best and most interesting architectureand design projects from around the world• Includes 47 recent projects from 22 architectural firms, with over 900 illustrations

Art Nouveau Architecture

Author: ANDERSON, ANNE

ISBN: 9781785007675

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLHSF*aahghf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

Distinguished by their lavish sculpture, metalwork or tile facades, Art Nouveau buildings certainlystand out. Art Nouveau buildings are unique, audacious and inspirational. Rejecting historic styles,considered inappropriate for an era driven by progress, architects and designers sought a newvocabulary of architectural forms. Their vision was shaped by modern materials and innovativetechnologies, including iron, glass and ceramics. A truly democratic style, Art Nouveautransformed life on the eve of the twentieth century and still captivates our imaginations today.Beautifully illustrated, this book explains how the new style came into being, its rationale and whyit is known by so many different names: French Art Nouveau, German Jugendstil, VienneseSecession, Catalan Modernisme, Italian Liberty and Portuguese Arte Nova. It covers the keyarchitects and designers associated with the style; Victor Horta in Brussels, Hector Guimard inParis, Antoni Gaudi on Barcelona, Otto Wagner in Vienna, Odon Lechner in Budapest and CharlesRennie Mackintosh in Glasgow. There are detailed descriptions and stunning photographs ofbuildings to be found in Brussels, Paris, Nancy, Darmstadt, Vienna, Budapest, Barcelona, Milan,Turin and Aveiro. Finally, it covers the decorative arts, stained glass, tiles and metalwork thatmake Art Nouveau buildings so distinctive.

AUTHOR:Art Historian, lecturer, exhibition curator and broadcaster, Dr Anne Anderson FSA has studied ArtNouveau architecture and interior design for over thirty years. She has travelled extensivelystudying and photographing Art Nouveau buildings. Author or editor of seven books, Anne'sresearch is widely published in learned academic journals, exhibition catalogues and popularmagazines. She has curated six national exhibitions, the most recent being Beyond theBrotherhood: The Pre-Raphaelite Legacy. Her career as an international speaker has taken herall over the world, including, Australia, New Zealand and the USA.

335 colour and 26 b/w photographs

Data Centers: Edges of a Wired Nation

Author: DOMMANN / RICKLI / STADLER

ISBN: 9783037786451

Imprint: Lars Mueller

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 190 x 260 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNANH*higefb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

An investigation into the complex politics of data centres, through photographs and essays.

Often hidden in plain sight, data centers are the backbone of our internet. They store,communicate and transport the information we produce and access daily along invisiblepathways. The industry of data centres comes entwined with an iconography of generic, blandand sterile architectures: placeless, inconspicuous, anonymous structures - buildings, cable ducts,junction boxes and landing sites that could be anywhere, generating virtual infrastructures thatare both everywhere and nowhere.

Bringing together photography, essays and case studies, Data Centers explores theentanglements of place, past and digital infrastructure, taking Switzerland as its example. Beyondthe official story - Switzerland's favourable alpine climate, relatively low energy costs, the politicalstability of the area and its strategic positioning in Central Europe - Data Centers uncovers thenarratives of techno-nationalist aspirations; of Swiss Chinese interdependence; of deregulationand once-almighty telecommunications enterprises; of cold-war legacies and the multi-billiondollar business of data security.

AUTHORS:Monika Dommann is Professor of Modern History at the University of Zurich. Topics in herresearch and teaching are the intertwining of the Old and New Worlds, media-, economic- andlegal history, the history of knowledge and science as well as the methods of historical science.She has a special focus on the history of material cultures, immaterial goods, logistics and datacentres.

Hannes Rickli is a visual artist and has held a professorship at the Zurich University of the Artssince 2004. From 1988 to 1994, he worked as a freelance photographer for various newspapersand magazines and has staged visual art exhibitions in Switzerland and abroad since 1991. In2004, he was awarded the Meret Oppenheim Prize from the Swiss Federal Office for Culture. Histeaching and research focus on the instrumental use of media and space.

Max Stadler is a post-doctoral researcher at ETH Zurich (Science Studies and CollegiumHelveticum). He has received a Ph.D. in the history of science, technology and medicine fromCHoSTM, Imperial College, London. His research interests center on the history of "high-tech,"labour, and the human sciences.

160 images

Louis Kahn: The Importance of a Drawing

Author: MERRILL, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9783037786444

Imprint: Lars Mueller

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 300 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $180.00 9HSNANH*higeee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 496

An astounding treasury of drawings and plans from one of the 20th century's greatest architects,offering unprecedented insight into his design process.

"The importance of a drawing is immense, because it's the architect's language," famed architectLouis Kahn, one of the most significant architects of the 20th century, told his masterclass in1967. While much of his built work has been heavily studied, this publication chooses instead tofocus on Kahn's prolific arsenal of drawings and plans, some of which were never realized. TheImportance of a Drawing provides an in-depth look into the subtleties of Kahn's designs,featuring incisive analysis from architectural experts and over 600 high-quality reproductions ofwork by Kahn and his associates.

A testament to the architect's meticulous craft, this volume is an essential addition to the libraryof established designers as well as students of architecture.

Louis Kahn (1901-74) was an Estonian-born American architect who worked in Philadelphia forthe majority of his life. Inspired early in his career by European medievalism and later the ruinsof much older civilizations, Kahn was notable for his ability to meld the modernist tendencies ofhis time with the classical poise of ancient monuments. Some of his major designs include theNational Parliament House in Dhaka, Bangladesh and the Salk Institute for Biological Studies inLa Jolla, California. Some of Kahn's unrealised projects, such as the Four Freedoms Park onRoosevelt Island, have since been constructed posthumously. Kahn taught at Yale School ofArchitecture from 1947 to 1957 and then at the University of Pennsylvania until his death.

AUTHOR:Michael Merrill, D.Eng., is a registered architect in Germany and California. Having taughtarchitectural design and theory at the Technical Universities at Karlsruhe and Darmstadt, he iscurrently Director of Research at the Karlsruhe Institute of Technology's Institute for BuildingTypology.

743 images

Pickard Chilton: The Art of Collaboration

Author: CROSBIE, MICHAEL J.

ISBN: 9781864708516

Imprint: Images Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 178 x 225 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLIQE*haifbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

Relationships between architects and clients - built upon expressed values, as well as their importinto the final work of architecture - are typically not discussed in architectural education, rarelyconsidered in architectural criticism or theory, and usually missing in most writing aboutarchitecture. This monograph seeks to highlight and address this deficiency. The book focuses onthe process that the firm uses to help their clients to define values, and to intone them througharchitectural design. Exquisitely presented throughout, this volume presents a range of built andin-process works at a variety of scales, complexity, and locations, with various clients. Most ofthese projects have not been previously published. The projects will be documented anddiscussed within the context of the value proposition and design process that distinguish PickardChilton's approach to architecture.

AUTHOR:Michael J. Crosbie, Ph.D., FAIA, is Professor of Architecture at the University of Hartford, as wellas the former Associate Dean and former architecture department chair. He is the editor-in-chiefof Faith & Form: The Interfaith Journal on Religion, Art, and Architecture. Dr. Crosbie is the soleauthor, editor, or contributor to more than 70 books on architecture. The author of hundreds ofarticles on architecture, design, and practice, Dr. Crosbie is a frequent contributor to internationalprint and online publications and has lectured on architecture throughout the United States andabroad. He is the recipient of the Edward S. Frey Memorial Award, in Recognition of theContributions Made to Religion, Art, and Architecture, bestowed by the American Institute ofArchitects' Interfaith Forum on Religion, Art, and Architecture. He is also a member of the AIACollege of Fellows. A registered architect, he's practiced with Centerbrook Architects and StevenWinter Associates, and was the Walton Visiting Critic at The Catholic University of America Schoolof Architecture and Planning in 2015.

Jenny Chan is principal of New York-based design studio Jack Design, whose clients include YaleUniversity Press, Rizzoli Electa, Princeton University Press, Yale University Art Gallery, Yale Centerfor British Art, Wadsworth Atheneum Museum of Art, Brandywine River Museum of Art, and theFlorence Griswold Museum. Chan has a BA in comparative literature from Brown University(1985) and an MFA in graphic design from the Yale School of Art (1995). After receiving her MFA,she remained at Yale University for two years as Lecturer in the Department of Graphic Design.Prior to becoming a graphic designer, she worked in film and television production as well as inmagazine photography direction.

Richard Manion Architecture: Streamlined

Author: CYGELMAN, ADELE

ISBN: 9781864708578

Imprint: Images Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 376 x 289 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSLIQE*haifhi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 276

"Richard Manion Architecture creates distinctive residences and estates with a respect fortraditional forms and historic imagery adapted to modern living. The curated selection of rarelypublished projects in this second volume of the firm's work demonstrates RMA's signature style,which draws upon traditional and streamlined classical, regional and contemporary influences toreflect authentic details, proportions, and a sophisticated sense of place for the 21st century.

This second book is about the integration of modernism within an overall framework of traditionand heritage, responding to the evolving nature of their clients' programs and lifestyles and mydesign ideas. Academic studies of European modernism, with its visionary approach andembodiment of the machine age, came back to inspire, but with the understanding that many ofits roots could be traced back to the heritage of classical design principles. My goal is to uniteideas about tradition, history, and modernity in a synergy and explore the meaning of sharedarchitectural imagery and heritage for our time." - Richard Manion

SELLING POINTS:• The monograph reflects a style that draws on the regional architecture of England, France,and Italy, to reflect historical accuracy, authentic details, and a sophisticated sense of place thatmeshes with contemporary lifestyles• Features a foreword by David Desmond, member of the Leaders of Design Council and theInstitute of Classical Architecture & Art, and outstanding photography by Erhard Pfeiffer• This is a dramatic addition to IMAGES' new Classicists series, which only showcases the work ofarchitectural firms who are known for their meticulous attention to detail

Spillmann Echsle: De aedibus

Author: WIRZ, HEINZ

ISBN: 9783037612248

Imprint: Quart Architektur

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 225 x 290 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $85.00 9HSNANH*gbccei+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

The Zurich architects Annette Spillmann and Harald Echsle became renowned in 2006 with theircontainer tower for the FREITAG bag and fashion label in Zurich. It represents 'architecturewithout architects' while also being a nonchalant solution for a common architectural programmein the midst of an inhospitable residual zone. The 2013 'House of Switzerland' in Sochi (Russia) isintelligently derived from the same approach.

Text in English and German.

60 colour, 30 b/w images

Sylla Widmann

Author: WIRZ, HEINZ

ISBN: 9783037612408

Imprint: Quart Architektur

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 225 x 290 mm

Category: Architecture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $85.00 9HSNANH*gbceai+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

Powerful, memorable architecture in response to diverse conditions and briefs, conceived anddeveloped by the Geneva architectural couple Kristina Sylla Widmann and Marc Widmann: thisvolume presents five school buildings and facilities with a high architectural quality, as well asseveral outstanding residential and administrative buildings.

Text in English and French.

72 colour, 48 b/w illustrations

Caroline Walker: Janet

Author: WALKER, CAROLINE

ISBN: 9781910221266

Imprint: Anomie

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 215 x 260 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSLJLA*ccbcgg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 152

Scotland-born, London-based artist Caroline Walker is celebrated for her paintings exploring thelives of women, from those living luxury lifestyles to those fleeing oppression. In this publication,which was produced to accompany Walker's first exhibition with Ingleby Gallery, Edinburgh, inautumn 2020, the artist turns her attention closer to home, presenting a series of paintings inwhich the focus is the artist's own mother, Janet, as she goes about her daily tasks: cooking,cleaning, tidying and tending the garden of the Fife home where the artist spent her childhood.The publication features a newly commissioned essay and an interview with the artist by criticand author Hettie Judah. The essay opens by comparing Walker's works to the Dutch GoldenAge, encouraging consideration of everyday domestic scenes. Judah then leads the readerthrough Walker’s latest series of works, exploring the daily routines and household chores thathave filled Walker's mother's days for the past forty years, along with the artist's treatment ofthese activities. Judah deftly locates this latest body of work within Walker's wider practice,opening up discussion of women at work in different industries and notions of invisibility. Sheasserts: 'While "Janet" extends Walker's long-held interest in women's work, the series is also aloving undertaking. The artist offers us her mother with great pride, both in particular, and onbehalf of other mothers overlooked and working out of sight.' The interview offers further insightinto Walker's thoughts in relation to the "Janet" series, and to the working processes behind it.The publication features around eighty illustrations of the preparatory studies and paintings thatcomprise this new body of work.

AUTHORS:Caroline Walker was born in Dunfermline, Scotland, in 1982. She attended Glasgow School of Artfrom 2000-04, before completing her MA at the Royal College of Art in 2009. Recent andforthcoming exhibitions include Kettle's Yard, Cambridge, the Midlands Arts Centre, Birmingham,and participation in the ninth edition of the British Art Show. She is represented in a number ofimportant public collections including the National Museum of Wales, Cardiff, the UK GovernmentArt Collection, London, Kistefos Museum, Jevnaker, Norway, and Museum Voorlinden &Kunstmuseum den Haag, in the Netherlands.

Hettie Judah is chief art critic of the British daily newspaper The i, a regular contributor to TheGuardian, The New York Times, Frieze, Art Quarterly, Numero Art and The Art Newspaper, and acontributing editor to The Plant. Recent publications include a short biography of Frida Kahlo(Laurence King, 2020) and Art London (ACC Art Books, 2019.)

David Czupryn

Author: ELBRACHT-IGLHAUT, GISELA

ISBN: 9783862068197

Imprint: Verlag Kettler

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSNIQC*agibjh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

Presenting the art of David Czupryn and Jochen Mühlenbrink, this publication explores twocontemporary approaches to painting. They subtly challenge our perception of the world andinvestigate reality: What is reality, what is illusion? What is true and what is false? The paintingsby both artists are designed to trick the eye. In his own unique style, Jochen Muhlenbrink createsa semblance of reality by imitating various materials that deceive viewers with their realism.Cardboard, plastic foil, adhesive tape, stacks of pictures leaning against a wall, used pizza boxes,or dry bread – Muhlenbrink paints light, shadows, brilliant reflections, surfaces, and signs of wearand tear in such lifelike detail that people sometimes fail to notice that they are looking at apainting. David Czupryn takes an opposite approach. He does not aim to trick us into believingthat his surreal visual worlds are real. His images recall theatre stages where human hybridsappear next to carefully arranged still lifes whose different textures are meticulously depicted. Inthe spirit of classical trompe-l'oeil painting, Czupryn is a master of aesthetic deception whotranslates the pictorial language and techniques of past ages into the present and skillfullyintegrates numerous references to the history of art and religion, iconography and allegory,politics and society into his paintings.

Text in English and German.

30 colour illustrations

Decorative Arts Volume 1: Sculptures,Enamels, Maiolicas and Tapestries

Author: FRAVALO / BOUDON-MACHUEL

ISBN: 9788874399413

Imprint: 5 Continents

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 247 x 270 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $150.00 9HSSIRE*djjebd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

Aesthetic seduction, superb workmanship, and historical interest are the three central themes inthe collection of Fondation Gandur pour l'Art (Geneva), created in 2010 and still expanding. Theaim of this first volume is to catalogue the works in the collection, whose decorative aspects areevery bit as important as their narrative content. The works are for the most part sculptures -statuettes and ornamental reliefs - although two-dimensional decorations depicting figurativescenes associated with classical antiquity or Christianity are no less important.

The periods represented by the sculptural works discussed in this book reflect the scope of thewhole collection, which ranges from the 12th to the 18th century. And since the goal of thecollection is to document centuries of cultural exchange between France and neighbouringcountries, all the works included in the book come from these latter regions. The hybrid stylesare closely linked, and this is an aspect of considerable importance, as is the originality certainpieces display and, last but not least, their aesthetic quality.

The book is arranged by topic, which brings out the great originality and extraordinary richness ofthe collection, as well as the extremely varied nature of the subjects, narrative episodes, andfigures portrayed. More specifically, the topics are divided into five sections: ancient gods andheroes; biblical and allegorical figures; scenes from the life of the Virgin; episodes from the lifeof Christ; and saints and intercessors. Each work has its own entry that describes the historicaland geographical context in which it was made, analyses its iconographic content, and includes abibliography and a list of the exhibitions where the work was exhibited.

AUTHORS:Fabienne Fravalo holds a PhD in the History of Art and is curator of the collection of decorativearts at the Fondation Gandur pour l'Art (Geneva).

Marion Boudon-Machuel is Professor of the History of Modern Art at Francois Rabelais Universityin Tours.

140 colour illustrations

Deep Affinities: Art and Science

Author: PALMEDO, PHILIP F.

ISBN: 9780789213785

Imprint: Abbeville Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 203 x 254 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSKHSJ*cbdhif+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

An illustrated exploration of the fundamental connections between art and science, from anauthor who has lived in both worlds.

In this thought-provoking book, Philip F. Palmedo, a former physicist who now writes on art,reveals how the two defining enterprises of humankind - art and science - are rooted in certaincommon instincts, which we might call aesthetic: an appreciation of symmetry, balance, andrhythm; the drive to simplify and abstract natural forms, and to represent them symbolically.

Palmedo traces these instincts back to a very early time in human history - demonstrating, forexample, the level of abstract thinking required to create the stone tools and cave paintings ofthe Paleolithic - and then forward, to the builders of the Gothic cathedrals, to Leonardo da Vinciand Isaac Newton, to Einstein and Picasso.

Illustrated with more than 125 creations of the genus Homo - from a flint hand ax chipped half amillion years ago to the abstractions of Hilma af Klint and the James Webb Space Telescope -Palmedo's text leaves us with a new appreciation of the instinct for beauty shared by artists andscientists alike.

AUTHOR:Philip F. Palmedo studied art history and physics as an undergraduate at Williams College, andreceived his PhD in nuclear engineering from MIT. Retired from a distinguished career as aresearch scientist and entrepreneur, Palmedo is the author of several books on art, most recentlyThe Experience of Modern Sculpture: A Guide to Enjoying Works of the Past 100 Years.

125 illustrations

Dream Baby Dream

Author: HAUS MODRATH

ISBN: 9783862068210

Imprint: Verlag Kettler

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 230 x 305 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $110.00 9HSNIQC*agicba+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 152

Our childhood home is a place of imagination, safety, and playfulness, but sometimes also oftrauma, violence, and fear. It determines who we are, shapes who we become, and influenceswhat we repress. The impulse to create art often emerges when growing up. Many artists drawon early, individual experiences in their works and subsequently renew, expand, or change ourview of the world. The title Dream Baby Dream evocatively reflects this approach by quoting theeponymous song by the influential electro duo Suicide. The American dream that is conjured upin the lyrics is transformed through the song's gloomy sounds into both a nightmare and atrance-like ray of hope, allowing rebellion and longing, fear and fantasy to merge with eachother. This catalogue is devoted to artists whose oeuvre has been fuelled by this source ofimagination. Their works contain many references to the time of adolescence, presenting thisperiod of life as an artistic inspiration, but also as a metaphor for physical, psychological, andsocial conflicts. Joined together, they give rise to an atmosphere in which the dark sides ofchildhood and youth metamorphose into new forms. Artists: Jean-Marie Appriou, Morton Bartlett,Richard Billingham, Ellen Cantor, Dominick Di Meo, Valie Export, Mike Kelley, Karen Kilimnik,Susan Te Kahurangi King, Veit Laurent Kurz, Paul McCarthy, Berenice Olmedo, CharlemagnePalestine, Wong Ping, Barbara Rossi, Laurie Simmons, Jean-Luc Verna, Raphaela Vogel, SueWilliams.

Text in English and German.

106 colour and 6 b/w illustrations

Frank Duveneck: American Master

Author: ARONSON, JULIE

ISBN: 9781911282648

Imprint: Giles

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 279 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSLJLB*cicgei+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 280

A fresh look at the work of Frank Duveneck (1848-1919), one of the most celebrated Americanartists of the Gilded Age.

Seeing the bold, confident handling with which Frank Duveneck (1848-1919) infuses life into hissubjects can be breathtaking. This is the first major publication in more than 30 years devoted toDuveneck, one of the most influential and widely respected late-nineteenth century Americanartists.Beloved to his students, Duveneck was lauded by many Gilded Age luminaries such asJames Abbott McNeill Whistler and Henry James. Yet a century after his death, he is largelyknown only for a single, brilliant painting, The Whistling Boy. By contextualising his work in theartistic, cultural and social milieus of the time, this publication offers diverse perspectives onDuveneck's life, work, subjects and reputation. The essays span his beginnings as a painter ofdark realism to his later impressionistic work and examine his significance as a printmaker anddraftsman. The lavishly illustrated volume includes a chronology and selected bibliography.

AUTHOR:Julie Aronson is curator of American Paintings, Sculpture and Drawings, Cincinnati Art Museum.

224 colour illustrations

Franz Gertsch: Polyfocal Allover

Author: SWISS INSTITUTE

ISBN: 9783037786567

Imprint: Lars Mueller

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 222 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $67.99 9HSNANH*higfgh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 236

Paintings and prints spanning 50 years from this beloved pioneer of photorealism.

A leading figure of photorealist painting, Franz Gertsch (born 1930) has created monumentalportraits of charismatic youths and meditative depictions of nature in vivid and painstaking detailover the course of a career spanning more than a half-century, which has proved of increasinginfluence upon subsequent generations.

Polyfocal Allover surveys paintings and woodcut prints from 1970 to 2019, reflecting a vision inwhich all that lies within the frame is accorded equal value. The essays, interviews andconversations in this publication bring further definition to the lives and landscapes that Gertschrenders with such virtuosic, eerie precision.

AUTHOR:Franz Gertsch was born in 1930 in Morigen, Bern, and lives and works in Ruschegg-Heubach,Switzerland. Gertsch has participated in several important international exhibitions over hiscareer, perhaps most signifi cantly in documenta 5 (1972), which centred upon artists consideredby the curators to be "questioning reality." Gertsch's work was also included in the 1978 and 1999Venice Biennales. The Museum Franz Gertsch in Burgdorf, Switzerland, is devoted to his work.

116 images

Impressionism in Russia: Dawn of theAvant-garde

Author: MUSEUM BARBERINI, POTSDAM

ISBN: 9783791359830

Imprint: Prestel

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 300 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $105.00 9HSNHTB*dfjida+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 264

Explore the influence of Impressionism on Russian painters at the end of the 19th century andearly 20th century.

In the late 19th century, numerous Russian artists found inspiration in the style of FrenchImpressionist painters. Often, a journey to Paris acted as a catalyst for their burgeoning interestin the movement. They developed a preference for working en plein air and aimed to capturetransitory effects through a spontaneous and free handling of the brush. Many leading painters ofthe later Russian avant-garde arrived at their individual styles due to studying the Impressionistuse of light. This lavishly illustrated volume explores the many-layered ways FrenchImpressionism influenced the evolution of Russian art from the 1880s to the 1920s, including thework of painters as diverse as Ilya Repin, Valentin Serov, Konstantin Korovin, NataliaGoncharova, and Kazimir Malevich. Essays by many of the leading scholars in the field providerich new insights into one of the most intriguing chapters of Russian modernism.

200 colour illustrations

Jan Kochermann: Frasseks Raumsammler

Author: KUNSTVEREIN GOPPINGEN

ISBN: 9783735607218

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 260 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNHNF*gahcbi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

The now forgotten East German particle physicist Hubertus M. Frassek believed in the existenceof incredibly small black holes. He dreamt of travelling through Southern Germany in a mobilelaboratory in order to prove his theories. Why Southern Germany? No one knows anymore.Decades later, Jan Kochermann brought this dream to life again. At the invitation of theKunstverein Göppingen, he undertook the hitherto unfulfilled, odd expedition with Frassek's SpaceCollector. The publication itself is part of the "rolling dream along the frontiers of science" asdocumentation and artist's book.

Text in English and German.

145 colour illustrations

Jana Schroder: The Early Years

Author: KOPFERMANN-FUHRMANN-STIFTUNG

ISBN: 9783862068289

Imprint: Verlag Kettler

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSNIQC*agicij+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

With the artist Jana Schroder, the Kopfermann-Fuhrmann Foundation is opening an exhibitionseries curated by Benjamin-Novalis Hofmann, which will feature presentations with womenpainters of the younger generation. The individual artistic positions are each based on anoutstanding idea of abstract painting in the 21st century. With regard to her works, Schroderherself speaks of an "aesthetics of doodling". Her works are characterised by lines thatsometimes seem to dissolve, then again condense into tight and finely rhythmic webs. The seriesof works, always conceived as a series, have a palpable physical reference to space and time,are expressions of individual gestures and movements. The catalogue shows works from the past10 years and includes an extensive interview with the artist. Text in English and German.

36 colour and 7 b/w illustrations

Jana Sophia Nolle: Living Room: SanFrancisco 2017 / 2018

Author: NOLLE, JANA SOPHIA

ISBN: 9783735607058

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 300 x 280 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $110.00 9HSNHNF*gahafi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

Jana Sophia Nolle's (*1986) Living Room is a conceptual photographic study documentingtemporary homeless shelters recreated in various San Francisco living rooms. The artist workedclosely with unhoused persons to understand their improvised dwellings and subsequentlyapproached wealthy people to reconstruct and photograph these shelters in their homes. WhileNolle forms an aesthetically striking photographic "inventory, a typology of improvised dwellings,cataloging their various attributes", her photographs confront the urging socio-political dichotomyof lives most precious and lives most precarious.

42 colour illustrations

Jurgen Heinrich: Notturno

Author: BEAUGRAND, ANDREAS

ISBN: 9783735607133

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 250 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNHNF*gahbdd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Without darkness, no light - without night, no day. In the past three years, Jurgen Heinrich hasextensively occupied himself with the "night": in art, literature, and music. He has personallycircled around the phenomenon of the night in various phases of his work. In painting, drawing,and artist's book, he has dedicated himself to all the facets of the night. For him, the night hasbecome a metaphor of a pendulum swinging between the light and the dark, betweenmelancholy and lightness. Literary texts and scholarly positions by various authors accompanythese extraordinary pictorial worlds.

Text in English and German.

Kahlo: Masters of Art

Author: HOLLMANN, ECKHARD

ISBN: 9783791386577

Imprint: Prestel

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 210 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSNHTB*digfhh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

Discover the life and work of Frida kahlo in this introduction to the iconic Mexican artist.

Although her body of work is relatively small, Frida Kahlo has inspired adoration and admirationthat few other artists have attained. This accessible and elegant book offers full pagereproductions of a selection of her works, allowing for a broad appreciation of Kahlo's use ofcolour, composition, and texture. The biographical text informs readers of her early career, whena bus accident left her bedridden and plagued by pain, but also afforded her the chance todiscover herself through painting. It follows her life, her personal relationships, and her years inAmerica. Eckhard Hollmann explores the many themes and images of Kahlo's work, fromphysical and emotional pain, to Mexican and indigenous folklore, to the flora and fauna of herbeloved home. Never shying away from expressing her deepest fears and desires, championingthe downtrodden with dignity and passion, Frida Kahlo remains an inspiration to any artist aimingto be true to herself while struggling against personal and political limitation.

AUTHOR:Eckhard Hollmann is an art historian and the author of various books on art.

55 colour illustrations

Lena Mattsson: The Window Opens to theWorld

Author: ANDERSSON, LARS GUSTAF

ISBN: 9783735607225

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 168 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSNHNF*gahccf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

Lena Mattsson is a distinguished Swedish artist. Her practice includes photography, performanceand social critique, as well as film and video art. Her new book encompasses her whole career,yet at the same time, it highlights her most recent works and future perspectives: especiallyMattsson's works on legendary Swedish publisher Bo Cavefors or her latest experiments with lightand projections. The selection of photographs, film stills, and documentary material forms thebasis for the profound discussion of her work by Lars Gustaf Andersson, John Peter Nilsson, andCharlotte Wiberg.

Luise Kaish: An American Art Legacy

Author: REILLY, MAURA

ISBN: 9781911282518

Imprint: Giles

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 279 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSLJLB*cicfbi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

A major new study and celebration of the career and legacy of the modernist sculptor, painter,collagist and educator Luise Clayborn Kaish (1925-2013).

This is a major new study and celebration of the career and legacy of the modernist sculptor,painter, collagist and educator Luise Clayborn Kaish (1925 – 2013). Kaish was a key figure in theNew York art scene of the late 20th century, whose multidisciplinary and process-orientedpractice contributed to various artistic discourses at the time. The strength and breadth of herwork, her influential role in education, and the prestigious awards she received in recognition ofher practice set her apart as an early female leader in the arts. She will be remembered for herimmense talent, highly individual point of view, pursuit of the sublime, keen execution, andpassion for life, which, despite the tides of changing tastes, will remain forever significant. Thisvolume brings together nearly of her works. Essays covering Kaish’s life and career, her artisticpractices, her lifelong interest in the spiritual and metaphysical, and her work as an educator arefollowed by a main plate section, Illustrated Chronology and Exhibition History.

AUTHOR:Maura Reilly is a curator and arts writer, based in New York. Gail Levin is an American arthistorian, biographer, artist, and a Distinguished Professor of Art History, American Studies,Women's Studies, and Liberal Studies at Baruch College and the Graduate Center of the CityUniversity of New York. Daniel Belasco is executive director of the Al Held Foundation, New York.

185 colour illustrations

Margaret Woodward

Author: FRY, GAVIN

ISBN: 9780947349653

Imprint: The Beagle Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 235 x 280 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/11/2020

RRP: $59.99 9HSKJOH*dejgfd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

At the age of twelve, Margaret Woodward was given a glimpse of creative chaos in an artist'sstudio. A little later, an unusual friendship acquainted her with the reality of landscape, and atesting childhood passed into a conscious endeavour to become an artist. Recognised andestablished as a distinctly original artist, Margaret Woodward has behind her a lifelong struggle toreconcile conflicting demands: poverty and self-sufficiency; relationship and isolation; art and life.And, in her fascinating personal insights at the end of this book, the intuitive and the conscious.

Winner of the Wynne Prize, the major prize for landscape and numerous other prizes, MargaretWoodward spent the early part of her life as a dedicated art teacher, first in secondary schoolsand later in art colleges both in Perth and Sydney. The book has an informative and sympathetictext by Gavin Fry, with over 150 colour plates and black and white illustrations and photographscovering all periods of the artist's work, from the earliest student essays in landscape, to thelater imaginative compositions of figures and the haunting waterlilies series.

AUTHOR:Gavin Fry is a writer, artist and art historian, the author of more than twenty books on Australianart and history. Recently retired after a lifetime working in Australian museums and educationalinstitutions, he has specialised in the art of the twentieth century, maritime painting and thedepiction of Australians at war.

Metalworking in West Africa

Author: DE GROOTE, PETER

ISBN: 9789401471596

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 220 x 290 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $225.00 9HSTEKB*ehbfjg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 296

African metal artists, blacksmiths, and iron casters have historically not been considered trueartists. This catalogue is the result of a collaboration between collector Christine Waelbroeck vanGaver and author Peter de Groote and aims to re-establish the overlooked artistic merit of themetal arts from West Africa. It includes images of 264 objects made of copper, iron, and tin,many of which are extremely rare.

Text in English and French.

AUTHOR:Peter de Groote studied law, political science, and cultural anthropology. He worked as an artdealer in several African countries, and is considered an expert in non-European art. For 27 yearshe was chairman of the board of the Friends of the Royal Museum of Central Africa, which islocated near Brussels in Belgium.

SELLING POINTS:• A unique reference work on metal art from West Africa• Includes images of more than 250, often very rare, objects

264 colour images

Modigliani: Masters of Art

Author: MEXTORF, OLAF

ISBN: 9783791386591

Imprint: Prestel

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 210 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSNHTB*digfjb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

Amedeo Modigliani experimented with sculpture and drawing, but is primarily known for hispaintings of nudes and portraits characterised by elongated figures, faces, and necks. He beganpainting in his youth in Italy before moving to Paris in 1906, during the height of the avant-gardemovement. Influenced by Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec and Paul Cezanne, Modigliani developed hisown unique, uncharacterisable style. His nudes upended traditions at the time due to theirimmodesty, candid sexuality, and ability to convey the subject's personality. Because of theworks' scandalous nature, Modigliani had very little success with his paintings while he was alive.This volume features stunning full-page illustrations of Modigliani's works, along with informationabout his life, including his bohemian, over-the-top lifestyle and his untimely, tragic death.Featuring some of Modigliani's best-known works, this book gives an insightful andcomprehensive overview on the artist known for modernising figurative painting.

AUTHOR:Olaf Mextorf is an art historian currently working for museums. He already published books onOscar Schlemmer, Vincent van Gogh and others.

55 colour illustrations

Nash and Nevinson: Impressions of Warand Peace

Author: SAMUEL, GORDON

ISBN: 9781999729394

Imprint: Osborne Samuel Gallery

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 265 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLJTJ*hcjdje+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

This publication accompanies the exhibition of rare prints by Paul Nash and CRW Nevinson fromThe Great War and its aftermath at Osborne Samuel Gallery in spring 2020. 96 pages with colourplates and notes on many of the prints included in the exhibition. It also includes an enlighteningessay by Amy Tibble of Osborne Samuel.

Passion by Design: The Art and Times ofTamara de Lempicka

Author: LEMPICKA-FOXHALL, KIZETTE DE

ISBN: 9780789213754

Imprint: Abbeville Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 178 x 229 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSKHSJ*cbdhfe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

An attractive new hardcover edition of the classic biography of Tamara de Lempicka, whosepaintings defined Art Deco and whose life epitomised the Jazz Age.

As F. Scott Fitzgerald portrayed the mad glories of the 1920s on the printed page, Tamara deLempicka (1898–1980) captured them on canvas. A seductive Garbo-esque beauty with anirresistible force of personality, this refugee of the Russian Revolution successively conqueredParis, Hollywood, and New York with coruscating portraits of the world's rich and famous. Her ArtDeco paintings earned for her a life more fabulously excessive than anything Fitzgerald dreamedof.

Passion by Design, authored by Tamara de Lempicka's own daughter, is an intimate look at afascinating personality, and remains the best account of her life and work. This new edition isillustrated with vibrant colour reproductions of her finest paintings, as well as exclusivephotographs from family albums. An additional chapter by Victoria de Lempicka, the artist'sgranddaughter, explores the ever-evolving legacy of Tamara de Lempicka, from the recordeight-figure price fetched by her painting La Tunique rose in November 2019 to the new musicalbased on her life.

AUTHOR:Baroness Kizette de Lempicka-Foxhall, the daughter of Tamara de Lempicka, enjoyed anunequaled firsthand knowledge of her mother's life and exclusive access to her papers.

100 illustrations

Renaissance Realm: The Art of OlgaSuvorova

Author: FISHEL, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9780764360824

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 215 x 279 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSKHQE*dgaice+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

Russian painter Olga Suvorova is internationally known for her brilliant reinterpretations ofEnglish Pre-Rafaelite art, described by critic Viktoriya Syslova as "amazingly modern in theirexquisite theatricality." Both exuberant and philosophical in mood, her richly detailed worldsdepict people who are somehow familiar to us, even in their extravagant costumes. In thisfirst-person account, accompanied by over 150 images of her colourful paintings, Suvorovadescribes her background, early influences, and career spanning from the 1970s to today.Mysterious cats, faithful dogs, ravishing birds, and beautiful flowers play supporting roles in herpaintings. A revel of life, light, and energy, Suvorova's regal, Renaissance-style art is universallyloved because it offers a fresh take on a genre that still has wide popular appeal.

AUTHOR:Michael Fishel has authored three other art books and is a lifelong artist and painter of magicalvisionary landscapes and fantasy art. He has many paintings published as jigsaw puzzles andposters.

163 colour and b/w images

Rubens: Masters of Art

Author: ROBINSON, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9783791386614

Imprint: Prestel

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 210 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSNHTB*diggbe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

Arguably the greatest artist of the Baroque period, Peter Paul Rubens was an accomplishedpainter and draughtsman, as well as a valued diplomat. This accessible examination of his lifeand work looks at every aspect of Rubens's oeuvre; from his commissioned portraits of royaltyand the nobility to his magnificent representations of ancient myths, Biblical stories, and historicalevents. This incisive biography traces his life as a student in Venice, where he encountered theworks of Titian and Tintoretto, the establishment of his studio in Antwerp, and the lucrativepatronages of Marie de Medici and Phillip IV. Full page reproductions of Rubens's workcommunicate his energetic and dynamic style, along with his masterful use of colour andsensuous depictions of the human body.

AUTHOR:Michael Robinson is an art and design historian who has written many books on the subject.

55 colour illustrations

Saints in Art and History

Author: LANZI / LANZI

ISBN: 9780789213266

Imprint: Abbeville Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 178 x 254 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $120.00 9HSKHSJ*cbdcgg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 512

A book of saints at once beautiful and profound.

Saints in Art and History presents the lives of some 150 saints in chronological order, from thefamily of Jesus and the early Christian martyrs, to the founders of the great religious orders, tomodern holy figures like Mother Teresa. This arrangement reveals the tremendous impact thatthe saints have had on the history of the Catholic faith, and on world history. The lives of thesaints are illustrated not only with works of great art - by Memling, Raphael, and Bernini, amongmany others?but also by popular images, such as folk carvings and votive postcards.

A thoughtful introduction explores the nature of sainthood, the role of saints in Catholicism, andthe significance of their images. Other special features include a visual dictionary of the saints'attributes, and a map showing the patron saints of the nations of the world. This attractivevolume is at once a valuable resource for art historians and other scholars, and a splendid gift forEaster or any occasion.

AUTHORS:Fernando Lanzi is a member of the Commission on Sacred Art and of the Institute for the Historyof the Church of the Diocese of Bologna. Together with Gioia Lanzi, he is the co-founder anddirector of the Centro Studi per la Cultura Popolare, which since 1976 has studied the expressionof the sacred in all forms, such as sacred images, sanctuaries, pilgrimages, processions, creches,feasts, and music.

Gioia M. G. Lanzi is professor of Sacred Art at the Philosophical Dominican Studium in Bologna,which is associated with the Papal University of St. Thomas Aquinas in Rome. Together withFernando Lanzi, she is the co-founder and director of the Centro Studi per la Cultura Popolare,which since 1976 has studied the expression of the sacred in all forms, such as sacred images,pilgrimages, and processions.

260 illustrations, plus 150 b/w diagrams of saints' attributes

SCHAUM: Self-Optimisation

Author: HERVOL, ANKE

ISBN: 9783735607188

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 190 x 250 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNHNF*gahbii+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 120

Since 2009, the artist collective SCHAUM operates in lieu of the average person, upon which theexperimental set-ups for the current processes of self-optimising are imposed. In photographicseries, sculptures, installations, and performances the test subjects as well as simple foundobjects are alienated, conceptually "abused", and fused with old-masterly allegories and Christianiconography. SCHAUM are "already on their way to a post-human variation" of the defectivehuman being, from which eventually "an artificial creature, an artefact of itself" (Jean-Pierre Wils)shall arise.

The artist collective SCHAUM works conceptually with photography, painting, graphic art, object,installation and performance. Since 2009, numerous awards, institutional exhibitions, and worksin public collections.

Text in English and German.

60 colour illustrations

Summer Exhibition Illustrated 2020

Author: WILSON, JANE

ISBN: 9781912520527

Imprint: Royal Academy of Arts

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLJLC*fcafch+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

The Royal Academy's legendary Summer Exhibition has been an annual event since 1769 and isalways an occasion for innovation, experiment and debate. But 2020 may prove to be its mostextraordinary year yet: prevented from opening in May by the closure of the Royal Academyduring the Covid-19 pandemic, the exhibition this year opens in the autumn. A committee ofartists and architects, led by the artistic duo Jane and Louise Wilson RA, will hang over 1,000works in the galleries of Burlington House, all while navigating the challenges of social distancing,travel restrictions and shielding. The Summer Exhibition Illustrated was first published in the1870s and presents the highlights of the show, which this year include works by KorakritArunanondchai, Karen Kilimnik and Chris Ofili. In their conversation that opens the book, theWilsons expand on the experience of opening the exhibition in such exceptional circumstancesand celebrate the resilience of artistic practice and its power to bring people together. TheSummer Exhibition 2020 will run from the 6 October 2020 to 3 January 2021.

AUTHORS:Twins Jane and Louise Wilson RA have been working as an artist duo in collaboration for overthree decades. Since 1990, they have gained a national and international reputation as artistsworking with photography and the moving image.

SELLING POINTS:• All the highlights of the Royal Academy of Arts 2020 Summer Exhibition, which may prove tobe its most extraordinary year yet• Jane and Louise Wilson RA select highlights and discuss their experience of co-ordinating theSummer Exhibition during the Covid-19 pandemic

180 colour images

Symmetries of Culture: Theory andPractice of Plane Pattern Analysis

Author: WASHBURN, DOROTHY K.

ISBN: 9780486842325

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 211 x 277 mm

Category: Art

Release Date: 01/10/2020

RRP: $89.99 9HSKESG*iecdcf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

"An impressive book. Will undoubtedly become the major reference." - Antiquity.

This groundbreaking collaboration between an anthropologist and a mathematician constitutesboth a collection of symmetrical pattern designs from many cultures and a monograph on patterndesign and the classification of symmetrical patterns. Intended for art historians, anthropologists,classical archeologists, and others interested in the study of material culture, it can also serve asa reference and inspiration for the use of symmetrical patterns in art and design.

AUTHORS:Dorothy K. Washburn was a Visiting Associate Professor of Anthropology at the University ofRochester. She is the author of many articles as well as A Symmetry Analysis of Upper Gila AreaCeramic Design and Structure and Cognition in Art.

Donald W. Crowe is Professor of Mathematics at the University of Wisconsin and the author ofmany articles in mathematical journals. He is also a co-author of Excursions into Mathematics.

Art of Painting and Drawing Animals

Author: SWENEY, FREDRIC

ISBN: 9780486844787

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 276 mm

Category: Art Skills

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKESG*ieehih+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

Thousands of years after man first recorded his impressions of animals on cave walls, artists arestill attempting to reproduce images of these incredibly diverse creatures of land, sea, and air.This guide by an award-winning artist is designed to aid painters at all skill levels to draw andpaint wildlife with precision and accuracy.

Fredric Sweney begins by using the horse as the basis for understanding the physical structure ofanimals, while the wild duck serves as the model for the configuration, wing construction, andflight characteristics of birds. More than 260 illustrations, many in full color, along withstep-by-step details, make it easier and more enjoyable than ever to paint dogs, cats, oxen,deer, bears, birds, goats, and more exotic animals - in every size and shape.

An invaluable guide to zoological anatomy, ideal for beginners as well as advanced artists, thiscomplete, practical reference will also serve as an excellent resource for resolving commonplaceproblems of artistic composition.

AUTHOR:Fred Sweney (1912–1996) studied at the Cleveland School of Art and became an illustrator,painter, author, and teacher. Focusing on natural history subjects early in his career, he won aprize in an exhibition of bird art at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History in 1939. Sweneycontributed articles and illustrations to national magazines including Sports Afield, Nature,Outdoors, and Outdoors Man. He created the artwork for the Minnesota-based Brown & Bigelowpublishing company's wildlife calendars for 10 years. By 1956, he was a professor at the RinglingSchool of Art in Sarasota, Florida, and wrote several instructional art books in the years to follow.

Painting and Drawing: Techniques andTutorials for the Complete Beginner

Author: GMC

ISBN: 9781784945862

Imprint: GMC Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 275 mm

Category: Art Skills

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLHSE*jefigc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 384

If you want to find your inner artist, this book will show you the way. Covering drawing,watercolours, oils, colour-pencil drawing, charcoal and acrylics this compendium of art skills isperfect for the beginner who wants to explore the different media available. In this collection oftechniques and tutorials, all aimed at the novice artist, the reader can get to grips with the manydifferent avenues of expression available. From the relaxing and enjoyable pastime of drawing,to the versatile, vibrant medium of oil painting, each discipline is clearly explained through aseries of tutorials that build in complexity. In addition to the tutorials, there is advice on tools,materials and techniques, plus plenty of tips throughout.

SELLING POINTS:• A compendium of art skills, perfect for the beginner who wants to explore different media• Easy-to-follow tutorials covering drawing, watercolours, oils, colour-pencil drawing, charcoaland acrylics• Comprehensive tools, materials and techniques section

700 photographs

Painting Animals in Watercolour

Author: CHADERTON, LIZ

ISBN: 9781785007873

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 172 x 242 mm

Category: Art Skills

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLHSF*aahihd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

Artists seem compelled to try to capture the amazing variety of the animal kingdom; thechallenge remains how to breathe energy into your paintings and make the animals jump off thepaper. This deeply practical book offers an accessible introduction to sketching animals from life,to try to capture that essence. It gives instruction on how to approach drawing; covers ideas formaterials and supplies to make sketching from life a joy; gives step-by-step demonstrations ofdifferent watercolour techniques; offers specific advice on using colour and painting, fur, feathersand features and gives ideas for mixed-media experimentation. Full of colourful examples andguidance, this new book explains how to transform your studies into finished artwork that arebrimming with character. It encourages you to find the extraordinary in the everyday, as well asrevelling in the breadth of nature. Taking a contemporary approach to traditional watercolour,the author shows how a few, well-chosen brushes of paint can reveal the soul of your subject.

AUTHOR:Liz Chaderton is a full-time artist based in Berkshire. She is passionate about watercolour, andenjoys sharing her discoveries through workshops and writing. She has also written PaintingWatercolours on Canvas for Crowood.

153 colour photographs

Watercolor the Easy Way: Step-by-StepTutorials for 50 Beautiful Motifs IncludingPlants, Flowers, Animals & More

Author: BERRENSON, SARA

ISBN: 9780764359828

Imprint: Better Day Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 216 x 279 mm

Category: Art Skills

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSKHQE*dfjici+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

With Watercolor the Easy Way, your watercolouring creativity is about to be released! Quicklylearn the fundamentals of colour mixing, brushstrokes, and more. Then move right ahead tosuccess, thanks to a selection of 50 stunning pictures to paint. Best of all, the projects can becompleted in 30 minutes! From beautiful botanicals and fabulous florals to animals and trendydesigns, the projects are approachable and fun, and there's something for every style. Each ofthe 50 simple tutorials is broken down into key steps so you can clearly see how to begin yourpainting, layer colour, and add detail. Also included are hand-drawn patterns you can trace ontoyour watercolour pad, brush recommendations, helpful tips, and colour palettes to try. Thelessons here introduce you to the magic of watercolour, spark your creativity, and provide youwith a place to explore and discover your inner artist.

AUTHOR:Sara Berrenson (Santa Monica, CA) is a painter and illustrator who's collaborated with suchbrands as West Elm, Pottery Barn Kids, Trader Joe's, and Mattel.

SELLING POINTS:• Instant gratification: projects that can be completed in 30 minutes with surprisinglyprofessional results• A fresh approach that's non-intimidating for beginners, coloring fans, and crafty adults -featuring quick, delightful paintings• There's something for every style in this mix of gorgeous projects: trendy designs, botanicals,animals

Custer: From Boy General to the LittleBighorn

Author: BEHNCKE / BLOOMFIELD

ISBN: 9781612008899

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 228 mm

Category: Biography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSLGLC*aaiijj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

A new whole-life biography of Custer that deals with his personal history as well as his militarycareer.

The reader is introduced to a little-known side of Custer - a deeply personal side. George Custergrew up in an expanding young country and his early influences mirrored the times. Two aspectsof this era dominate most works about him: the Civil War, and the war with the Indians,culminating in his death at the Battle of the Little Bighorn. When mentioned, if at all, his early lifeand years as a cadet at West Point are brief, and then only enough to set some background fordiscussion of the mystery of the Little Bighorn. This is the first Custer biography to focus on theselesser-known parts of his life in great detail. The approach uses all of Custer’s known writings.Letters, magazine articles, his book, My Life on the Plains, and his unfinished memoirs of the CivilWar, along with materials and books by his wife, Elizabeth Custer, and reflections of others whoknew him well. The five chapters are; Early Life (growing up and as a West Point cadet); TheCivil War; The Indian Fighter; The Little Bighorn and Conclusion. The theme of the book is not somuch new historical information but the depth of his character development and lesser-knowninfluences of his life. Custer draws together these elements in a succinct and accessible read. Thebook also includes illustrations (primarily from Harper's Weekly), and photos, such as MatthewBrady's Civil War collection, to accompany the text.

AUTHORS:Ted Behncke is a retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel having served 30 years in variedcommand and staff positions across the globe. He comes from a military family that sawdistinguished service in the Revolutionary War, Civil War, WWII and service during nearly everymajor conflict to the present.

Gary Bloomfield is a former Army Journalist of the Year, and managing editor for VFW magazine.

Life of Richard Cadbury: Socialist,Philanthropist and Chocolatier

Author: WORDSWORTH, DIANE

ISBN: 9781526768254

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Biography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hgicfe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 176

In 1824, John Cadbury opened a grocer's shop in Bull Street in Birmingham and started to selltea, coffee and drinking chocolate alongside everything else. In 1831, he opened a factory andstarted to manufacture his own product, and by 1842 the company was selling almost 30different types of drinking chocolate and cocoa. In 1861, the now floundering firm was takenover by two of his sons, Richard and George, who turned things around and continued to growthe company into the organisation we see today. There is a lot of information available aboutGeorge Cadbury, but the only previously published biography of his older brother Richard is nowout of print. The Life of Richard Cadbury is a brand-new biography hoping to put that straight,looking at the history and background behind the socialist, philanthropist and chocolatier.

AUTHOR:Diane Wordsworth's work has appeared worldwide. Primarily a broadcast journalist, she alsoedits and proofreads books and magazines. Diane moved from Solihull to Yorkshire in 2004,where she now writes and edits on a full-time basis. She is currently exploring an A to Z ofYorkshire with her husband, Ian.

32 b/w illustrations

Matthew, Mark, Luke, John... and Me:Growing Up Jewish in a Christian World

Author: ULLIAN, ARTHUR

ISBN: 9780872333246

Imprint: Bauhan Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Biography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSKIRC*dddceg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

An upbringing in the WASP enclaves of suburban Boston gave Arthur D. Ullian an early taste ofantisemitism, and later sent him on a search through Judeo-Christian history for the roots ofdiscrimination against the Jewish people.

Following a successful career in New England real estate and a life-changing accident that lefthim paralysed at age 51, Arthur Ullian began to realise that not only did life in a wheelchair makehim feel "different," but he had always felt like an outsider to some degree. This sent him on amulti-year research project investigating antisemitism from the New Testament to the Inquisitionto the Holocaust. He came to see that over the course of his life he had, paradoxically,internalised the prevailing Christian view of the "Jewish character" and unconsciously attemptedto replicate the social and material trappings of those who excluded him.

From the world of private schools, cotillion classes, sailing yachts, and restricted clubs to the Hallsof Congress where he successfully advocated for medical research with Christopher Reeve,Ullian's life is one that illustrates the Jewish concept of Tikkun Olam, or "Repair the World." InMatthew, Mark, Luke, John... and Me - a thoughtful, historically-grounded, and often humorousmemoir - he interweaves personal experience with his exploration of the roots of stereotypes,ending with reasons to hope that historic Jewish–Christian enmities will fade and brotherhoodprevail.

Following a life-changing accident that left him paralysed at age 51, Arthur Ullian began to realisethat not only did life in a wheelchair make him feel "different," but he had always felt like anoutsider to some degree, having grown up Jewish in the elite WASP world of prep schools,cotillion classes, sailing yachts, and restricted clubs.

AUTHOR:Arthur D. Ullian is a founding partner of the Boston Land Company, a real estate developmentfirm. In 1991, he became paralysed following a bicycling accident, and has since used hisbusiness and entrepreneurial skills to advocate for increased federal funding of biomedicalresearch. His contributions in this area include testimony at numerous congressional hearings andorganising research-related educational forums and roundtables on Capitol Hill. Ullian served aspresident of the National Council on Spinal Cord Injury, chairman of the Task Force on Science,Healthcare & the Economy, a member of the Advisory Council to the director of the NationalInstitutes of Health (NIH), and the Harvard University Embryonic Stem Cell Research OversightCommittee. He has received numerous awards and honors for his service, and has co-authoredarticles in several national and international peer-reviewed journals. He is married with one sonand two grandchildren.

Overtrump

Author: LINDHORST-EMME, SVEN

ISBN: 9783735607355

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 108 x 165 mm

Category: Biography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSNHNF*gahdff+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

A portrait of the most powerful men in the world through his own words. To 'overtrump' oneselfor others does not necessarily have negative connotations. It also means to get the maximumout of oneself, to constantly better ones standing, and to learn from what has come before. Withthis collection of quotations, Sven Lindhorst-Emme shows a broad sampling of Donald Trump'sverbalisations, and thus, of how he thinks, and ultimately leave it to the reader to create theirown picture. The quotations that make up this publication are often contradictory: they impress,shock, surprise, amaze, amuse, provoke anger, sadden, or leave one incredulous and confused.From interviews to television appearances to speeches and a number of social media channels -Donald Trump is everywhere.

SELLING POINT: • Funny as well as profound collection of quotes, collected for a reader to make up his own mind

Real Herge: The Inspiration Behind Tintin

Author: LYE, SIAN

ISBN: 9781526763907

Imprint: White Owl

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Biography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hgdjah+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 216

Herge created only twenty-four Tintin books which have been translated into more than seventylanguages and sold 230 million copies worldwide. The Real Herge: The Inspiration Behind Tintintakes an in-depth look at the man behind the cultural phenomenon and the history that helpedshape these books. As well as focussing on the controversies that engulfed Herge, this biographywill also look at his personal life, as well as the relationships and experiences that influenced him.

AUTHOR:Sian Lye is a journalist who has written for a wide variety of national newspapers and magazines,including The Sunday Times, The Guardian, The Telegraph, The Independent, ShortList, Esquireand Marie Claire. Sian has spent several years living abroad in Japan, and most recently inSwitzerland. She now lives in Brighton, and balances writing with family life.

32 b/w illustrations

Irish Animal Folk Tales for Children

Author: MCBRIDE, DOREEN

ISBN: 9780750993722

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Ch-Anthology

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSKHPA*jjdhcc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

How did a tiny wren manage to be crowned King of the Birds? Why did the giant, Finn McCool's,favourite dogs change into mountains? What made a friendly cat turn into a cruel fiend whoplotted to destroy mankind? Do you know a fire belching dragon lives in the caves on Belfast'sCave Hill? Irish Animal Tales for Children is full of ghostly goings-on and weird and wonderfulanimals. These stories are irreverently told by award-winning storyteller Doreen McBride, and arenot for the faint of heart.

AUTHOR:Doreen McBride is a full-time author and storyteller, and a retired teacher. She has been NI ArtsCouncil recognised and gained an international reputation as a storyteller, having appeared instorytelling festivals in America, New Zealand, Ireland, Scotland and England. Doreen wasawarded a silver medal by the University Of South Carolina for services as Storyteller inResidence. in 1993. She is a member of Children's Books Ireland (CBI) and is the author of Northof Ireland Folk Tales for Children. She lives in Banbridge.

30 illustrations

Cardboard: 5-Step Handicrafts for Kids

Author: LLIMOS, ANNA

ISBN: 9780764360831

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 206 x 231 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHQE*dgaidb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

In just five simple steps, children can make a variety of whimsical objects such as a snake, awatch, and gift tags out of cardboard. Fourteen projects make clever use of commonly availablematerials and simple tools, turning egg cartons, paper towel rolls, and card stock into lastingcrafts and toys. Children five years and older will develop fine motor skills, feed their creativity,and be encouraged to find new uses for everyday objects.

AGES: 5 to 8

AUTHOR:Anna Llimos graduated from the Fine Arts University of Barcelona. She has a master's degree inteaching and drawing and a master of humanities degree specialising in contemporary art,literature, and culture. Her work has also been shown at exhibits. She is the author of the 5-StepHandicrafts for Kids series, which includes Clay, Cloth, Wood, Plastic, and Paper.

Create a 3D Triceratops

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9781916444713

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions:

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSLJLG*eeehbd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Create a 3D dinosaur! Kit includes a 100% recyclable Tricereatops model, plus a 32-page factbook with all the latest facts and stats.

Follow the clear step-by-step photographic instructions and simply press-out and build.

No glue or scissors required, just slot together and hang on your bedroom wall!

AGES: 6 to 12

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee is a dedicated dinosaur expert and HUGE fan! Having fallen under the spell of theseever-popular prehistoric creatures, Nicky became so obsessed that she changed her career towrite books about dinosaurs full-time.

Glitter Candy Hearts Stickers

Author: DOVER PUBLICATIONS,

ISBN: 9780486844664

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 106 x 146 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $4.99 9HSKESG*ieegge+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 4

Make every day Valentine's Day with these super sweet candy hearts! Thirty colourful stickers -each enhanced with a dazzling dash of glitter - feature fun and flirty sayings, from "Be Mine" and"Only You" to "True Love," "Cutie Pie," "I'm Yours," and "Cute Stuff." They'll add sparkle to lovenotes, greeting cards, scrapbooks, and more.

AGES: 4 to 8

Includes 30 stickers

Learning About Cretaceous Dinosaurs

Author: SOVAK, JAN

ISBN: 9780486844633

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 106 x 146 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $4.99 9HSKESG*ieegdd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 4

Dinosaur-loving youngsters will enjoy learning about their favourite prehistoric creatures with thehelp of this informative, hands-on activity book. Each page includes carefully researchedinformation about one of 12 different dinosaurs: tyrannosaurus rex, triceratops, ankylosaurus,alamosaurus, iguanodon, parasaurolophus, and six others, as well as a space for one of thefinely detailed stickers included. Children simply select a sticker, place it on the appropriate page,and read about the awesome earth shakers of the Cretaceous period.

AGES: 8 to 11

AUTHOR:Jan Sovak is an illustrator, designer, and fine artist recognized as one of Canada's foremostnatural history illustrators. With advanced degrees in both fine art and zoology, Jan has had hiswork published in over 170 books in more than 15 languages. His illustrations have also appearedon educational television and on Discovery Channel Worldwide.

Learning About Nocturnal Creatures

Author: BARLOWE, SY

ISBN: 9780486844572

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 106 x 146 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $4.99 9HSKESG*ieefhc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 4

In this little activity book, you'll meet 12 fascinating creatures most active at night. Realisticsticker illustrations of a badger, gray fox, opossum, barn owl, raccoon, striped skunk, and sixother animals can each be applied to a page of easy-to-read text describing the distinguishingcharacteristics of that animal. You'll have loads of sticker fun while you're learning about nature'sintriguing creatures that come out after dark.

AGES: 8 to 11

AUTHOR:Together with his wife, Dot, Sy Barlowe (1923–2000) traveled extensively to photograph animalsfor reproduction in their illustrated books, which include references and encyclopedias. Theveteran nature artists wrote and illustrated features for The New York Times and Long IslandNewsday as well as numerous Dover publications.

My Big Book of Addition

Author: KUMON PUBLISHING

ISBN: 9781941082881

Imprint: Kumon Publishing North Am

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 296 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLJOB*aiciib+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

This book is meant to strengthen your child's addition skills. This workbook is a bind-up of threeof our Math Skills titles, including My Book of Simple Addition, My Book of Addition and My FirstBook of Money: Counting Coins.

AGES: 4 to 7

My Big Book of Cutting, Pasting &Drawing

Author: KUMON PUBLISHING

ISBN: 9781941082775

Imprint: Kumon Publishing North Am

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 296 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLJOB*aichhf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

This book is meant to strengthen your childs fine motor skills. This workbook is a bind up of threeof our Basic Skills titles, including My First Book of Cutting, My Book of Pasting, and My First Bookof Drawing.

AGES: 3 to 6

Paper: 5-Step Handicrafts for Kids

Author: LLIMOS, ANNA

ISBN: 9780764360848

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 206 x 231 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHQE*dgaiei+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

In just five simple steps, children can make a variety of whimsical objects such as a bowl, abasket, and a hand puppet out of paper. Fourteen projects make clever use of commonlyavailable materials and simple tools, turning paper bags, streamers, and crepe paper into lastingcrafts and toys. Children five years and older will develop fine motor skills, feed their creativity,and discover new uses for everyday objects.

AGES: 5 to 8

AUTHOR:Anna Llimos graduated from the Fine Arts University of Barcelona. She has a master's degree inteaching and drawing and a master of humanities degree specialising in contemporary art,literature, and culture. Her work has also been shown at exhibits. She is the author of the 5-StepHandicrafts for Kids series, which includes Clay, Cloth, Wood, Plastic, and Cardboard.

Saturday Evening Post MORE Spot theDifferences Picture Puzzles

Author: DONAHUE, PETER

ISBN: 9780486845821

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 279 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $22.99 9HSKESG*ieficb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

Get ready to test your powers of observation in the second edition of this unique puzzle series!The 25 pairs of classic covers from The Saturday Evening Post are seemingly identical, but 12 to18 subtle changes have been made to one of the pictures. Children and adults will have to besharp to find the differences in these famous illustrations by Norman Rockwell, John Falter,Stevan Dohanos, Benjamin Kimberly Prins, John Philip Falter, and many other well-known artistsof that era.

AGES: 8 plus

AUTHOR:Peter Donahue is a freelance illustrator of children's activity and coloring books. He resides on thesunny south shore of Long Island, New York, with his wife and kids.

Snowflake Science: Activity Book

Author: PERES / COST

ISBN: 9780764360480

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 279 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSKHQE*dgaeia+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 48

Explore the extraordinary beauty of ice crystals, and how, what, when, and why these formationsoccur. Fun hands-on exercises and guided science experiments encourage buddingmeteorologists to explore science, discover the natural beauty of ice crystals, and follow thecomplex process of how they form. Loaded with activities, including making static electricity andbuilding snowflake models, as well as removable colouring pages and a snowflake crosswordpuzzle, this book makes learning fun and helps cure the winter blues. So get out there with thesnowflake collector pages and get started catching and documenting your own snowflakes!

AGES: 8 to 12

AUTHORS:Michael Peres is a professor of biomedical photography at Rochester Institute of Technology. Heteaches photomicrography and other applications of photography in science and has been activelypublishing for most of his career. His photographs have been featured on CNN and the WeatherChannel, in Time magazine, and in numerous books.

Patricia Cost is an editor, writer, adjunct professor, and small press publisher. Together theycoauthored Michael Photographs a Snowflake.

Thank You Working Heroes ColoringBook: We're All in This Together!

Author: TAYLOR, JO

ISBN: 9780486847306

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 276 mm

Category: Child-Activity

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $8.99 9HSKESG*iehdag+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Celebrate the brave efforts of nurses, doctors, postal workers, teachers, and other hardworkingheroes keeping our communities safe! This inspiring colouring and activity book includes dozensof illustrations of first responders and essential workers on the job as well as thank-youmessages you can tear out and share, plus helpful facts, fun activities, and word games aboutstaying safe and healthy.

Mouse Count / Cuenta de raton (bilingualboard book) (Spanish and EnglishEdition)

Author: WALSH, ELLEN STOLL

ISBN: 9780358362579

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Board Book

Dimensions: 122 x 109 mm

Category: Child-Bilingual

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKDPI*dgcfhj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 30

A hungry snake is out looking for his dinner, and the daredevil mice must make their escape asreaders count from uno to diez - and back again!

In this Spanish-English bilingual board book edition of a popular picture book, a hungry snake isout looking for some tasty mice to eat for dinner - and perfecting his counting skills, too. Countto ten and back again in both English and Spanish as ten daredevil mice escape from the snakein an clever, suspenseful story. This charming companion to Ellen Stoll Walsh's very successfulMouse Paint introduces the concept of counting forward and backward in two languages.

Each language is in a different colour for ease of reading.

AGES: 0 to 3

AUTHOR:Ellen Stoll Walsh is the author-illustrator of many popular books for children, including thesuccessful Mouse Paint and Mouse Count books.

10 Pop Ups: Pirates

Author: HAWCOCK, DAVID

ISBN: 9782889358779

Imprint: Nui Nui

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 205 x 205 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $22.99 9HSMISJ*dfihhj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 20

Amazing Pop Ups for the youngest readers.

AGES: 2 plus

AUTHOR:David Hawcock studied art in York, UK, majoring in graphic design. He opened a design studio inBath specialising in children's books. He has designed and produced many successful pop-ups,which have sold hundreds of thousands of copies, including The Amazing Fold-Out Pop-Up Body ina Book and the Journal of Inventions: Leonardo Da Vinci.

SELLING POINTS:• Each volume includes 10 fun pop-ups inspired by a specific theme. • Fun to read as you improve your knowledge of a wide range of subjects and have fun with 3Dcreations• Extraordinary value for money and interesting, which make these books a stimulating read aswell as a fun opportunity to play

10 spreads and 10 pop-ups

10 Pop Ups: Trains

Author: HAWCOCK, DAVID

ISBN: 9782889358762

Imprint: Nui Nui

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 205 x 205 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $22.99 9HSMISJ*dfihgc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 20

Amazing Pop Ups for the youngest readers.

AGES: 2 plus

AUTHOR:David Hawcock studied art in York, UK, majoring in graphic design. He opened a design studio inBath specialising in children's books. He has designed and produced many successful pop-ups,which have sold hundreds of thousands of copies, including The Amazing Fold-Out Pop-Up Body ina Book and the Journal of Inventions: Leonardo Da Vinci.

SELLING POINTS:• Each volume includes 10 fun pop-ups inspired by a specific theme. • Fun to read as you improve your knowledge of a wide range of subjects and have fun with 3Dcreations• Extraordinary value for money and interesting, which make these books a stimulating read aswell as a fun opportunity to play

10 spreads and 10 pop-ups

Building Books: First Foundations

Author: MCLEAN, GILL

ISBN: 9780993307935

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Box

Dimensions: 50 x 50 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSKJTD*dahjdf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 11

A traditional stacking toy and four books in one! A perfect introduction to first concepts; colours,numbers, shapes and animals, with bold, eye-catching illustrations and four animal puzzles tomake.

AUTHOR:Gill McLean has illustrated and designed many children s books, with publishers such as Templar,Harper Collins, Oxford University Press and QED. She works in both traditional and digital mediato match the art style to the story and has designed everything from picture ats to pop-up books.Gill lives in the Yorkshire Dales, England.

SELLING POINTS:• 4 x Board Books as a cube • A perfect introduction to first concepts; colours, numbers, shapes and animals, with bold,eyecatching illustrations. • Colour illustrations on all sides of the cube-shaped books create a building block - a traditionalstacking toy. • The books can be stacked to reveal 4 animal puzzles (in a stack of two and four), as well as acounting aid up to four. • The blocks fit neatly into a lidded slipcase with a magnetic closure.

Leprechaun's Rainbow (board book withhandle)

Author: BERANEK, CARLO

ISBN: 9780358272656

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Board Book

Dimensions: 178 x 178 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $17.99 9HSKDPI*chcgfg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 10

Little ones who love colour are in luck this St. Patrick's Day!

The Leprechaun loves every colour.Let's find one, and then another!

Quick, follow that leprechaun to discover all of the colours of the rainbow!

This shaped board book complete with handle is perfect for little hands and bright minds on St.Patrick's Day or all year 'round.

AGES: 0 to 3

AUTHOR:Carlo Beranek is a freelance illustrator living in Rotterdam, Netherlands.

Valentine is Missing (board book withcut-out reveals)

Author: HOIGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT

ISBN: 9780358040620

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Board Book

Dimensions: 178 x 178 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $19.99 9HSKDPI*aeagca+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 16

Uncover the mystery of the missing valentine in this sweet Valentine's Day board book.

In this sturdy novelty board book, the teacher's valentine goes missing in a very sweetValentine's Day mystery. Where did it go? From crafting valentines in the classroom to sharingsweet treats, little ones will love turning the playful pages featuring heart-shaped holes as theyuncover just where the missing valentine went. Could it be a furry little class pet who has stolenthe teacher's heart?

AGES: 0 to 3

Winter Wonderland

Author: MCLEAN, GILL

ISBN: 9780993307928

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Board Book

Dimensions: 210 x 210 mm

Category: Child-Board

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $27.99 9HSKJTD*dahjci+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 8

Somewhere in the forest, amongst the tallest trees,Between the snow capped mountains, in a bed of fallen leaves...'Where are the baby bear cubs hiding?

Die cut windows lead the reader through the book, each turn of the page revealing the back ofthe scene as though walking through the snowy landscape. A die cut window on the back coverleads us full circle to the inside of the bear s cave illustrated on the front cover. Colourillustrations throughout and rhyming text.

AUTHOR:Gill McLean has illustrated and designed many children s books, with publishers such as Templar,Harper Collins, Oxford University Press and QED. She works in both traditional and digital mediato match the art style to the story and has designed everything from picture ats to pop-up books.Gill lives in the Yorkshire Dales, England.

Benny Feldman's All Star Klezmer Band

Author: MARKS, ALLISON

ISBN: 9781784385552

Imprint: Green Bean Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 138 x 216 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLHSE*difffc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Eleven-year-old Benny Feldman spends his days at Sieberling School obeying his number-onerule for surviving sixth grade: blend into the background. So when he signs up his klezmer bandto play in the school talent show, his classmates are shocked. Teased by guitar superstar andformer friend Jason Conroy, Benny vows to win the trophy and erase the embarrassing nicknamethat has haunted him since his disastrous debut performance in an first-grade Sabbath play. But,there is a problem. Benny Feldman's All-Star Klezmer Band is only a figment of Benny'simagination. He loves the traditional klezmer music of Eastern Europe, but how is he going tofind other players to join him? With the show a few months away, Benny, an accomplishedfiddler, embarks on a quest to assemble a band that will beat Jason's rock group at the talentshow. His search takes him to an arcade convention, a potato chip factory, an oddities shop, anda storage room stacked with cans of creamed corn and succotash. Along the way he meetsJennifer, a jazz-loving drummer; Royce, a bow-tie-wearing clarinet prodigy; and Stuart, abraggart accordion player from Cajun Country. He also learns a great deal about the joys andsorrows that lie at the heart of klezmer and discovers that being different can be wonderful.Eventually, the ragtag and renamed "Klez Misfits" mount the stage and the tension-filled climaxwill have young readers wondering until the end if Benny and his band can pull off a miracle. Thisfun and feel-good story shows how friends, family, history and culture can all build confidence.Benny learns to believe in himself and has fun and finds love along the way.

AUTHORS:Allison and Wayne Marks met in a Canterbury Tales class at the University of Cincinnati, wherethey both graduated with degrees in English Literature. They are the authors of three Jewishchildren's picture books: 'Og's Ark' (Kar-Ben 2016, PJ Library in Russian selection), 'A Gefilte FishyTale' (MB Publishing, 2016), and 'The Art Lesson: A Shavuot Story' (Kar-Ben 2017, PJ Libraryselection, Bank Street Best Children's Books of 2017, and Tablet Magazine's Best JewishChildren's Books of 2017).

30 colour illustrations

Fairy Rescuers

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780956108616

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 126 x 198 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJPG*baigbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 146

This book is a must for fairy lovers and those who are not so certain. A fantastic, magicaladventure!

Who believes in fairies?

Certainly not Ellie - tomboy, karate kid and best under eleven goalie in town!

However, when Ellie's brother finds a half dead fairy in their garden, Ellie has to believe. Sheteams up with fairy expert - Lucy, and together they begin an adventure to help the fairy, whohas lost her memory and her powers. They find themselves caught up in a dangerous quest torescue the Queen and Prince and save the kingdom of Elysia.

A powerful friendship grows between Ellie, Lucy and the fairy. But is it strong enough toovercome the evil forces that threaten the fairy kingdom?

AGES: 6 plus

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Gottika

Author: BECKER, HELAINE

ISBN: 9781784385750

Imprint: Green Bean Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 138 x 216 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLHSE*difhfa+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

12 year-old, Dany lives with his father, the scholarly Rob Judah, and his silent mother Rachel inthe Stoon ghetto on the outskirts of Gottika. Under the ruthless Count Pol, the Stoon communityare subject to military raids, prejudicial laws and restrictions on their culture and freedom. WhenPol marries Dany's cousin Dalil to stoke further tension between Gottikans and Stoons, life getsharder still. Urged on by Dany, Rob Judah finally runs out of patience. Something must be done.One night, Rob Judah breaks curfew and goes down to the river. Dany follows and secretlywatches as his father invokes illegal Stoon magic to raise a creature, in human form, from themud. The Gol comes to live with the family and becomes the invincible protector of the Stoons.He foils plots, prevents violence against them, and starts to bring hope and happiness back toDany's family. But then Rob Judah is framed for a brutal murder and thrown in Pol's dungeon.Now it is Dany's time to act. With the help of Moishe, Dalil and a wolf/dog hybrid named Khan,Dany sets out to save his father and defeat Pol once and for all. Along the way, he uncoversshocking family secrets, learns where Pol's vicious hatred of the Stoons comes from and he isgifted with an understanding of the sacred mysteries of life itself. Compelling, clever and full oftwists and turns, Gottika reimagines the powerful Golem legend as a futuristic fantasy with auniversal message.

AUTHOR:Helaine Becker is the bestselling author of more than 90 books for children and young adults,including the #1 Canadian national bestseller 'A Porcupine in a Pine Tree' (Scholastic Canada) andthe international bestseller 'Counting on Katherine: How Katherine Johnson Saved Apollo 13'(Henry Holt). Her books have won multiple awards and been translated into ten languages. ANew York native, Helaine has lived in Toronto, Canada for more than 20 years.

Izzy in the Doghouse

Author: ADDERSON, CAROLINE

ISBN: 9781771387323

Imprint: Kids Can Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 140 x 184 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $27.99 9HSLHRB*dihdcd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

From the author of the Jasper John Dooley series comes a new lovable character: Isabel!

The first title in this early chapter book series tells us why Isabel just has, has, has to get a dog!Isabel and Zoe are favourite friends - most of the time. They have side-by-side cubbies atschool. They never take off their friendship bracelets. And they make each other laugh likenobody else. But some of the time, Isabel isn't Zoe's favorite friend at all. Because some of thetime, the fun things they do end in a no-fun way. Like how they've been sent to the principal'soffice because of Isabel's shenanigans with some kindergartners. Now Zoe is mad at Isabel, andIsabel is miserable. Isabel is trying everything to win her friend back. Will getting a new puppyhelp Isabel mend her friendship with Zoe?

In this first title of the chapter book series for emerging readers, author Caroline Addersonintroduces the inimitable Isabel and how she came to have her lovable dog, Rollo. Shortchapters, spot-on humor and engaging illustrations on every spread make this series a perfectpick for both independent reading and read-alouds. Highly entertaining and fun, it also showcasesthe personal growth and development of the main character, while touching on subjects ofinterest to elementary-age children: relationships with friends, the responsibilities of having petsand family situations of all kinds, including how Isabel, who lives with her single mother and ananny, loves the story of her adoption (and its similarities to their adoption of the dog).

AGES: 6 to 9

AUTHOR:Caroline Adderson is the author of numerous books for children and adults, including the JasperJohn Dooley series. She lives in Vancouver, British Columbia, with her husband, her son and herdog.

Kelly Collier has been drawing since she was little and studied Illustration in college. Kelly lives inToronto, Ontario, with her husband and their dog.

Knights of the Wobbly Table: Save OurSchool

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063626

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 198 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*agdgcg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

What would you do if three time-travelling knights appeared in your garden shed?

Sir Trumpsalot, Sir Gaseehad and Sir Windibot get up to some seriously silly medieval mischief.

AGES: 6 to 12

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Long Road on a Short Day

Author: SCHMIDT / YELCHIN

ISBN: 9780544888364

Imprint: Clarion Books

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 159 x 203 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKFOE*iiidge+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

A tender story of a father-son adventure with themes of community and kindness, in shortchapters with vivid full-colour illustrations, by bestseller and Newbery Honor winner Gary D.Schmidt and acclaimed artist Eugene Yelchin.

In a story of perseverance and determination told with warmth and sparkling with humour, ashort winter day finds Samuel and Papa walking a long road on Samuel's first trading trip.Meeting strangers, practicing good manners, and proud to be in Papa's company, Samuelwatches and learns as Papa trades up from almost nothing to the milk cow Mama is yearning for.Simple text combines with vivid illustrations for a satisfying tale that will resonate with readerswho enjoy an adventure with dad.

AGES: 8 to 12

AUTHORS:Gary D. Schmidt is the best-selling author of Pay Attention, Carter Jones; Orbiting Jupiter; theNewbery Honor and Printz Honor book Lizzie Bright and the Buckminster Boy; the Newbery Honorbook The Wednesday Wars; and Okay for Now. He is a professor of English at Calvin College inGrand Rapids, Michigan.

Eugene Yelchin is a Russian-born painter and illustrator. He received a Newbery Honor forBreaking Stalin's Nose, which he both wrote and illustrated. He lives in southern California withhis family.

Elizabeth Stickney is the pseudonym of Anne Stickney Schmidt, the late wife of author Gary D.Schmidt and the author of poems, essays, and picture books.

My Wicked Stepmother: The Diary

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063640

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 150 x 210 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $17.99 9HSKJTD*agdgea+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

Lou is about to meet her new stepmother. But will she be wicked, like the ones in fairy tales? Louuncovers the truth about her stepmother, as well as someone else in her family.

AGES: 6 to 12

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Rembrandt Conspiracy

Author: HICKS, DERON R.

ISBN: 9780358256212

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions:

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSKDPI*cfgcbc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

In this standalone companion to The Van Gogh Deception, Art and Camille team up once again tosolve a large museum theft, using one of the biggest heists in history to help them solve thecase. Perfect for fans of Dan Brown and the Mr. Lemoncello's Library and Book Scavenger series.

Something's brewing at the National Portrait Gallery Museum in Washington, D.C. twelve-year-oldArt is sure of it. But his only proof that a grand heist is about to take place is iced mocha,forty-two steps, and a mysterious woman who appears like clockwork in the museum.

When Art convinces his best friend, Camille, that the heist is real, the two begin a thrilling chasethrough D.C. to uncover a villainous scheme that could be the biggest heist since the IsabelleStewart Gardner Museum theft in 1990. With a billion dollars' worth of paintings on the line, theclock is ticking for Art and Camille to solve the conspiracy.

AGES: 8 to 12

AUTHOR:As a lawyer, Deron Hicks investigates mysteries for a living. He graduated from the University ofGeorgia with a degree in painting and from Mercer Law School. He lives in Warm Springs,Georgia with his wife and children.

Return to Elysia

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780956108661

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 126 x 198 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJPG*baiggb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 146

Once again Ellie takes up the challenge of a rescue mission in the Fairy Kingdom.

But how did the school bully get there?

AGES: 6 plus

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Seventh Handmaiden

Author: PRANSKY, JUDITH

ISBN: 9781784385897

Imprint: Green Bean Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 138 x 216 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLHSE*difijh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Darya does not remember how she came to be a slave or who she was before she was boughtby an army captain for his motherless daughter in the ancient Persian city of Susa. Protected andnurtured by the housekeeper and her daughter, Darya has as good a life as a slave can have,even acquiring the rare skill of reading and writing, which she learns alongside her youngmistress. When the captain dies and the household is broken up, this skill proves to be herlifeline. She becomes the seventh handmaiden to the mysterious Esther, who is being housed atthe Royal Palace while in contention to be King Xerxes' new Queen. However, life in AncientPersia is precarious for women and outsiders, wherever they are in the hierarchy. When the Kingappoints a new Prime Minister called Haman, Darya and Esther are drawn into his murderousconflict with the Judean community and Mordechai, their leader, who lives just outside the palacegates. In a world of discord and uprising, Darya seeks to fix the world around her and protecther friends, while also trying to unravel the mysteries surrounding who she is and how shebecame a slave. As she grows from childhood to womanhood she grapples with her own identity,her aspirations and desires and begins to understand the true meaning of both slavery andfreedom.

AGES: 11 to 15

AUTHOR:Judith Pransky is a writer, editor and teacher who taught English and History in middle schoolclassrooms for 20 years. She has edited guides to Philadelphia and published two books forchildren, 'Mister Lister' and 'Mister Lister Strikes Again'.

Siri the Viking: Mimir's Well

Author: NYSTROM, PATRIC

ISBN: 9781908233295

Imprint: Eken Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 176 x 247 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLJKI*cddcjf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 86

Siri the Viking is the perfect book for kids who want to learn more about Vikings. The comiccombines adventure and history in a humorous story with colourful characters and fascinatingsettings.

SIRI IS BACK for another adventure! This time, the brave Viking girl and her friend Zack aresearching for a lost treasure. They are helped along by Ansgar the monk, who is looking for hisstolen books. A series of clues point them toward a mysterious place called Mimir's Well. But thevillainous Ivar and his clumsy assistant Grim are hot on their trail, eager to get the treasure forthemselves. Once again Siri has to use all her cleverness as she faces baffling riddles anddangerous traps. If she makes it through, perhaps she may find the answer to the greatestriddle of all: what precious treasure lies hidden in the depths of Mimir's Well?

AUTHOR:Patric Nystrom (born 1968) debuted in 1991 and has since written for a long line of comic bookseries, including the Swedish Moomin comics and the comic adaptation of Frans G. Bengtsson'sepic The Long Ships (Red Orm), the first part of which was published in 1999. Siri the Viking, inwhich real historical events, places and people serve as the backdrop for the title character'sadventures, is his first major solo project.

Per Demervall (born 1955) is one of Sweden's most experienced comic book artists, with a widerange of publications. He made his debut in 1979 with Ulltryfflarna (The Wool Truffles), a fantasycomic for children. His breakthrough came in 1986 with the comic book adaption of AugustStrindberg's The Red Room. In December 2018 he was awarded the Swedish Academy of ComicArt's prestigious Adamson statuette for "a versatile and long-standing comic book career".Demervall's recent work on the series Siri the Viking has been highly praised.

Siri the Viking: The Emperor's Treasure

Author: NYSTROM, PATRIC

ISBN: 9781908233288

Imprint: Eken Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 176 x 247 mm

Category: Child-Chapter

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLJKI*cddcii+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 86

Siri the Viking is the perfect book for kids who want to learn more about Vikings. The comiccombines adventure and history in a humorous story with colourful characters and fascinatingsettings.

It is spring, and the Vikings are preparing to set sail for Miklagard. But Siri is told she has to staybehind! Her Dad, the chieftain, says that the journey is too dangerous for a little girl. But if hethinks that is going to stop her, he's wrong. She stows away on his ship. Aboard the same ship isa mysterious box meant to be delivered to the Emperor himself. But the villainous duo Ivar andGrim are eager to get their hands on the box, and Siri has to use all her courage and clevernessto protect it. Luckily, she is helped by Zack, a mysterious boy she meets in Miklagard. But who ishe really?

AUTHOR:Patric Nystrom (born 1968) debuted in 1991 and has since written for a long line of comic bookseries, including the Swedish Moomin comics and the comic adaptation of Frans G. Bengtsson'sepic The Long Ships (Red Orm), the first part of which was published in 1999. Siri the Viking, inwhich real historical events, places and people serve as the backdrop for the title character'sadventures, is his first major solo project.

Per Demervall (born 1955) is one of Sweden's most experienced comic book artists, with a widerange of publications. He made his debut in 1979 with Ulltryfflarna (The Wool Truffles), a fantasycomic for children. His breakthrough came in 1986 with the comic book adaption of AugustStrindberg's The Red Room. In December 2018 he was awarded the Swedish Academy of ComicArt's prestigious Adamson statuette for "a versatile and long-standing comic book career".Demervall's recent work on the series Siri the Viking has been highly praised.

Bone Wars: Clash of the DINOSAURHunters

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529382

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 127 x 198 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $17.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdic+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

A true adventure story full of trains, explosives, sneaky tactics, spying, and dinosaurs!

The Bone Wars tells the true story of the battle to be the most famous dinosaur hunter in theworld! The "Great Dinosaur Rush" was an amazing time in U.S. history when the hunt fordinosaurs really began. Would the two gentlemen scientists who led the hunt play nicely and worktogether or would their desperation to be the best lead them to behave very, very badly? Told asa story for children for the very first time, the book is thoroughly engaging and factually correct,and will delight all budding paleontologists! Thoughtfully illustrated, it brings 19th-century Americaalive.

AGES: 8 to 12

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee is a dedicated dinosaur expert and HUGE fan! Having fallen under the spell of theseever-popular prehistoric creatures, Nicky became so obsessed that she changed her career towrite books about dinosaurs full-time.

This Is Your Brain on Stereotypes: HowScience Is Tackling Unconscious Bias

Author: LLOYD KYI, TANYA

ISBN: 9781525300165

Imprint: Kids Can Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 178 x 229 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLFMF*daabgf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 88

An essential overview of the science behind stereotypes: from why our brains form them to howrecognising them can help us be less biased.

From the time we're babies, our brains constantly sort and label the world around us - a skillthat's crucial for our survival. But, as adolescents are all too aware, there's a tremendousdownside: when we do this to groups of people it can cause great harm. Here's a comprehensive introduction to the science behind stereotypes that will help youngpeople make sense of why we classify people, and how we can change our thinking. It covers thehistory of identifying stereotypes, secret biases in our brains, and how stereotypes affect oursense of self. Most importantly, it covers current research into how science can help us overcomeour biases, offering hope for a future where stereotypes are less prevalent and the world is morefair for everyone.

Written by award-winning author Tanya Lloyd Kyi, this timely and hopeful book addresses theissues of discrimination, racism, sexism, ableism and homophobia and offers concretesuggestions on how to make change. It uses scientific inquiry and loads of relatable andinteresting examples to explore these uncomfortable topics in age-appropriate and engagingways. Chapters, sidebars and colourful illustrations break the text into manageable chunks.Besides the many ways this book could be used to inspire frank and in-depth discussions on theimportance of addressing stereotypes and bias, it also links to many science and social studiescurriculum topics. Backmatter includes an extensive list of sources, suggestions for furtherreading and an index.

AGES: 11 to 14

AUTHOR:Tanya Lloyd Kyi writes both fiction and nonfiction on topics related to science, pop culture, socialhistory - or a combination of the three. Her recent books include Under Pressure, Prince of Pot,and Mya's Strategy to Save the World. Tanya lives in Vancouver, British Columbia, with herfamily.

Drew Shannon is a Toronto-based illustrator whose clients include the Globe and Mail, theWashington Post, Reader's Digest, CBC, NPR and more. He is also the co-creator of the graphicnovel series The Montague Twins.

Tiny Monsters: The Strange CreaturesThat Live on Us, in Us and Around Us

Author: JENKINS, STEVE

ISBN: 9780358307112

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 254 x 254 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*dahbbc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Did you know you share your home with monsters?! In this book explore the menagerie of tinyand unusual creatures - arthropods (insects, mites, and spiders) - found in our lawns andgardens, our food, our beds, our clothes and even our eyelashes.

You may not know it... but you share your home with monsters!

Some of these monsters are so tiny that they were barely recognised, even by scientists, untilthe invention of the electron microscope. Although they may seem like aliens from anotherplanet, these miniscule creatures live right alongside us. And just about all of them are harmless- and some are even helpful!

In his signature cut- and torn-paper style, Steve Jenkins shows readers that - seen up close -these pesky critters are as fantastic looking as any creature on Earth. This CaldecottHonor–winning duo also uses informational graphics and diagrams to demonstrate just how bigthe critters are, where they live, and how many there might be in your home right this second!

AGES: 6 to 9

AUTHOR:Steve Jenkins has written and illustrated many nonfiction picture books for young readers,including the Caldecott Honor-winning What Do You Do with a Tail Like This? His books have beencalled stunning, eye-popping, inventive, gorgeous, masterful, extraordinary, playful, irresistible,compelling, engaging, accessible, glorious, and informative. He lives in Boulder, Colorado with hiswife and frequent collaborator, Robin Page.

What's So Special About Ankylosaurus?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529306

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdag+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

As one of the most heavily armoured dinosaurs and built like a walking tank, Ankylosaurus(an-KIE-loh-SAW-russ) was well protected from the hungriest predators... except for its oneweak spot. Discover how fast Ankylosaurus could move with the Speed-o-Meter, how terrifying itwas on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fully illustratedbook.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Ankylosaurus? is packed withfully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information thatyou could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the time of dinosaurs the Mesozoic era was divided up andwhen Ankylosaurus lived• The Hometown section discusses Ankylosaurus fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Ankylosaurus' size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about Ankylosaurus' teeth, diet, speed, scariness andhabitat• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you're a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Coelophysis?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529337

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjddh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

One of the oldest dinosaurs discovered to date, Coelophysis (SEE-low-FY-sis) is also one of themost thoroughly researched, as thousands of fossils were unearthed together in one bone bed.Discover how fast Coelophysis could move with the Speed-o-Meter, how terrifying it was on theScary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fully illustrated book.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Coelophysis? is packed withfully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information thatyou could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the time of dinosaurs the Mesozoic era was divided up andwhen Coelophysis lived• The Hometown section discusses Coelophysis fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Coelophysis' size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about Coelophysis' teeth, diet, speed, scariness andhabitat• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you're a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Diplodocus?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529344

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Diplodocus (di-PLOD-oh-KUSS) is one of the longest dinosaurs ever to have lived and one of thebest known as several skeletons have been discovered. It s long, whip-like tail was a wickedweapon! Discover how fast Diplodocus could move with the Speed - o - Meter, how terrifying itwas on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fully illustratedbook.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Diplodocus? is packed with fullypalaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information that youcould possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the time of dinosaurs the Mesozoic Era was divided up andwhen Diplodocus lived• The Hometown section discusses Diplodocus fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Diplodocus' size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about Diplodocus teeth, diet, speed, scariness andhabitat• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you're a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Leaellynasaura?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529375

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdhf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Leaellynasaura (lee-EL-in-UH-sawr-ah) was a turkey - sized herbivore that survived in a part ofAustralia that used to be much further south than it is today, attached to a vast polar continent.Chilly! Discover how fast Leaellynasaura could move with the Speed - o - Meter, how terrifying itwas on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fully illustratedbook.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Leaellynasaura? is packed withfully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information thatyou could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the age of the dinosaurs, the Mesozoic Era, was divided up andwhen Leaellynasaura lived• The Hometown section discusses Leaellynasaura fossils, where they were first discovered andby whom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Leaellynasaura s size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about the teeth, diet, speed, scariness and habitat ofLeaellynasaura• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you are a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Megalosaurus?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529368

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdgi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Megalosaurus(meg-ah-loh-SAW-russ) was the very first dinosaur to be named. Identified in 1824from bones including a portion of a jaw with large teeth, collected from mines in Oxfordshire,England! Discover how fast Megalosaurus could move with the Speed - o - Meter, how terrifying itwas on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fully illustratedbook.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Megalosaurus? is packed withfully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information thatyou could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the age of the dinosaurs, the Mesozoic Era, was divided up andwhenMegalosaurus lived• The Hometown section discusses Megalosaurus fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Megalosaurus's size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about the teeth, diet, speed, scariness and habitat ofMegalosaurus• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you are abone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Stegosaurus?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529313

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdbd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Stegosaurus (STEG-oh-SAW-russ) survived with a body almost as big as a bus, a head the size ofa horse and a brain the size of a walnut. Read the book to find out just how this bizarrecombination worked! Discover how fast Stegosaurus could move with the Speed-o-Meter, howterrifying it was on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fullyillustrated book.

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Stegosaurus? is packed withfully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information thatyou could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the time of dinosaurs the Mesozoic era was divided up andwhen Stegosaurus lived• The Hometown section discusses Stegosaurus fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Stegosaurus' size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about Stegosaurus' teeth, diet, speed, scariness andhabitat• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you're a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About Triceratops?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529351

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdfb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Triceratops (try-SAIR-uh-TOPS) has one of the largest skulls of any land animal that has everlived. The largest was over 2.5 m long so Triceratops would need three doors side-by-side towalk through! Discover how fast Triceratops could move with the Speed - o - Meter, howterrifying it was on the Scary Scale, and which of today's animals it most resembles, in this fullyillustrated book.

Like every book in this non-fiction series,What's so Special about Triceratops? is packed with fullypalaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur information that youcould possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the age of the dinosaurs, the Mesozoic Era, was divided up andwhen Triceratops lived• The Hometown section discusses Triceratops fossils, where they were first discovered and bywhom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about Triceratops size and how itcompares to objects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about the teeth, diet, speed, scariness and habitat ofTriceratops• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you are a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

What's So Special About TyrannosaurusRex?

Author: DEE, NICKY

ISBN: 9780993529320

Imprint: Dragonfly Group

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 203 mm

Category: Child-NF

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*fcjdca+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Children (and grown-ups!) can learn all the latest fascinating facts about dinosaurs in this brandnew book series.

Find out how Tyrannosaurus rex (tie-RAN-oh- SAW-russ rex), earned the title 'King of theDinosaurs'. One of the most effective killing machines ever to walk on Earth, its jaw was strongenough to crush a car... had cars been invented! Discover how fast Tyrannosaurus rex couldmove with the Speed-o-Meter, how terrifying it was on the Scary Scale and munch, munch more!

Like every book in this non-fiction series, What's so Special about Tyrannosaurus rex? is packedwith fully palaeontologist-approved facts and stats that will give you all the dinosaur informationthat you could possibly want:

• Setting the Scene explains how the time of dinosaurs the Mesozoic era was divided up andwhen T. rex lived• The Hometown section discusses Tyrannosaurus rex fossils, where they were first discoveredand by whom• Head straight to the Vital Statistics page to find out about T. rex's size and how it compares toobjects and things from your life today• Dedicated pages where you'll learn all about Tyrannosaurus rex's teeth, diet, speed, scarinessand habitat• And munch, munch more!

On top of all of that (and for the cheats out there!), at the back of the book you'll find 'The BestBits!' which pulls together all of the key knowledge you'll need to convince your friends, parentsand teachers that you're a bone-a-fide dinosaur expert!

AGES: 6 to 10

AUTHOR:Nicky Dee's passion for all things prehistoric developed whilst creating epic exhibitions centredaround life-sized dinosaurs, seven years ago. The experience and knowledge gained fromresearching and staging the exhibitions sparked off a quest to translate the most up to datepalaeontological research into a fun and engaging format for readers aged 6-10.

Angel Small

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063602

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 245 x 275 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*agdgac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 24

It's Christmas Eve. But not just any old Christmas Eve.

This is the first one ever!

One little angel wants to join the Good News Party but they sayhe's just too small. He follows them anyway.

Angel Small. What on Earth will he find?

The first title in the Angel Small series. The traditional telling of the Christmas story through theeyes of the littlest angel who is full of curiosity. Accompanying musical nativity - ideal for KeyStage 1 Christmas productions. Downloadable songs from the musical. Colour illustrationsthroughout.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Angel Small Follows the Star

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063619

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 245 x 275 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*agdgbj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 24

... It's the first Christmas Day ever!

Heaven is having a party to celebrate the arrival of the new king.Can one little angel help three Wise Men and their troublesome camels to find Him?

Who will they meet along the way, and will Angel Small discover the best gift of all?

The traditional telling of the Christmas story through the eyes of the littlest angel, as he helpsthree wise men and their mischevious camels to find Baby Jesus. The companion title to AngelSmall . Colour illustrations throughout.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Helga Makes a Name for Herself

Author: MAYNOR, MEGAN

ISBN: 9781328957832

Imprint: Clarion Books

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 229 x 279 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLDMI*jfhidc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

A hilarious and empowering picture book about a small but strong Viking girl who is determinedto be a warrior and make a name for herself.

Filled with humor and heart, this clever picture book about perseverance and following yourdreams stars Helga, a small but mighty (and loud) Viking. Helga, along with her sidekick, Wolvie,wants to be a warrior just like her favourite hero, Ingrid the Axe. But she is a farmer's daughterand the only battles she fights are pretend. So when Ingrid the Axe comes to town looking fornew recruits, Helga jumps at the chance. She and Wolvie find the competition to be fierce. ButHelga is fierce too, and single-minded in her desire to make a name for herself. After all she is aWARRIOOORRRR!

AGES: 4 to 7

AUTHOR:Megan Maynor is the author of several picture books. She lives in Minnesota with one husband,three children, and a rabbit.

Eda Kaban has illustrated many books for children. Born and raised in Turkey, Eda now lives inOakland, California, with her husband, small son, and two Siamese cats.

It's MY Tree

Author: TALLEC, OLIVIER

ISBN: 9781525305474

Imprint: Kids Can Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 203 x 279 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLFMF*dafehe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 30

A squirrel decides to keep everyone in the forest away from a favorite tree (?It's MY tree?), buthasn't thought the plan all the way through!

The squirrel loves a particular tree (?It's MY tree?) and is happiest eating pinecones in its shade(?MY pinecones in the shade of MY tree?). But then the squirrel starts to worry. What if someoneelse decides it's THEIR tree? What if that someone wants to eat THEIR pinecones in the shade ofTHEIR tree? Should the squirrel build a gate in front of the tree to keep the others out? Ormaybe a wall? Yes, a wall. The squirrel will build a long and high wall that no one can get over oraround. Only, now that there's a wall, how can the squirrel know what's on the other side of it?Maybe a better tree is out there, full of pinecones. Maybe even a whole forest of better trees...

World-renowned author-illustrator Olivier Tallec has created a simple, funny, relevant fable forthe modern age. The humor and exaggeration ensure that even the youngest children willrecognise the greed, xenophobia and fear of missing out afflicting the poor squirrel. With tonesof bright orange and yellow, the captivating illustrations bring the enormous-tailed squirrel'srapid-fire range of emotions to vivid and hilarious life. This highly entertaining read-aloud wouldalso make a perfect conversation starter for lessons on the importance of appreciating what onehas.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Olivier Tallec is a graduate of the Ecole Superieure d'Arts Graphiques and is the illustrator ofmore than sixty books. Olivier lives in Paris, France.

Jack the Runaway Terrier

Author: MCLEAN, GILL

ISBN: 9780993307911

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 245 x 275 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $14.99 9HSKJTD*dahjbb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Jack loves adventure and lets his nose lead him wherever it will. But has this little terrier bitten off more than he can chew?

A tale of adventure, love and redemption about a mischievous dog and his patient brother.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Gill McLean has illustrated and designed many children s books, with publishers such as Templar,Harper Collins, Oxford University Press and QED. She works in both traditional and digital mediato match the art style to the story and has designed everything from picture ats to pop-up books.Gill lives in the Yorkshire Dales, England.

Little Blue Truck's Valentine

Author: SCHERTLE, ALICE

ISBN: 9780358272441

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 229 x 206 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSKDPI*chceeb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 20

Spread the love with Little Blue Truck - a perfect Valentine's Day read-aloud in this best-sellingseries!

"Beep!" said Blue. "Happy Valentine's Day!"

Join Little Blue Truck as he delivers Valentine's Day cards to all his farm animal friends. But asBlue beeps along, he starts to wonder: will he get any cards of his own?

With brightly coloured foil accents throughout and a large gatefold at the end, this book is theperfect Valentine's Day gift.

AGES: 4 plus

AUTHOR:Alice Schertle is a poet and the author of many well-loved books for children, including thebeloved, best-selling Little Blue Truck series,Very Hairy Bear, Button Up!, and All You Need for aSnowman. She lives in Plainfield, Massachusetts.

Jill McElmurry was the illustrator of many picture books, including her own Mad About Plaid, WhenOtis Courted Mama by Kathi Appelt and the best-selling Little Blue Truck series, written by AliceSchertle. She happily divided her time between the wide landscape of New Mexico and a greenisland in Minnesota. Jill passed away in August 2017.

Quiet Down, Loud Town!

Author: HEIM, ALASTAIR

ISBN: 9781328957825

Imprint: Clarion Books

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 229 x 254 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLDMI*jfhicf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

In this funny, rhyming read-aloud for very young readers, a grumpy Mr. Elephant just wantssome peace and quiet - that is, until he gets it.

Packed with hilarious rhymes, fun-to-shout-out sounds, and the frenetic energy of a happy, busytown, this raucous read-aloud follows an exasperated elephant through the course of his day.From barking dogs to clattering dishes at the coffee shop to a boisterous marching band, thenoise is just too much. Mr. Elephant wants nothing more than for his loud town to PLEASE QUIETDOWN!!! But what happens when he ends up getting exactly what he wishes for?

Snuck into the fun is an important message about seeing things from the perspective of others.Share this story with anyone who loves to make noise and anyone who loves to hate it!

AGES: 4 to 7

AUTHOR:Alastair Heim is the author of several picture books. He lives with his wife and three children inMissouri.

Matt Hunt is the illustrator of picture books published in the US and in England. He lives with hisfamily in Birmingham, England.

This Is the Path the Wolf Took

Author: FARINA, LAURA

ISBN: 9781525301537

Imprint: Kids Can Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 216 x 279 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLFMF*dabfdh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 40

A boy's little sister doesn't like the way he improvises when he tells tales, in this funny andbighearted tale about what makes a story good.

The stories Gabe 'reads' to his little sister start out sounding familiar - a red-caped girl on herway to Grandma's house meets a wolf in the woods - but then, just in the nick of time, SirGabriel swoops in to save the day. His sister points out that's not how the story is supposed togo. The boy says his way is better: "Nothing bad happens in my story." But when his sister stopslistening, the boy realises he needs to reconsider. Are his stories boring? Why does it seem likethere's always something missing?

Laura Farina's funny and empathetic tale explores why a good story is never made up of onlygood things. Many young children want a story to be exciting, but they don't want anything scaryor bad to happen. This picture book shows how a brief period of being afraid or sad is necessaryto make a story worth hearing. It makes for a great discussion starter and works well for loadsof language arts applications, including writing skills, elements of a story, and fairy tales or otherliterary genres. With its playful humor, endearing sibling relationship and high-energy illustrationsby Elina Ellis, this book also makes an entertaining read-aloud.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Laura Farina has published two full-length poetry collections. She is the recipient of the ArchibaldLampman Award, and has appeared on the longlist for both the ReLit Award and the CBC PoetryPrize. This Is the Path the Wolf Took is her first picture book. Laura lives in Vancouver, BritishColumbia.

Elina Ellis draws both digitally and using traditional media, creating her own books and illustratingbooks for others. She lives in Cambridge, United Kingdom.

Time for Bed's Story

Author: ARNALDO, MONICA

ISBN: 9781525302398

Imprint: Kids Can Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 203 x 254 mm

Category: Child-Picture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLFMF*dacdji+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

In this engaging, laugh-out-loud funny picture book, a child's bed tells it like it is.

Bed has something to say. Bed knows you do not like bedtime. And Bed gets it. But look... YOUare not so great, either... Bed is fed up. Bed's patience is wearing thin. For years, Bed has putup with the kicking at night, the jumping during the day, not to mention the storing of all mannerof stinky items. But enough is enough. Now it's time to consider Bed's feelings...

In a story that's never been told before, Monica Arnaldo's hilarious picture book explores thepoint of view of an unusual narrator: a child's bed. Irreverent and full of personality, Arnaldo'sBed is also full of love and compassion, making for a relatable and, ultimately, endearing story.This playful and highly original book offers a lighthearted way to approach discussions oncommunication, perspective and viewpoint. It can be used to promote critical thinking in youngchildren and an understanding that there are at least two sides to every story. It also containscharacter education lessons on compassion, respect and empathy.

AGES: 3 to 7

AUTHOR:Monica Arnaldo is an illustrator and author living in Montreal, Quebec. Her work has appeared inchildren's magazines, picture books and middle-grade novels. Her clients include Owlkids Books,Penguin Random House, Editions Scholastic, Chirp magazine and Chickadee magazine.

Breaking Lies

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063657

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 197 mm

Category: Child-Youth

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $19.99 9HSKJTD*agdgfh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 416

Silence Hunter is on his way back to the plague camps in England, with the nanomedibots. If theycan defeat the plague, maybe they can bring down The Rulers. Maybe...

AGES: 11 plus

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Breaking Silence

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780956108678

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 197 mm

Category: Child-Youth

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $19.99 9HSKJPG*baighi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

In 2066 England has changed. Everyone falls under the judgement of The Rulers. Havingescaped from a high security detention centre, the last thing Silence Hunter expects to run into isa girl, threatening him with a knife. Forced to flee together, they find themselves caught up in aquest to unearth the truth and outrun their pursuers.

AGES: 11 plus

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Breaking Up

Author: LANGTREE, KAREN

ISBN: 9780993063664

Imprint: Monkey Island Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 197 mm

Category: Child-Youth

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $19.99 9HSKJTD*agdgge+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

The second in the dystopian Breaking Trilogy. Si had escaped from the Citadel. Or so everyonethought. But the consequences of a reunion with Kate are devastating. Now they must pickthemselves up because the race is on to break the Rulers' power and free the country fromtyranny.

AGES: 11 plus

AUTHOR:Karen is a primary School teacher living in York. She has two children and two naughty but cuteguinea pigs. She is an avid reader and writer. She also writes musicals for schools and doesschool visits to promote literacy and excite children about reading and writing.

Divided Fire

Author: FILIPPO, JENNIFER SAN

ISBN: 9781328489197

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Child-Youth

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLDMI*eijbjh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 368

In a rich fantasy world where Songs literally move heaven and earth, one sister must use magicand the other must rely on strength to reunite when pirates, greed, and war tear them awayfrom each other.

Miren has never allowed jealousy of her sister's magic keep her from taking care of Kesia, andKesia has always depended on her big sister. When Kesia is kidnapped, Miren will do anything toget her back - even team up with her sister's aristocratic and seemingly ineffectual boyfriend.Neither sister had ever left their small fishing village before, and now they are plunged into thewider world, minor players in a war between nations. Each sister faces external and internalperils, and each finds surprising allies and unexpected strengths. How will the two find each otheragain? And what will become of them if they don't succeed?

AGES: 12 plus

AUTHOR:Jennifer San Fillippo is a freelance copy editor who holds an MFA in Creative Writing from SanJose State University. She enjoys cycling, music, and drawing. She lives in California with herfamily and a small army of pets.

Ravens

Author: MORGAN / PAIGE

ISBN: 9780358098232

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Children

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Child-Youth

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $47.99 9HSKDPI*ajicdc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

From New York Times best-selling authors Kass Morgan and Danielle Paige comes a thrilling, darkcontemporary fantasy about a prestigious sorority of witches and two girls caught up in its worldof sinister magic and betrayals.

At first glance, the sisters of ultra-exclusive Kappa Rho Nu - the Ravens - seem like typicalsorority girls. Ambitious, beautiful, and smart, they're the most powerful girls on WesterlyCollege's Savannah, Georgia, campus.

But the Ravens aren't just regular sorority girls. They're witches.

Scarlett Winter has always known she's a witch - and she's determined to be the sorority'spresident, just like her mother and sister before her. But if a painful secret from her past evercomes to light, she could lose absolutely everything...

Vivi Devereaux has no idea she's a witch and she's never lived in one place long enough to makea friend. So when she gets a coveted bid to pledge the Ravens, she vows to do whatever it takesto be part of the magical sisterhood. The only thing standing in her way is Scarlett, who doesn'tthink Vivi is Ravens material.

But when a dark power rises on campus, the girls will have to put their rivalry aside to save theirfellow sisters. Someone has discovered the Ravens' secret. And that someone will do anything tosee these witches burn...

AGES: 14 plus

AUTHORS:Kass Morgan is the New York Times bestselling author of The 100, which was the inspiration forthe hit CW show of the same name, and Light Years. An editor of middle grade and young adultfiction at a larger publisher, Kass received a bachelor's degree from Brown University and amaster's degree from Oxford University. She lives in New York City.

Danielle Paige is the New York Times bestselling author of the Dorothy Must Die series andStealing Snow, as well as an upcoming Fairy Godmother origin story series, and the graphic novelMera: Tidebreaker for DC. In addition to writing young adult books, she works in the televisionindustry, where she received a Writers Guild of America Award and was nominated for severalDaytime Emmys. She is a graduate of Columbia University. Danielle lives in New York City.

Creative Haven Butterflies Flights ofFancy Coloring Book

Author: SARNAT, MARJORIE

ISBN: 9780486845418

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 276 mm

Category: Colouring

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $13.99 9HSKESG*iefebi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

Graceful winged creatures from every corner of the globe - including Africa, Asia, and North andSouth America - flutter across the pages of this breathtaking coloring book. Rendered in a widerange of glorious and imaginative styles, from Art Nouveau to psychedelic, 31 stunning butterflydesigns are enriched with decorative floral arrangements that showcase Marjorie Sarnat'ssignature style. Pages are printed on one side only and perforated for easy removal. Pages areperforated and printed on one side only for easy removal and display. Specially designed forexperienced colourists, Butterflies Flights of Fancy and other Creative Haven adult colouringbooks offer an escape to a world of inspiration and artistic fulfillment. Each title is also aneffective and fun-filled way to relax and reduce stress.

AUTHOR:Marjorie Sarnat is the author and illustrator of Dover's bestselling Creative Haven Creative Cats,Playful Puppies, Owls, Magnificent Mermaids, Dream Horses, and more than a dozen otherpopular colouring book titles. Plus, she is the author of books on art and creativity. The Chicagonative, who now lives in Southern California, is an award-winning mixed-media artist whosefanciful colouring book style evolved from her love of patterns, which she developed in the courseof her work as a textile designer.

Creative Haven Mythical FashionsColoring Book

Author: ETTL, RENATAE

ISBN: 9780486835952

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 276 mm

Category: Colouring

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $13.99 9HSKESG*idfjfc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

These 31 original designs will take colourists on a spiritual journey with goddesses and otherbeautifully outfitted mythical creatures from cultures throughout the world. The divine fashionillustrations include Saraswati, the Indian goddess of knowledge and the arts; Asteria, Greekgoddess of the stars; Oya, the African goddess of storms; and many others. Pages are printedon one side only and perforated for easy removal.Pages are perforated and printed on one sideonly for easy removal and display. Specially designed for experienced colourists, MythicalFashions and other Creative Haven adult colouring books offer an escape to a world of inspirationand artistic fulfillment. Each title is also an effective and fun-filled way to relax and reduce stress.

Creative Haven Wish You Were Here!Coloring Book

Author: GOODRIDGE, TERESA

ISBN: 9780486845401

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 276 mm

Category: Colouring

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $13.99 9HSKESG*iefeab+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

You don't have to wish you were there: this globe-trotting coloring book will take you to anamazing array of faraway and fabulous places! Picturesque images capture the elegance,excitement, and sweet serenity of 31 unforgettable vacation locales, from a quaint seaside villageand wintry ski resort to the magnificent sites of New York City, London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome,and other world-class destinations. Pages are perforated and printed on one side only for easyremoval and display. Specially designed for experienced colourists, Wish You Were Here andother Creative Haven adult colouring books offer an escape to a world of inspiration and artisticfulfillment. Each title is also an effective and fun-filled way to relax and reduce stress.

AUTHOR:Teresa Elizabeth Goodridge is a freelance artist based in beautiful Yorkshire, England. She is thecreator of over two dozen Dover books, including the very popular Autumn Scenes, SpringScenes, Country Scenes, and both of the Harry and Meghan colouring books. She adores childrenand anything related to them, hence her love for illustrating children's books, games, cards, toys,and more. She specialises in character development and has designed dozens of paper-basedproducts for numerous companies. Teresa describes herself as a "big kid at heart who has beenblessed with the opportunity of working with super talented people who allow me to spread mywings and let my imagination fly!"

Happy Place Coloring Book

Author: PINTOS, CAR

ISBN: 9780764359842

Imprint: Better Day Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 254 x 254 mm

Category: Colouring

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSKHQE*dfjiec+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

A premium adult colouring book that is lush with intricate patterns and beautiful details drawn byinternationally renowned artist Car Pintos. The book features 98 gorgeous designs celebrating thehappy places in nature that are filled with flowers, botanicals, birds, butterflies, and more. Short,mind-opening prompts to fill in help you consider your state of mind, your goals, and what makesup your happy place. Also included in this book are very special hand-drawn colouring mazes,which not only provide a totally new concept in colouring but will help readers relax their mindsas they twist and turn their way through winding paths that lead from one end of the maze tothe other.

AUTHOR:Car Pintos (Argentina) is a world-renowned artist and illustrator who has collaborated with suchcompanies as Coca-Cola, Brother, and more. She has over 74K followers on Instagram.

SELLING POINTS:• Colouring patterns and relaxing activities for creativity, joy, and well-being• Short, mind-opening prompts to fill in help you consider what makes up your "happy place"• Includes 6 colouring mazes, an exciting new process that blends visual relaxation withcolouring

Shine Bright: A Color, Draw & DreamBook for a Beautiful Life

Author: HOPKINS, LINDSAY

ISBN: 9780764359835

Imprint: Better Day Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 229 x 229 mm

Category: Colouring

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKHQE*dfjidf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

Boost creativity and confidence with this deluxe coloring book and journal. Each page brims withadorable patterns to color, such as flowers, stars, rainbows, and animals, combined withempowering phrases and journal prompts. Colour, journal, and shine bright! Focusing onteen/tween girls ages 8 to 16, it features brand new art from popular coloring book author anddesigner Lindsay Hopkins of Pen & Paint Design Studio. Binding incorporates a thick backer boardfor ease of use.

AUTHOR:Lindsay Hopkins is a best-selling coloring book author and founder of Pen & Paint design studio,based in western Georgia. Her recognisably charming art and designs are licensed by severalprominent firms in the gift and stationery markets.

SELLING POINTS:• Instant gratification: projects that can be completed in 30 minutes with surprisinglyprofessional results• A fresh approach that's non-intimidating for beginners, colouring fans, and crafty adults -featuring quick, delightful paintings• There's something for every style in this mix of gorgeous projects: trendy designs, botanicals,animals

Blackwork Embroidery

Author: GOODWIN, JEN

ISBN: 9781785007750

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 260 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLHSF*aahhfa+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Blackwork has a rich history that has developed over the years into an iconic and sophisticatedstyle of embroidery. This practical book presents a number of ways to approach blackworkembroidery, from forming basic stitches and patterns to developing complex shaded pieces withconfidence. Through an assortment of exercises, it introduces the principles of shading along withseveral projects to further explore the potential of blackwork. Detailed instructions on designingand developing shaded pieces of blackwork embroidery are given along with guidance on how tochoose suitable images for translating into stitch. Step-by-step instructions on how to form basicstitches and how to form patterns are included as well as almost 250 shaded patterns, indicatinghow differing patterns appear when worked in different thicknesses of thread. Finally, patternsare grouped by family for easy identification and pattern blending.

AUTHOR:Jen Goodwin trained with the Royal School of Needlework and now works as a contemporaryembroidery artist. She teaches regularly for the RSN and at her own studio in Wimborne, Dorset,where she designs and sells a wide range of beautiful embroidery kits.

1018 colour photographs

Book of Boro: Techniques and PatternsInspired by Traditional Japanese Textiles

Author: BRISCOE, SUSAN

ISBN: 9781446308325

Imprint: David and Charles

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 273 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLEOG*daidcf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Boro is the ultimate slow stitching technique. This collection explores the history of the Japanesetextile, boro, and its relevance to the contemporary sewer. Learn about the history of boro andthe materials that were traditionally used such as cotton and hemp fabrics, kasuri ikat, indigo, silkmawata, raw cotton and hemp.

We also look at how boro is being revived for a new audience using contemporary fabricsincluding denim, linen and shibori tie dye as well as sashiko and embroidery threads.

The techniques section includes a short stitch directory with traditional stitches (running stitch andapplique) and contemporary stitches (herringbone stitch, blanket stitch, chain stitch and whippedrunning stitch). Other techniques include:

• Instructions on improvisational patchwork• Applique: raw and turned edges and reverse • Darning• Methods for distressing and ageing your finished boro

Designer Cable Collection: More Than150 Cable Stitches and 5 Projects

Author: LONG, JODY

ISBN: 9786057834034

Imprint: Tuva Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 216 x 279 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $36.99 9HSQAPH*ideade+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

More than 150 cable stitch patterns, using clear charts with stitch and row repeats. Jody Long is awell-known knitwear designer with his own line of beautiful hand knitting yarns, in his ownsignature palette. Over the years Jody has put together an exquisite collection of cable stitchpatterns that he has used or created himself. Every stitch pattern is accompanied with full colourphotography to enhance the beauty of cable knitting.

AUTHOR:Jody Long has designed for all the major U.K. and U.S. knitting magazines and for knitting millsaround the globe. He is the author of Adorable Baby Knits, Knitted Toys, and Little Knits for LittleFeet. He lives in Spain.

Fuck Off, I'm Sewing: Swearing andSewing That Will Have You in Stitches

Author: PROFANITY EMBROIDERY GROUP

ISBN: 9780750996051

Imprint: Flint

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 168 x 168 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHPA*jjgafb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

Swearing is good for you. Stitching is good for you. It's win f*cking win.

Once upon a time in the quiet coastal town of Whitstable, previously known for oysters andfingering, a bunch of unknown stitchers came together to sew, drink and swear. We bring youthe highlights and lowlifes of the Profanity Embroidery Group. Inspired by Mrs Winchester whofound a positive outlet for her frustrated negative energy. Beautiful stitching for a world that isfucked.

AUTHOR:The Profanity Embroidery Group is a group of creatives based in Whitstable, who share a love oftextiles and the odd bit of swearing.

50 colour illustrations

Kids Knit: 20 Projects with FunTechniques to Learn

Author: KIMBER, KERRY

ISBN: 9781784945824

Imprint: GMC Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 275 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSLHSE*jefice+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Kids Knit is a stylish and aspirational book containing age and stage appropriate knittingtechniques and patterns. The projects enable children to learn the basics of knitting and startcreating simple items very quickly. Kids Knit is also interspersed with beautiful photography,knitting jokes and activities and attractive illustrations. The start of each level containsphotographed step-by-step tutorials covering new skills to make learning straightforward.

AUTHOR:Kerry Kimber always wanted to teach her children to knit, so she thought hard about how to do itin a way that would encourage and enthuse them from the start. She realised the potential toteach these skills more widely, and she began the Kids Knit programme, which after proving tobe a rip-roaring success became Knitting For All, an educational organisation which teachesknitting to children, young people and adults in the UK and Ireland. She is based in Edinburgh.

360 photographs, 20 illustrations

Screenprinting on Textiles: The CompleteGuide

Author: WESTERGAARD, SUE

ISBN: 9781785007538

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 215 x 260 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLHSF*aahfdi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

Screenprinting is essentially a stencil method of printing, but is has vast potential. This beautifulbook explains the techniques behind the art and introduces ideas to explore its exciting andversatile qualities. Packed with step-by-step sequences and practical advice, it not only explainsthe process but inspires designers and makers to experiment with the creative potential of thisstriking art form. It introduces the basic technical aspects of printing on fabric, as well as theequipment and materials. Ideas for designing and developing different types of motifs, images,patterns and repeats are given and how to combine the different elements together. It coverseffective low-tech methods that exploit physical skills and simple tools, as well as contemporaryprinted textile practice with digital input and sophisticated technologies. Advice on the use ofcolour is given as well as dye recipes and the instructions for their use on fabric. Methods areincluded such as cross dyeing, crimping and mark making on fabric, which can be used inconjunction with screenprinting. Drawing on the author's over forty years of experience, it sharesher practical tips and ideas for both the traditional processes of screenprinting and the latesttechniques that embrace contemporary practice ready for a new textile audience.

AUTHOR:Sue Westergaard has worked with design and print since she was a teenager. She originallytrained in printed textiles at Camberwell School of Arts and Crafts, and followed this some yearslater with a masters in printmaking from the Royal College of Art. She has taken various rolesduring her working life including designing fabrics commercially, running a T-shirt design and printcompany, and creating fabrics for theatre sets, costumes and festivals. She has also taught printmaking for many years and last held the post of senior lecturer on the Surface Design BA at theLondon College of Communication. She is now focusing on a more personal approach to her artpractice.

597 colour photographs

Tailoring a Jacket

Author: MCBRIDE, GILL

ISBN: 9781785007835

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 172 x 242 mm

Category: Craft / DIY

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLHSF*aahidf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

A jacket is a wonderful staple for any wardrobe - it's versatile, flattering and stylish. This practicalbook explains how to make a jacket that can be worn with confidence, flourish and pride. Using'speed' tailoring techniques, it explains fusible interfacings and finishes that are achievable for allhome sewers, and will guide you to making a fabulous tailored jacket. Tailoring a Jacket includesa guide to fabrics, pattern choice and interfacings; advice on pattern matching; instruction onwelt and patch pockets, shoulder pads and collars, as well as bound and machined buttonholes. Itgives detailed help on lining and finishing your jacket, and ideas for alterations and, finally, astep-by-step explanation with photographs to the full process.

AUTHOR:Gill McBride is an experienced seamstress who is passionate about her work and sharing herskills. She ran 'Sewing with Gill' in Central Scotland for over ten years and has also writtenUnderstanding and Adapting Sewing Patterns - to Make Clothes that Fit and Flatter for Crowood.

125 colour images

100 Belgian Icons

Author: BLYTH, DEREK

ISBN: 9789460582738

Imprint: Luster Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 160 x 200 mm

Category: Culture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $47.99 9HSTEQA*fichdi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

In his new book journalist Derek Blyth presents 100 Belgian 'icons' that have shaped what hecalls 'the strangest country in the world': people, objects, places and stories that are intertwinedwith Belgium's history and make it the country it is today. The insightful, fun-to-read texts aredivided into lists with specific themes: traditions, places, artists, oddities, sayings, architecture,etc. Each list holds famous icons like the saxophone but also some surprises like Churchill'sV-sign.

AUTHOR:Derek Blyth has lived in Belgium for 30 years. Long enough to know that Belgium is complicated.As a travel journalist, he has visited almost every corner of the country. He has tried rare beers,eaten in remote Ardennes restaurants, walked the Belgian coast. He has tried every possible wayto understand the country. A former editor of The Bulletin magazine and Flanders Todaynewspaper, he has written countless articles to explain Belgium, along with a bestselling travelguide to The 500 Hidden Secrets of Brussels, along with similar guides to Antwerp, Ghent, Brugesand Belgium. He also organises walking tours of Belgian cities and blogs about odd details of lifein Belgium and the Netherlands.

SELLING POINT:• 100 insightful and fun-to-read texts by Belgium connoisseur and fan Derek Blyth about iconicBelgian traditions, places, artists, oddities, buildings, sayings, and more

100 colour images

Life and Culture in Northeast India

Author: VERMA / VERMA

ISBN: 9780789213747

Imprint: Abbeville Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 229 x 280 mm

Category: Culture

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $130.00 9HSKHSJ*cbdheh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 260

An abundantly illustrated journey through one of the world's most diverse and fascinatingregions.

Although India's northeastern administrative region makes up only eight percent of India's landarea, it is home to some 140 indigenous tribes, each with its own unique culture. The terrain,predominantly hilly, ranges from snow-capped peaks to tropical rainforests. Now, for the firsttime, noted authors and filmmakers Dipti Bhalla Verma and Shiv Kunal Verma provide acomprehensive introduction to this little-known yet captivating part of the world.

Verma and Verma conduct us from the towering Kanchenjunga massif in Sikkim to the teaplantations of Assam, to the astonishing biodiversity of Arunachal Pradesh, to the martial tribesand Baptist churches of Nagaland, to the birthplace of polo in Manipur, to the living root bridgesof Meghalaya, to the farms nestled among the hills of Tripura and Mizoram. They take us into thelives of the many peoples of these eight states, who maintain their traditional customs andbeliefs even in the face of growing ecological threats.

Featuring more than three hundred colour photographs and several detailed maps, Life andCulture in Northeast India will be an essential volume for anyone interested in the peoples andplaces of Planet Earth.

AUTHORS:Dipti Bhalla Verma and Shiv Kunal Verma, founders of the production company KaleidoIndia, areresponsible for numerous films and books about India's armed forces, wildlife, and people.

318 colour illustrations

Candela Cort

Author: CORT, CANDELA

ISBN: 9788417769598

Imprint: La Fabrica

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 165 x 240 mm

Category: Design

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSSELH*hgjfji+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 158

The original and creative universe of the artist and designer Candela Cort is visually summarisedin the pages of this book.

A sample of his hats, necklaces, headdresses, collages, bracelets and collars that she builds fromx-rays, corrugated cardboard, brass wire, ribbons, elastic rubber, plastic or buttons. Every object is unique and inspired by everyday life. All in them is exceptional, daring and, at thesame time, subtle, delicate and ethereal.

AUTHOR:Candela Cort (Madrid, 1959) has carried the originality of their hats and other designs around theworld, including museum such as the Museo Reina Sofía in Madrid, the Museo del Traje, theBalenciaga Museum in Guetaria and other important centers of contemporary art. She hasworked and collaborated with different artists, such as Eduardo Arroyo, in addition toparticipating in theatrical, film and musical shows, such as the one performed for the opera OCorvo Branco, by Bob Wilson with music composed by Philip Glass.

200 images

Focus Open 2020: Baden-WurttembergInternational Design Award and MiaSeeger Prize 2020

Author: DESIGN CENTER BADEN-WUERTTEMBERG

ISBN: 9783899863352

Imprint: AV Edition

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 275 mm

Category: Design

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $110.00 9HSNITJ*igddfc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

Professional design has never been as important and par for the course as today. Pioneering andexceptional design achievements are at the centre of Focus Open 2020, one of the mostrenowned German design competitions with an international orientation. For many years, thecompetition has been an exclusive platform for companies and professional designers from allaround the world - from industrial heavyweights to small companies.

The yearbook presents all the prize-winning products of 2020. The award winners come from, forexample, the sectors of investment goods, healthcare, bathrooms, kitchens, interiors, lifestyle,lighting, consumer electronics, leisure, building technology, public design, mobility, service designand materials and surfaces. Focus Open, the state prize of the Baden-Wurttemberg state, showswhat is state-of-the-art in terms of design, innovation and sustainability.

Text in English and German.

The Design Center Stuttgart, which is run by the state of Baden-Württemberg, providesinformation and advice about professional design. As part of the promotion of trade and industry,thye especially offer small and medium-sized enterprises guidance on current design topics.

SELLING POINTS:• Product innovations and design trends• Baden-Wurttemberg International Design Award and Mia Seeger Prize 2019

250 colour images

Pierre Guariche

Author: JACOB / BLAISSE

ISBN: 9782376660286

Imprint: Editions Norma

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 235 x 305 mm

Category: Design

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $150.00 9HSMDRG*ggacig+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

Pierre Guariche (1926-1995) was a leading interior architect, furniture, and lighting designer inpostwar France. He created a prolific body of work during what is known as the Thirty GloriousYears (1945-1975), a period of economic prosperity and high growth in France. He was an earlyadopter of industrial materials and production techniques that emerged during the 1950s, and isknown for his remarkable lighting fixtures and simple, elegant furniture designs that could bemanufactured on a large scale. He worked with innovative companies like Airborne, Steiner, andPierre Disderot; he co-founded a design collective (Atelier de Recherche Plastique- ARP); and wasthe artistic director for the Meurop furniture company in Belgium. In advance of CharlottePerriand in Les Arcs and Marcel Breuer in Flaine, he worked with the architect Michel Bezancon onthe creation of La Plagne, the first comprehensive winter sports resort in France.

Making use of unpublished archives, this book looks back on a rich itinerary of over 200 interiorarchitecture and design projects, almost as many pieces of furniture, and a series of remarkablelighting fixtures (reissued today by Sammode) which shed light on the modernity and timelesselegance of this remarkable creator.

Text in English and French.

AUTHORS:Delphine Jacob is a professor of Applied Arts, and has a PhD in art history. She has doneextensive research on the life and career of Pierre Guariche, and has written numerous articleson French design of the 1950s and 1960s. Lionel Blaisse is a trained architect and the editor ofthe magazine Archicree. He is a consultant in the field of architecture and design, and hascurated exhibitions on architecture, including Le mobilier d'architectes de 1960 a 2020 at the Citede l'architecture & du patrimoine, Paris, 2019. He is the author of numerous books, including LaBarquiere, (AAM, 2017), J.-J. Eggerix (AAM, 2012) and Taoufik El Oufir (Norma, 2009).

SELLING POINT:• The first monograph on French mid-century modern designer Pierre Guariche, whoseinnovative lighting and furniture is still popular today 250 colour, 250 b/w images

Coco Chanel Revolutionary Woman

Author: JOHNSON, CHIARA PASQUALETTI

ISBN: 9788854417403

Imprint: Edizioni White Star

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 225 x 275 mm

Category: Fashion

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSSIPE*ebhead+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Coco Chanel was founder and queen of a fashion empire, and her name is forever linked to anunmistakable style. Before all this, Mademoiselle Coco was Gabrielle, a poor orphan who rejectedconvention and put her independence above all else. With her grit and tenacity, she made herfortune and restored freedom to women. This volume celebrates a true icon 50 years after herpassing, coinciding with the 100th anniversary of the timeless Chanel N Degrees5. Sherevolutionised the concept of feminine elegance with straight dresses and inventions that wouldlater become icons: these were the little black dress, Chanel N Degrees 5, costume jewellery, thesuit with gold buttons, the quilted bag. Her myth lives again in a biography illustrated by imagesportraying her as the perfect embodiment of the timeless elegance. Because, as Coco said,"fashion passes; style remains."

AUTHOR:Chiara Pasqualetti Johnson is a journalist who writes on travel, art and lifestyle for the magazines"Dove" and "Bell'Italia", and for specialist publications. She is an art history graduate. She hasedited books and modern art history series for Electa and Rizzoli. White Star has published her"The Most Influential Women of Our Time", a volume dedicated to the most influential femalefigures of the twentieth century.

Queen Elizabeth II Paper Dolls

Author: MILLER, EILEEN

ISBN: 9780486845548

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 279 mm

Category: Fashion

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSKESG*ieffei+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 32

Celebrate the fairy tale life of Queen Elizabeth II, the longest reigning British monarch in history,with this majestic paper doll collection. Two dolls capture Elizabeth as a young woman and amore mature matriarch, while dozens of royal outfits feature her stunning coronation gowndesigned by Norman Hartnell as well as other fabulous couture that have made her a fashionicon admired worldwide. Plus, a doll and wardrobe for Prince Philip is also included.

AUTHOR:Eileen Rudisill Miller is an accomplished artist who has worked as a fashion illustrator, created anonline card store, and designed dolls and giftware for companies such as Lenox and The FranklinMint. Eileen has also produced a variety of Dover releases including stickers, tattoos, and coloringbooks as well as numerous bestselling paper doll collections: the recently published Harry &Meghan The Wedding Paper Dolls and Kate and Meghan Paper Dolls, as well as the popular JaneAusten, Dream Weddings, Teen Pop Stars, and Glitter Nutcracker Ballet Paper Dolls.

Best American Short Stories 2020

Author: SITTENFELD / PITLOR

ISBN: 9781328485373

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLDMI*eifdhd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 368

New York Times best-selling author Curtis Sittenfeld selects the twenty best short stories of theyear.

New York Times best-selling author of five novels and a short story collection Curtis Sittenfeld,called "one of the finest observers of human nature writing today" by Glamour, guest edits TheBest American Short Stories 2020.

AUTHORS:Curtis Sittenfeld is the New York Times best-selling author of the novels Prep, The Man of MyDreams, American Wife, Sisterland, Eligible, and the forthcoming Rodham, which have beentranslated into thirty languages. She is also the author of the short story collection You Think It,I'll Say It and her short stories have appeared in The New Yorker, the Washington PostMagazine, Esquire, and The Best American Short Stories. Her nonfiction has been published intheNew York Times, The Atlantic, Time, and Glamour, and broadcast on public radio's This AmericanLife. A native of Cincinnati, she currently lives with her family in Minneapolis.

Heidi Pitlor is a former senior editor at Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and has been the series editorfor The Best American Short Stories since 2007. She is the author of the novels The Birthdaysand The Daylight Marriage.

Bestseller

Author: ADAMASHVILI, BEKA

ISBN: 9781912868360

Imprint: Dedalus Limited

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $34.99 9HSLJLC*igidga+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 150

Pierre Sonage is an unpopular French writer. Only twelve people attended the presentation of hislatest novel. So he decides that the only way to become popular is to die, he commits suicide forPR reasons and then goes to hell. But hell is not the place we think it might be. It's a literary hell,where famous and unknown writers are tortured in the same way that their books used totorture readers: James Joyce writes footnotes of his own footnotes, Jack Kerouac can't stopwalking, Samuel Beckett endlessly waits for somebody... Dante Alighieri, infinite guide to thiswhole territory, welcomes Pierre to hell where BBC (Big Brother's Channel) is controlled byGeorge Orwell, William

Shakespeare runs the hotel HOTHELLO and gambling house MacBet, Arthur Conan Doyleinvestigates strange things along with him and everything is full of literature... Bestseller is a"satirical-parody-detective-fantasy-humorous-quest-and-what-we-have missed" genre novelabout breaking off the literary cliches, and ignoring or laughing at them. This book is an absolutehell for writers, but at the same time an unbelievable paradise for readers.

AUTHOR:Born in 1990, Beka Adamashvili is a postmodern Georgian author, blogger, screenwriter, andCreative Director at an advertising agency. In 2011 he graduated from the Caucasus School ofMedia at Caucasus University with a BA in Journalism and Social Sciences. In 2014 he publishedhis first novel Bestseller, which became a real bestseller in Georgia and was shortlisted as thebest debut for literary award SABA and as the best novel for Tsinandali Award. It also got aspecial prize at Iliauni literary award. In 2018 Beka Adamashvili published his second bookEverybody Dies in This Novel another postmodern novel.

Blue Coast Mystery: Almost Solved

Author: SWEENEY, NICK

ISBN: 9781592110643

Imprint: Addison & Highsmith

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 127 x 203 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $64.99 9HSLFTC*bbaged+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

In A Blue Coast Mystery: Almost Solved, a London nurse narrates the story of a drifter shelatches onto in a public hospital. Henri is in permanent recovery, not only from his heroinaddiction, but from the 1960s, a decade that invited the unwary to the biggest party in history,then discarded them. She is curious about his past life on the Cote d'Azur with a French countess,hanging out with the Rolling Stones in their exile.

Henri dismisses that story; it's an old one. Instead, he tells her about a couple he knew in Nice,the man an Armenian with the convenient name Armen, and his wife, Luciana, originally fromBessarabia, a forgotten battleground of Europe, subsumed into the bigger countries around it.They are gamblers who continually made and lost small fortunes. They are also genocidesurvivors – a word Henri understands for the first time when he hears them utter it – Armenescaping the Smyrna conflagration in 1922, and Luciana surviving the totalitarian powers thatscourged Europe in the Second World War. Both are from places that no longer exist. Henri'saffinity with them becomes friendship, even as their troubles multiply when Luciana falls prey toa wasting disease.

Their story comes ends when they disappear one winter evening; their fate sealed when theirbodies turn up in the spring, victims of misadventure. Henri's world tumbles further into chaoswith the loss of his countess to a familiar junkie fate. His days on the Blue Coast are numbered,and soon he is back in his native England, in and out of London's hospitals. There are signs thathis luck has not been all bad: Henri may have salvaged some of the fortune his friends lost, andthe narrator feels close to a solution to a final mystery from his time on the Blue Coast when shededuces that he is not as adrift as he seems.

AUTHOR:Nick Sweeney is a freelance writer and musician living on the English coast. His fascination withEast European history and culture will become apparent to readers of A Blue Coast Mystery;Almost Solved. Nick's other books include Laikonik Express and The Exploding Elephant.

Cherry Twist (A Cherry PI Mystery, Book2)

Author: STONE, JENNIFER

ISBN: 9781788421676

Imprint: Farrago

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLHSI*ecbghg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

The latest in this riotously funny crime series set in the world of reality TV, infused with theboisterous spirit of Essex.

Keeping temperamental ballroom dancers happy feels like a full-time job for the producer ofSaturday night show Take a Dance on Me. So when dancer Tatiana Pishkov senses that she is indanger, she is quick to persuade local detective Cherry Hinton to act as an on-set bodyguard. It'snot long before a murder is discovered.

Cherry – who has her hands full making cakes for her Brentwood bakery and avoiding turning upon Watch My Ex Having Sex – teams up with her former flame DS Jacob Stowe to get to thetruth of the matter. The murderer always seems to be two dance steps ahead of them, but canCherry and Jacob solve the case before the live Grand Final turns deadly?

AUTHOR:Jennifer Stone was born in Essex and spent her formative years living within its borders. She iscurrently head of English at a boarding school in Suffolk and has just completed her MA inCreative Writing (Crime) at UEA.

In Darkness, Shadows Breathe

Author: CAVENDISH, CATHERINE

ISBN: 9781787585522

Imprint: Flame Tree Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSLHSH*fiffcc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

"...if there is a crown of queen of gothic horror, Catherine Cavendish should be wearing it." -Modern Horrors

You're next...

Carol and Nessa are strangers but not for much longer.

In a luxury apartment and in the walls of a modern hospital, the evil that was done continues tothrive. They are in the hands of an entity that knows no boundaries and crosses dimensions -bending and twisting time itself - and where danger waits in every shadow. The battle is on fortheir bodies and souls and the line between reality and nightmare is hard to define.

Through it all, the words of Lydia Warren Carmody haunt them. But who was she? And why haveCarol and Nessa been chosen?

The answer lies deep in the darkness...

FLAME TREE PRESS is the new fiction imprint of Flame Tree Publishing. Launched in 2018 the listbrings together brilliant new authors and the more established; the award winners, and exciting,original voices.

AUTHOR:Catherine Cavendish is the author of a number of paranormal, ghostly and Gothic horror novelsand novellas, including Waking the Ancients, Wrath of the Ancients, The Devil’s Serenade, DarkAvenging Angel, The Pendle Curse, Saving Grace Devine and Linden Manor. The Haunting ofHenderson Close is her first novel for Flame Tree Press.

In Darkness, Shadows Breathe

Author: CAVENDISH, CATHERINE

ISBN: 9781787585539

Imprint: Flame Tree Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 130 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $52.99 9HSLHSH*fiffdj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

"...if there is a crown of queen of gothic horror, Catherine Cavendish should be wearing it." -Modern Horrors

You're next...

Carol and Nessa are strangers but not for much longer.

In a luxury apartment and in the walls of a modern hospital, the evil that was done continues tothrive. They are in the hands of an entity that knows no boundaries and crosses dimensions -bending and twisting time itself - and where danger waits in every shadow. The battle is on fortheir bodies and souls and the line between reality and nightmare is hard to define.

Through it all, the words of Lydia Warren Carmody haunt them. But who was she? And why haveCarol and Nessa been chosen?

The answer lies deep in the darkness...

FLAME TREE PRESS is the new fiction imprint of Flame Tree Publishing. Launched in 2018 the listbrings together brilliant new authors and the more established; the award winners, and exciting,original voices.

AUTHOR:Catherine Cavendish is the author of a number of paranormal, ghostly and Gothic horror novelsand novellas, including Waking the Ancients, Wrath of the Ancients, The Devil’s Serenade, DarkAvenging Angel, The Pendle Curse, Saving Grace Devine and Linden Manor. The Haunting ofHenderson Close is her first novel for Flame Tree Press.

Minerva Club (Classic Canning 8)

Author: CANNING, VICTOR

ISBN: 9781788422697

Imprint: Farrago

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLHSI*eccgjh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 112

The Minerva Club might look like any other London gentlemen's club but behind its respectableand discreet facade, some of the most ambitious schemes for heists, money-making and evasionof the law are being worked out. It's an exclusive club for criminals. Entry qualification: membersmust have served a prison sentence of two years minimum. Though the club's criminal venturesdon't always go as planned...

From trying to break into an old prison cell and stealing a stash of jewels hidden during aprevious incarceration, love getting in the way during a hideout from the police, a cleverlyplanned break-in being interrupted by an unexpected guest, to figuring out where to steal alast-minute wedding cake – the club's amiable criminals somehow always achieve their goal inthe most surprising ways. This collection of five short stories follows the Minerva Club's (mis)adventures and evokes thevery best of humorous classic crime fiction.

AUTHOR:Victor Canning was a prolific writer throughout his career, which began young: he had soldseveral short stories by the age of nineteen and his first novel, Mr Finchley Discovers His England(1934) was published when he was twenty-three. It proved to be a runaway bestseller. Canningalso wrote for children: his trilogy The Runaways was adapted for US children's television.Canning's later thrillers were darker and more complex than his earlier work and received furthercritical acclaim.

Question of Time

Author: STEJSKAL, JAMES

ISBN: 9781612009032

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLGLC*aajadc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 304

The CIA's most valuable spy has been compromised. Only an unconventional secret Army unithas any chance of safely extracting him from East Berlin. The Cold War is about to turn hot.

Berlin, 1979. When the CIA's most valuable spy is compromised, the Agency realises it does nothave the capability to bring him to safety. If he cannot evade the dreaded East German securityservice, the result will be chaos and a cascade of failures throughout the Agency's worldwideoperations. Master Sergeant Kim Becker lived through the hell of Vietnam as a member of theelite Studies and Operations Group. When he lost one of his best men in a pointless operation,he began to question his mission. Now, he is serving with an even more secretive Army SpecialForces unit based in Berlin on the front line of the Cold War. The CIA turns to Becker's team ofunconventional warfare specialists to pull their bacon out of the fire. Becker and his men mustdevise a plan to get him out by whatever means possible. It's a race against time to prepare andexecute the plan while, alone in East Berlin, the agent must avoid his nemesis and play for timeinside the hostile secret service headquarters he has betrayed. One question remains - is theman worth the risk?

AUTHOR:James Stejskal is a historian. To get background for his stories, he served 35 years with US ArmySpecial Forces and the Central Intelligence Agency in many interesting places overseas. He is theauthor of the definitive history of Special Forces Berlin Clandestine Cold War Operations of theUS Army's Elite, 1956-1990 and Masters of Mayhem: Lawrence of Arabia and the British MilitaryMission to the Hejaz. He lives in northern Virginia. This is his first novel.

Templar's Garden (Maid of Gascony,Book 1)

Author: CLOVER, CATHERINE

ISBN: 9780715653890

Imprint: Duckworth

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHLF*gfdija+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

A beautifully crafted novel of faith and loyalty amidst a period of great turmoil.

1452, the reign of King Henry VI, and England is on the brink of civil war after the Hundred YearsWar with France.

Young mystic Lady Isabelle d'Albret Courteault's family is forced to flee the Duchy of EnglishGascony for a new and unforeseeable life in England. There she discovers dark secrets about herfamily's chaplain and tutor, secrets that haunt her while her family becomes established ascourtiers in King Henry VI's court.

As her growing relationship with the chaplain places Lady Isabelle in increasing danger, can shehold steadfast to her promises, and uphold both her monarchy and faith? Even when her own lifeis put to the test?

Set amidst a period of uncertainty and conspiracy, this is the story of a woman fighting for whatshe believes to be right in a world of men, a beautifully crafted narrative of faith, love, andgrace.

'Clover's world is so vivid, nuanced and historically well-informed... This is a great debut.' -Benedict Warren, BBC Symphony Orchestra

AUTHOR:Catherine Alette Clover completed her doctoral degree from Trinity College, Oxford and much ofher research about the end of the Hundred Years' War informs her trilogy. She has beenpublished in the Sunday Times, the Guardian and the Irish Times and regularly contributes toradio and television.

Three Seasons of Sadie

Author: MASEFIELD, RICHARD

ISBN: 9781913062019

Imprint: RedDoor Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLJLD*agcabj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

From bestselling author Richard Masefield comes a laugh-out-loud tale of life and love.

Three Seasons of Sadie is a hilarious, bawdy coming-of-age comic drama set in a provincialtheatre of the 1960s; the playful final episode in Richard Masefield’s quintet of Sussex Novels.

Frustrated by his lack of success with girls, 19-year-old Sam Ashby accepts the job of AssistantStage Manager at the Meads Theatre in Eastbourne. Dazzled by the charms of the famousactress, Abigail Compton, whilst hopelessly attracted to her daughter, Sam progresses though aseries of absurdly comic situations in his typically self-deprecating way. But when the frozenwinter leads to an actor breaking a bone, the show must go on, and Sam steps in to save theday whilst crossing the shaky bridge to adulthood.

AUTHOR:Richard Masefield comes from a family of writers - John Masefield was his cousin - and with alove of animals and the outdoors he decided at a young age that he would farm and write, ifnecessary both at once. It took years of hard work before Richard could realise his dream, and infact his first published novel was written while milking a herd of Friesian cows. Several novelslater he now lives in Kent with his wife Lee and together they spend as much time as possiblewith their large family of children and grandchildren.

Venice Noir: The Dark History of theLagoons

Author: PANFIDO, ISABELLA

ISBN: 9781910213971

Imprint: Dedalus Limited

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 126 x 198 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $34.99 9HSLJLA*cbdjhb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 280

The identity of Venice, Queen of the Adriatic, is inseparable from the waters of the lagoon bywhich she is surrounded and from which she rises like a mirage. Isabella Panfido, avoiding theobvious, escaping the crowds, takes us on an exploration of those waters that since timeimmemorial have been Venice's refuge and defence, visiting some of its many islands (thenames of a few - Fisolo, Sant'Arian, Lio Piccolo, San Secondo - will be unknown even to the mostassiduous visitors to the city), and introducing us to their elusive magic and their well-keptsecrets.

We learn of haunting illusions created by the peculiar geography of the lagoon under certainclimatic conditions; of the devastating plague of 1630 that led to the loss of 47,000 Venetian livesover a period of sixteen months; of the destruction by a bitter north wind of baskets full ofcarefully harvested soft-shelled crabs and their seemingly miraculous rebirth and metamorphosisfrom one delicacy into another; of thwarted yearnings and ambitions, of jealous rivalries andrevenge, of the terrible price of vanity - and much, much more.

An expert guide and consummate storyteller, the author draws on a deep and extensiveknowledge of her native city past and present, and on her own personal experiences, weavingtogether myth and legend, imagination and historical fact, to capture the mystique of thephenomenon that is Venice.

AUTHOR:Isabella Panfido, who has a degree in Russian Literature and Language, lives and works in Veniceand the Veneto. An arts correspondent for the Corriere del Veneto, she is also a poet (her poetryhas been translated into English, Spanish, Slovenian and Croatian), translator (from English andRussian) and literary critic for various publications.

Wonder and Glory Forever: Awe-InspiringLovecraftian Fiction

Author: MAMATAS, NICK

ISBN: 9780486845302

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Fiction

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSKESG*iefdac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

Even though he passed over 80 years ago, H. P. Lovecraft maintains a visceral influence over ahost of contemporary writers. Inspired by the Master of the Macabre's more optimistic writings,this unique collection spotlights the weird works of nine current horror and fantasy authors,including the award-winning Michael Cisco and Livia Llewellyn plus Victor LaValle, Molly Tanzer,and Masahiko Inoue. Also includes Clark Ashton Smith's 1931 "The City of the Singing Flame" andLovecraft's own "The Shadow Over Innsmouth" as well as an extensive Introduction by leadingLovecraftian scholar Nick Mamatas.

"The Shadow Over Innsmouth" by H.P. Lovecraft"Ghost Story" by Victor LaValle"Vastation" by Laird Barron"Translation" by Michel Cisco"Seven Minutes in Heaven" by Nadia Bulkin"You Will Never Be the Same" by Erica Satifka"Bright Crown of Joy" by Livia Llewellyn"Go, Go, Go, Said the Byakee" by Molly Tanzer"Night Voices, Night Journeys" by Masahiko Inoue, translated by Edward Lipsett"Weird Tales" by Fred Chappelle"The City of the Singing Flame" by Clark Ashton Smith

Ridley Scott: A Retrospective

Author: NATHAN, IAN

ISBN: 9781786750761

Imprint: Palazzo Editions

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 248 x 292 mm

Category: Film, Radio, TV

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLHSG*hfahgb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

"If I were pressed to describe my style, I'd have to say it is called reality. No matter how stylisedit gets, underneath it's real." - Ridley Scott

Illustrated with images as iconic as they are stunning and including the author's first-handexperiences on set and interviewing the great director, this magnificent book charts theextraordinary journey of Britain’s greatest living director. Telling the stories behind Alien andBlade Runner, Gladiator and Black Hawk Down, and many more, it also goes in search of thethemes and motifs that unite such different films, and the methods and madness of Scott'sapproach to his medium. This is the story of a director who has never been less than stubbornly,brilliantly, unforgettably his own man.

AUTHOR:Ian Nathan, who lives and works in London, is one of the UK’s best-known film writers. He is theauthor of eight previous books, including Alien Vault, the best-selling history of Ridley Scott'smasterpiece, Terminator Vault, Tim Burton, The Coen Brothers and the forthcoming AnythingYou Can Imagine: Peter Jackson and the Making of Middle-earth. He is the former editor andexecutive editor of Empire, the world's biggest movie magazine, where he remains a contributingeditor. He also regularly contributes to The Times, Independent, Mail on Sunday, Cahiers DuCinema and the Discovering Film documentary series on Sky Arts.

SELLING POINTS:• Published to coincide with the release of The Last Duel • More than 200 behind-the-scenes and film images • A career spanning retrospective of arguably the most successful British filmmaker inHollywood's history

250 colour photographs

Best American Food Writing 2020

Author: LOPEZ-ALT / KILLINGSWORTH

ISBN: 9780358344582

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*deefic+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

The year's top food writing from writers who celebrate the many innovative, comforting,mouthwatering, and culturally rich culinary offerings of our country.

J. Kenji Lopez-Alt, best-selling author and winner of numerous awards, selects the year's topfood writing from writers who celebrate the many innovative, comforting, mouthwatering, andculturally rich culinary offerings.

AUTHORS:J. Kenji Lopez-Alt is the Chief Culinary Advisor of Serious Eats, Chef/Partner at Wursthall, and theauthor of the James Beard Award-nominated column The Food Lab. His first book, The Food Lab:Better Home Cooking Through Science is a New York Times bestseller, winner of the JamesBeard Award for general cooking, and was named Book of the Year by the InternationalAssociation of Culinary Professionals. He lives in San Mateo with his wife Adriana and daughterAlicia.

Silvia Killingsworth is the digital editor of Bloomberg Businessweek and a former editor of TheAwl and The Hairpin. Prior to that she was the managing editor of The New Yorker, and wroteregularly for their magazine and website. She lives in Westchester County, New York.

Instant Loss on a Budget:Super-Affordable Recipes for theHealth-Conscious Cook

Author: WILLIAMS, BRITTANY

ISBN: 9780358353928

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 229 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $54.99 9HSKDPI*dfdjci+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 352

The third book by the best-selling author of Instant Loss Cookbook and Instant Loss: Eat Real,Lose Weight with 125 all-new, delicious recipes for weight loss on a budget.

Brittany Williams, author of the best-selling Instant Loss Cookbook, reached a peak weight of 260pounds and struggled with obesity, yo-yo dieting, and chronic fatigue before she changed herrelationship with food and lost an astonishing 125 pounds in a year. She cut processed andtakeout foods from her diet and eliminated gluten, most grains, and sugar, all without sacrificingthe flavors of the foods she loved, and quickly grew legions of fans on InstantLoss.com. Brittanyis a mother of three children who are homeschooled, so she recognises the challenges of cookingdinner every night on a budget, but she also wants to make sure the meals she cooks for herfamily taste great. In this fully gluten-free and dairy-free cookbook, Brittany provides 125delicious recipes, like Barbecue Chicken with Cilantro-Lime Coleslaw, Spicy Cauliflower Mac andCheese, and Chocolate Mocha Nut Clusters, that show readers how to keep their families happyand healthy without breaking the bank.

AUTHOR:Brittany Williams is the bestselling author of Instant Loss Cookbook and Instant Loss; Eat Real,Lose Weight. She has lost 125 pounds since removing processed foods and takeout from her dietand replacing those foods with healthier meals she could make primarily in her Instant Pot. Sheis a mother of three and lives in Yucca Valley, California.

80 colour photographs

Instant Pot Miracle Healthy Cookbook:More Than 100 Easy Healthy Meals forYour Favorite Kitchen Device

Author: PITRE, URVASHI

ISBN: 9780358413189

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 229 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKDPI*ebdbij+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

100+ all-new healthy recipes for the Instant Pot (many gluten-free and diary-free) from thebest-selling author of Indian Instant Pot and Instant Pot Fast & Easy.

Urvashi Pitre, author of best-selling cookbooks such as Indian Instant Pot Cookbook, The KetoInstant Pot Cookbook, and Instant Pot Fast & Easy, is back with her latest Instant Pot collectionfeaturing 100 healthy and flavor-packed recipes. Unlike many other Instant Pot books, you won'tfind pre-processed and highly refined ingredients like canned soups, boxed mixes, or excessiveamounts of sugar in these recipes. Instead the emphasis is on whole, unprocessed foods,vegetables high in fiber, healthy fats, and lean proteins that everyone in the family will enjoy,with recipes to suit a variety of diets including gluten-free and dairy-free. The recipes have beenimpeccably tested, so they will work every time with a minimum amount of fuss. Dishes likeTurkey Tetrazzini, Savory Bread Pudding, Beef Stroganoff, and North Carolina BBQ show how tocook using healthful ingredients that come together to make a meal that feels indulgent andsatisfying.

AUTHOR:Urvashi Pitre moved to the U.S. thirty years ago with $20 in her pocket, two suitcases, a collegescholarship, and a headful of Indian recipes passed down through her family. Now she runs herown global consulting firm. She lost 80 pounds following a restricted calorie, low-carb, keto diet,and she uses her blog, Two Sleevers, to share recipes with others. She is the author of IndianInstant Pot Cookbook, The Keto Instant Pot Cookbook, Every Day Easy Air Fryer, Instant Pot Fast& Easy, and Keto Fat Bombs, Sweets, and Treats.

60 colour photographs

Italian Wines 2021

Author: GAMBERRO ROSSO

ISBN: 9788866412168

Imprint: Gambero Rosso

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 110 x 225 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSSIQG*ebcbgi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 1056

Italian Wines is the English-language version of Gambero Rosso's Vini d'Italia, the world'sbest-selling guide to Italian wine. It is the result of a year's work by over 60 tasters, coordinatedby three curators. They travel around the entire country to taste 45,000 wines, only half of whichmake it into the guide. More than 2,500 producers have been selected. Each entry bringstogether useful information about the winery, including a description of its most important labelsand price levels in Italian wine shops. Each wine is evaluated according to the Gambero Rossobicchieri rating, with Tre Bicchieri awarded to the top labels. The guide is an essential tool forboth wine professionals and passionate amateurs around the globe: it provides the instrumentsfor finding one's way in the complex panorama of Italy's wine world.

SELLING POINTS:• The most authoritative annual guide to the very best Italian wines; more than 2,500 producershave been selected, and 22,536 wines• The awards honour ecologically aware wine producers who are working with the environment,bestowing 'Green' awards on those who create sustainable yields

Make Your Own Beer: A Guide to AllThings Beer and How to Brew it Yourself

Author: SHEPHARD, JOHN

ISBN: 9781526769978

Imprint: White Owl

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 215 x 276 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hgjjhi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 104

The primary aim is to create an accessible and practical guide to home brewing, covering allaspects of the process. The intended outcome is that somebody following the guide, would beable to brew a number of different style of beers of good quality and take pleasure from boththe process and the end product. Practically, the book will also offer some introductory, but veryuseful, information on other issues that are relevant to the home brewer; equipment and thecost versus benefit of different types, beer styles and flavours and an understanding of key,quality ingredients. The photography will fit this approach in that images will be useful and showhelpful details but also be professionally shot and be more than just functional; they will be goodto look at. The style of the book will be engaging and personal, in that it is intended to guide thereader through the process as something enjoyable, rather than approach it in a purely step bystep approach. It is also intended to be light-hearted and, above all, readable and so could beenjoyed by someone actually brewing beer or someone who just wants an interesting way intothe topic.

AUTHOR:John Shepherd has been home brewing for many years and he had been running a videoproduction company for ten years when, in 2013, he and a friend decided to set up, fromscratch, a craft brewery. Not coming from a brewing industry background, the only thing theyknew about the market prior to setting up the brewery was that people like different types ofbeers and so that was their goal: to produce a beer for everyone and anyone, but always of theabsolute best quality. From lagers to stouts, bitters to pale ales, they believed that whatever yourtaste; everyone deserves a good beer. Six years on, having won a number of awards and soldlots of different beers, John stepped back from the brewery on a day to day basis to focus onwriting. He is working on other "how to" guides as well as a screenplay, a book of short storiesand has successfully submitted comedy material to the BBC.

120 colour illustrations

Mochi Magic: 50 Traditional and ModernRecipes for the Japanese Treat

Author: BECKER, KAORI

ISBN: 9781635862942

Imprint: Storey Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 165 x 191 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $26.99 9HSLGNF*igcjec+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

Packed with unique recipes, step-by-step instructions, and beautifully styled photos, this bookteaches the art of making mochi - the adorably fun and flavorful Japanese treat.

Mochi - the traditional Japanese treat made of chewy rice dough - is a popular and versatilevehicle for all kinds of sweet and savory fillings, and easily molded into adorable shapes andcharacters that define Japan's culture of cuteness. Food writer Kaori Becker's easy-to-followtechniques for creating and cooking with mochi deliver the perfect mix of fun and tradition. Eachcolorful page brims with recipes for hand-pounded, steamed, and modern microwave mochi;fillings like rosewater, Nutella, black sesame, Oreo Cream Cheese, and Japanese plum wine;mochi-focused goodies like Bacon-Wrapped Mochi, Ozoni Soup, baked goods; and inspiration forshaping irresistibly charming mochi flowers, baby chicks, pandas, and more. Kawaii!!

AUTHOR:Kaori Becker is the author of Mochi Magic and a cook specializing in Japanese cuisine. Growing up"hapa" (half-Japanese) in the Bay Area, she was drawn to her mother Yukiko's Japanese homecooking, especially sweets and baked goods. Together with her mother, Becker runs Kaori'sKitchen, a Bay Area cooking school featuring popular mochi and ramen classes, and she hasplans to open a mochi shop in Columbus, Ohio.

Serial Eater: Food Design Stories

Author: STOZ, BENJAMIN

ISBN: 9789058566508

Imprint: Stichting Kunstboek

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSTAPI*fggfai+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

The book Serial Eater dissects 30 years of experimentation and reflection on the 'object' food.Since its development in the 1990s until its actual status, food design analysis helps us tounderstand how consumption habits and our awareness of the food system have evolved.

What type of consumers are we? How do we assess our impact on today's food production andwhat are we willing to accept on our plates in the future?

In an often anxiety-provoking approach to the future of food, food design questions ourbehaviour, desires and doubts as eaters. It also proposes a more entertaining vision of ourrelationship to food (Italian Futurists, Eat Art, Marti Guixe...), whilst not forgetting its primaryobjective: nourishing our bodies, eyes and minds.

From the origins of food design to current issues in terms of anthropology, jurisdiction anddesign.

Text in English and French.

100 colour images

Tasting the Past: Recipes from theSecond World War to the 1980s

Author: WOOD, JACQUI

ISBN: 9780750993876

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSKHPA*jjdihg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

The many influences of the past on our diet today make the concept of 'British food' very hard todefine. The Celts, Romans, Saxons, Vikings and Normans all brought ingredients to the table, asit were, and onwards the Crusades gave us all manner of spices. The Georgians enjoyed a newlevel of excess and then of course the world wars forced us into the challenge of making mealsfrom very little.

This brand new addition, and fourth volume, to Tasting the Past, documents the rich history ofour food, its fads and its fashions, to be combined with a practical cookbook of over 200 recipesfrom the Second World War onwards.

AUTHOR:Jacqui Wood is best known as Time Team's resident food historian. She works as the Director ofSaveock Water Archaeology (www.archaeologyonline.org), an archaeological research centre andfield school, and also works for English Heritage demonstrating Bronze Age technology. She livesin Truro.

Vegan Recipes from Japan

Author: HARTIG / FROMMELT

ISBN: 9781911667049

Imprint: Grub Street

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $54.99 9HSLJLB*gghaej+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 250

This is more than a cookbook of Japanese cuisine. Malte Hartig is an expert in Japanese Kasekicuisine. Today the term is used for a special style of a light multi-course menu consisting of 7-10different courses in a Japanese restaurant. It is a particularly light meal that is strictly vegetarianin accordance with its origin from the Zen philosophy. Particular care is taken in the selection ofingredients and prepared in such a way that their own taste is emphasised.

The recipes are accordingly simple, but excellent in combination and taste. The vegetables areprepared according to the seasons from the garden or weekly market, with few ingredients. Thiscookbook combines local vegetables and fruits, rice and other cereals with Japanese ingredientssuch as miso, soy sauce, sake, the sweet wine mirin or the soup stock dashi and prepared usingJapanese cooking techniques, such as tempura, Japanese-style barbecue way. They are simpleand light, nourish body and soul and open up a new perspective on cooking and how we dealwith food. The accompanying text illuminates the cultural background of the recipes and tellsentertaining stories from the land of the rising sun. When a philosopher and trained chef team upwith a gardener and food photographer, you can expect something special.

AUTHOR:Malte Hartig is an expert in Japanese Kaseki cuisine. When a philosopher and trained chef teamup with a gardener and food photographer, you can expect something special.

Videoart at Midnight Artist's Cookbook:Eighty Artists Eighty Dishes

Author: STUBER, OLAF

ISBN: 9783735607256

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 220 x 260 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSNHNF*gahcfg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Have you ever watched Douglas Gordon cook? Do you know Harun Farocki's favourite dal? Wouldyou like to nibble straight from the pot with Keren Cytter or recreate Agnieszka Polska's pirogiwith trumpets of death? Cookbooks are a dime a dozen. And there's even a certain tradition ofartists' cookbooks. But there is only the one Videoart at Midnight Artists' Cookbook: 80 of themost renown video artists of our time reveal their favourite recipes. Some simple, otherselaborate, yet all to be recreated. And the best thing about this book is that each and everysingle recipe tells its own personal story. Artists Monira Al Qadiri, Ulf Aminde, Julieta Aranda,Marc Aschenbrenner, Ed Atkins, Yael Bartana, Lucy Beech, Bigert & Bergstrom, John Bock,Pauline Boudry & Renate Lorenz, Erik Bünger, Martin Brand, Ulu Braun, Klaus vom Bruch, FilipaCesar, Creischer & Siekmann, Keren Cytter, Chto Delat, Christoph Draeger, Antje Engelmann,Shahram Entekhabi, Koken Ergun, Theo Eshetu, Simon Faithfull, Christian Falsnaes, HarunFarocki, Omer Fast, Fischer & el Sani, Dani Gal, Delia Gonzalez, Douglas Gordon, Andy Graydon,Assaf Gruber, Mathilde ter Heijne, Isabell Heimerdinger, Benjamin Heisenberg, Kerstin Honeit,Christian Jankowski, Anja Kirschner, Knut Klassen, Korpys/Loffler, Zhenhua Li, Joep van Liefland,Melissa Logan, Dafna Maimon, Antje Majewski, Melanie Manchot, Lynne Marsh, Bjørn Melhus,Almagul Menlibayeva, Ari Benjamin Meyers, Eleonore de Montesquiou, Matthias Muller, BettinaNurnberg & Dirk Peuker, Marcel Odenbach, Stefan Panhans, Mario Pfeifer, Agnieszka Polska,Ulrich Polster, Mario Rizzi, Julian Rosefeldt, Willem de Rooij, Safy Sniper, Anri Sala, Erik Schmidt,Sandra Schafer, Amie Siegel, Pola Sieverding, Martin Skauen, Jan-Peter E.R. Sonntag, VibekeTandberg, Rebecca Ann Tess, Guido van der Werve, Gernot Wieland, Ming Wong, Ina Wudtke,Shingo Yoshida, Katarina Zdjelar, Stefan Zeyen, Tobias Zielony.

190 colour illustrations

Whole Smiths Real Food Every Day:Healthy Recipes to Keep Your FamilyHappy Throughout the Week

Author: SMITH, MICHELLE

ISBN: 9780358164463

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 203 x 229 mm

Category: Food & Drink

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $64.99 9HSKDPI*bgeegd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

The follow-up to the best-selling The Whole Smiths Good Food Cookbook with easy recipes forweeknight cooking.

Today, more than ever, people are looking to transition to a whole foods-based diet, aware ofthe health benefits of fresh foods over highly processed options. Still, people are used toconvenience, and have busy schedules and little time to put a meal on the table. The WholeSmiths Real Food Every Day solves the problem of what's for dinner during a hectic week. Withsimple, accessible recipes that are designed to be made ahead, used for leftovers, or thrown intoa slow cooker, families will be able to easily prepare healthy meals on a regular basis. Chapterslike Sheet Pan Recipes, One-Pot Wonders, Meal Prep, and Leftover Makeovers will guide readersin making the most of their time in the kitchen while delivering healthy recipes that can be madewith minimal effort. This follow-up to the best-selling The Whole Smiths Good Food Cookbook willalso highlight which recipes are gluten-free, grain-free, dairy-free, and more, making it easy toprepare recipes to fit into any diet.

AUTHOR:Michelle Smith is the blogger behind the popular food blog, The Whole Smiths, and author of thebest-selling The Whole Smiths Good Food Cookbook. She resides in the San Francisco Bay Areawith her husband and two young daughters. When Michelle's children were born, she startedpaying close attention to the foods they were eating and quickly realized how much processedfood had become "normal" food in so many households, hers included. After dabbling in thepaleo diet she quickly saw improvement in her family's overall health and wellness and washooked. Shortly thereafter, she decided to start a food blog called the Whole Smiths and sharethe recipes that she was creating for her family. Michelle is passionate about creating healthydishes the entire family will enjoy and doesn't feel that clean eating should feel pretentious, butaccessible and fun for everybody.

80 colour photographs

NES Omnibus: The NintendoEntertainment System and Its Games,Volume 1 (A-L)

Author: WEISS, BRETT

ISBN: 9780764360688

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 304 mm

Category: Games

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $125.00 9HSKHQE*dgagii+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

The NES Omnibus: The Nintendo Entertainment System and Its Games, Vol. 1 (A-L), covers thefirst half of the NES library in exhaustive and engaging detail. More than 350 games arefeatured, including such iconic titles asCastlevania, Donkey Kong, Double Dragon, Duck Hunt,Final Fantasy, and The Legend of Zelda. Each game, whether obscure or mainstream, is giventhe spotlight. In addition to thorough gameplay descriptions, the book includes reviews,memories, historical data, quotes from vintage magazines, and, best of all, nostalgic storiesabout many of the games from programmers, authors, YouTube celebs, and other industryinsiders. The book also features more than 1,500 full-colour images, including box art,screenshots, and vintage ads.

AUTHOR:Brett Weiss has been a gamer since 1975 and a professional writer since 1997. He's the authorof 10 books, including The 100 Greatest Console Video Games: 1977-1987, the Classic HomeVideo Games series, and The SNES Omnibus, Volumes 1 and 2.

1508 colour images

Fearless Gardening: Be Bold, Break theRules and Grow What You Love

Author: BOHL, LOREE

ISBN: 9781604699623

Imprint: Timber Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 191 x 235 mm

Category: Gardening

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLGKE*gjjgcd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

The founder of the popular blog Danger Garden urges home gardeners to break the rules, takemore risks, and grow what they love.

Too often, gardening advice comes in the form of rules: do this, don't do that, buy this, don't buythat, plant this, don't plant that. But this kind of guidance can stifle creativity and personalexpression, resulting in gardens that feel impersonal and generic.

With Fearless Gardening, Loree Bohl has written a call to arms that urges home gardeners to bebold, break the rules, and grow what they love. Readers will discover advice on gardeningoutside their zone, shopping for unique plants, and taking risks in garden design. They will alsofind tips on how to discover their personal style and expand their plant palette. Bohl profilesexemplary gardens from across North America that showcase each gardeners' unique taste andstyle and will inspire home gardeners to discover their own.

AUTHOR:Loree maintains the popular website The Danger Garden. In addition to freelance garden writing,scouting assignments, and speaking engagements, Loree has served on the board of directorsfor the Hardy Plant Society of Oregon, the Pacific Horticulture Society, and the Garden BloggersFling Advisory Committee.

224 colour photgraphs

Growing Under Cover: Techniques for aMore Productive, Weather-Resistant,Pest-Free Vegetable Garden

Author: JABBOUR, NIKI

ISBN: 9781635861310

Imprint: Storey Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 216 x 276 mm

Category: Gardening

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSLGNF*igbdba+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 216

Best-selling author Niki Jabbour provides an essential, in-depth guide to creating controlledgrowing spaces for productive vegetable gardening, using row covers, shade cloth, low tunnels,cold frames, hoophouses, and more.

Increasingly unpredictable weather patterns and pest infestations are challenging today'svegetable gardeners. But best-selling author Niki Jabbour has a solution: Growing Under Cover.In this in-depth guide, Jabbour shows how to use row covers, shade cloth, low tunnels, coldframes, hoophouses, and other protective structures to create controlled growing spaces forvegetables to thrive. Photographed in her own super-productive garden, Jabbour highlights themany benefits of using protective covers to plant earlier, eliminate pests, and harvest a healthier,heartier bounty year round. With enthusiasm, inventive techniques, and proven, firsthandknowledge, this book provides invaluable advice from a popular and widely respected gardeningauthority.

AUTHOR:Niki Jabbour is the award-winning author of Growing Under Cover, Niki Jabbour's Veggie GardenRemix, The Year-Round Vegetable Gardener, and Groundbreaking Food Gardens. Her work isfound in Fine Gardening, Garden Making, Birds & Blooms, Horticulture, and other publications,and she speaks widely on food gardening at events and shows across North America. She is thehost and creator of The Weekend Gardener radio show.

SELLING POINTS:• Essential gardening information for addressing an unpredictable environment. As extreme andvolatile weather patterns increase, growers need to know how to protect vulnerable plantings.• Valuable approach for gardeners in every region and climate. More than just a way for peoplein cold climates to extend their gardening season, growing under protective structures is a meansfor gardeners to get the most from the garden, no matter where they're located.• Popular powerhouse author. Niki Jabbour is a best-selling, award-winning author and a savvypromoter, with a strong platform and deep connections in the gardening world.

Herbarium: The Quest to Preserve andClassify the World's Plants

Author: THIERS, BARBARA M.

ISBN: 9781604699302

Imprint: Timber Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 216 x 254 mm

Category: Gardening

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSLGKE*gjjdac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 304

A heavily illustrated history of herbaria from one of the world's foremost experts.

For nearly six centuries, scientists have been documenting the plants and fungi of the worldthrough herbaria. The wealth of specimens available today, carefully preserved through thecenturies, is a unique source of data that not only helps scientists understand how the world’svegetation has changed over time, but allows them to also predict how it will change in thefuture.

In Herbarium, Barbara M. Thiers shares the fascinating story of how herbaria began, what theyare, and how they function today. Readers will discover the role herbaria play in the explorationof the natural world, the important contributions they have made, and how they are underthreat. Thiers argues passionately for their preservation and for the important role they play inprotecting plant life for generations to come. Herbarium is heavily illustrated with photographsand unique historical material from the collection at the New York Botanical Garden. It is amust-read for passionate plant fans and conservationists.

AUTHOR:Barbara M. Thiers is director of the William and Lynda Steere Herbarium at the New YorkBotanical Garden, president of the Society for the Preservation of Natural History Collections, andvice president of the Natural Science Collections Alliance.

241 colour photographs

Plant Partners: Science-Based CompanionPlanting Strategies for the VegetableGarden

Author: WALLISER, JESSICA

ISBN: 9781635861334

Imprint: Storey Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 229 mm

Category: Gardening

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSLGNF*igbdde+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Reflecting the latest research on how plants influence and communicate with each other, JessicaWalliser offers a research-based guide to companion planting - a gardening method that usesstrategic plant partnerships to improve crop yields and outsmart pests.

Companion planting has a long history of use by gardeners, but the explanation of why it workshas been filled with folklore and conjecture. Plant Partners delivers a research-based rationalefor this ever-popular growing technique, offering gardeners dozens of ways they can usescientifically tested plant partnerships to benefit the garden as a whole. Through an enhancedunderstanding of how plants interact with and influence each other, this guide suggests specificplant combinations that growers can use to improve soil health and weed control, decrease pestdamage, and increase biodiversity, resulting in real and measurable impacts in the garden.

AUTHOR:Jessica Walliser is a horticulturalist and the author of several gardening books, including PlantPartners and Attracting Beneficial Bugs to Your Garden. In addition to cohosting The OrganicGardeners, an award-winning radio program in Pennsylvania, she is the co-owner of the populargardening website SavvyGardening.com and a regular contributor to Fine Gardening, UrbanFarm, and Hobby Farms, and the Pittsburgh Tribune-Review. Walliser is the recipient of anAmerican Horticultural Society Book Award.

Sherlock Holmes Escape Book: TheAdventure of the British Museum

Author: PHILLIPS / FRANCES

ISBN: 9781781454206

Imprint: Ammonite Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 195 mm

Category: Gift

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLHSB*efecag+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 136

This is the second title in a series of Sherlock Holmes Escape Books: a unique, new form ofpuzzle book, in which the reader must solve the puzzles to escape the pages. Inspired by theurban craze for escape rooms, where players tackle challenges while trapped in a locked room,this is an escape room in the form of a locked book: filled with codes, ciphers, riddles and redherrings, plus an ingenious Hieroglyphic Code Wheel set into the cover. Taking on the role ofSherlock Holmes, in this new adventure readers find themselves trapped with Watson in theEnlightenment Gallery of the British Museum after a curator collapses in the Egyptian Collection.With King George V due to arrive at the nearby tube station, and rumours of an anarchist plot,Holmes and Watson must find their way through the museum, and fathom the involvement ofboth Mycroft and Colonel Sebastian Moran, if they are to win their freedom and save the day.

AUTHORS:Frances & Phillips are a puzzle-writing team with a reputation worthy of 221B Baker Street.Melanie Frances specialises in developing interactive stories featuring games and puzzles. She isCo-Artistic Director of interactive, digital arts organisation Produced Moon, with whom she hascreated a range of immersive and interactive experiences, including escape rooms andapp-based audio adventures. Charles Phillips is the author of more than 40 books, and his Howto Think puzzle series sold more than 1 million copies and was translated into 18 languages. He isthe editor of Biographic: Sherlock (Ammonite Press, 2018). They both live in London.

Health through Your Eyes: Understandand Use Iridology

Author: ALLAIRE, JULIEN

ISBN: 9780764360725

Imprint: Schiffer Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 228 mm

Category: Health

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahcf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

The World Health Organization defines health as "a state of complete physical, mental, and socialwell-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." But illness has meaning and canexpress mineral or vitamin deficiencies, inherited or acquired weakness, or the location of toxinsin the system. An approach focused on treating them doesn't cure the pathology that causedthem, and they can show up in another manner. Iridology is a method of examining the iris, thecoloured portion of the eye, to establish an assessment of health and vitality. By analyzing thecolor, the texture, and the pigmentation of the iris, we can determine inherited and geneticpredispositions toward certain illnesses. Iridology can contribute to the well-being of the personby treating the origins of the symptoms. Observing the body's needs through the panoramic viewof the iris, you can take care of your health in a simple and efficient manner. Discover thebenefits of iridology.

AUTHOR:An iridologist and naturopath by training, Julien Allaire is passionate about natural medicines. Heshares his knowledge and experience in practice in Marseille and Paris, France, as well as throughradio and TV. He is a naturopathic school trainer and teaches iridology.

44 colour and b/w illustrations

Ascension: Hereford Cathedral

Author: SCALA ARTS

ISBN: 9781785512599

Imprint: Scala Publishers

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 270 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSLHSF*fbcfjj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Commissioned to celebrate the 75th anniversary of the foundation of the Special Air Service, theAscension memorial by renowned artist John Maine RA is a powerful presence in this ancientbuilding. The memorial comprises a spectacular stained-glass window above a polished bluestone sculpture below, presenting the viewer with a journey from darkness to light, from quietcontemplation to richly colourful light that becomes brighter and more vibrant as the eye isdrawn upwards. This beautifully illustrated book tells the story of the commission in the words ofthe Regiment, the cathedral community and the artist himself, from first thoughts to finalinstallation.

SELLING POINTS:• Tells the full story of the Ascension memorial at Hereford Cathedral, from first thoughts tofinal installation• The book explores the commission through a variety of perspectives; including the words ofthe Regiment, the cathedral community and the artist, John Maine RA• Beautifully illustrated in full colour throughout

Beverley Minster

Author: FOYLE, JOHNATHAN

ISBN: 9781785512605

Imprint: Scala Publishers

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 240 x 280 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLHSF*fbcgaf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Beverley Minster is one of the most spectacular and impressive of English non-cathedralchurches. It owes its origins to the Saxon St John of Beverley, who is buried here, though mostof what we see today dates from the 13th and 14th centuries, when Beverley was one of thelargest and wealthiest towns in England and the Minster was a major pilgrimage centre. Despitea long building programme, the church was constructed in a consistent architectural style whichgives the interior, in particular, a pleasing harmony. Dr Foyle traces the importance of St John asboth the founder and the inspiration for the continuing development of the Minster, and the bookis lavishly illustrated with specially commissioned photography.

AUTHOR:Dr Jonathan Foyle has devoted his career to the preservation and public appreciation of historicbuildings. He lectures widely and is a regular contributor to the Financial Times on architectureand craft.

SELLING POINTS:• Dr Jonathan Foyle traces the importance of St John as both the founder and inspiration for thecontinuing development of Beverley Minster, one of the most spectacular and impressive ofEnglish non-cathedral churches• Lavishly illustrated with specially commissioned photography

Burying the Dead: An ArchaeologicalHistory of Burial Grounds, Graveyardsand Cemeteries

Author: EVANS, LORRAINE

ISBN: 9781526706676

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hagghg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 216

Deep in the heart of North Yorkshire, at a place called Walkington Wold, there lies a ratherunusual burial ground, an Anglo-Saxon execution cemetery. Twelve skeletons were unearthed byarchaeologists, ten without skulls, later examination of the skeletons revealed that their ownerswere all subjected to judicial execution by decapitation, one of which required several blows.Similar fates have befallen other wretched souls, the undignified burial of suicides - in the MiddleAges, the most profound of sins - and the desecration of their bodies, go largely unrecorded.Whilst plague pits, vast cemeteries where victims of the Black Death were tossed into the ground,their bodies festering one on top of another, are only today betraying their secrets. Althoughunpalatable to some, these burial grounds are an important part of our social heritage. Theyhave been fashioned as much by the people who founded and used them, as by the buildings,gravestones and other features which they contain. They are records of social change; thesymbols engraved upon individual memorials convey a sense of inherent belief systems, as theywere constructed, adapted or abandoned depending on people's needs. Symbols of Mortalityexplores how these attitudes, practices and beliefs about death have undergone continualchange. By studying the development of society's funerary spaces, the author will reveal how wecontinue to reinforce our relationships with the dead, in a constant and on-going effort tomaintain a bond with them.

AUTHOR:Lorraine Evans is an Archaeologist and Death Historian, specialising in mortality symbolism,funerary architecture and deviant burials. She is a successful author of a number of books,ranging from Ancient Egypt to World War One, and has worked on countless historicaldocumentaries. Her research skills are often in demand as is her acclaimed photographic work,which has been exhibited all over the UK.

32 b/w illustrations

Century of Female Revolution: FromPeterloo to Parliament

Author: COOPER, GLYNIS

ISBN: 9781526739216

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hdjcbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 176

The 100 years from 1819-1919 were the most remarkable in the history of womankind. In 1819women had no rights, no status, no options, no votes. Females were denied higher and furthereducation. Job opportunities were menial and few. Legally, women were not even considered tobe 'persons'. By 1919 they had achieved full legal rights and status; the doors of education,equality and professions had been thrown open to them; they had proved that they could do anyjob a man could do; and most importantly they had achieved universal suffrage. Appallingconditions suffered by those living and working in the textile industries of the North-Westprovided the impetus to demand democratic political reforms and a fair day's pay for a fair day'swork. Women were not allowed to join official associations so they formed their own groups,seeing the main objective as achieving results for their menfolk, which would make life better forwomen in turn. Then they could concentrate on fighting for their own rights. The PeterlooMassacre in August 1819 was a day of bloody carnage during which females were singled out,hunted down and killed or injured to 'teach them a lesson'. It did teach them a lesson, but notthe one their attackers had intended. It gained them status and sympathy in the eyes of manyand further encouraged them to fight for themselves as well as their men. Women becameinvolved in reform groups, Chartism, trade unions, politics, education, career opportunities andthe right to vote, although they encountered fierce hostility and opposition from both men andtheir own sex. Perseverance paid off. Women finally gained their equal opportunities, winning theright to vote as a reward for their major contribution to the Great War.

AUTHOR:Glynis Cooper's family has its roots in the industrial millscapes of Manchester. She was born inStockport, but grew up near Bury St Edmunds and subsequently spent ten years living andworking in Cambridge before returning to Manchester. Her parents were writers who inspired herenthusiasm for the written word. Glynis, who loves islands and the open countryside, trained inthe dual disciplines of librarianship and archaeology. She enjoys reading, researching and writinglocal histories, travelling and playing chess.

25 b/w illustrations

Cross-Channel Aviation Pioneers:Blanchard and Bleriot, Vikings andViscounts

Author: HALES-DUTTON, BRUCE

ISBN: 9781526775597

Imprint: Air World

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hhffjh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

On 25 July 1909, a dapper, moustachioed Frenchman flying a flimsy, diaphanous aeroplanechanged the status of a great nation. 'England is no longer an island,' declared the Daily Mail.Lord Northcliffe, the newspaper's proprietor, had put up the GBP1,000 prize for the first flight ofthe English Channel by the pilot of an aeroplane. In securing the prize for one of aviation's mostcelebrated firsts, Louis Bleriot had beaten his Anglo-French rival Hubert Latham. Six days earlier,Latham had become the first airman to make a forced landing on water when the engine of hiselegant Antoinette monoplane failed while he was attempted the crossing. In this book theauthor explores the many and varied milestones in cross-channel flight, beginning back in July1785 when John-Pierre Blanchard and John Jeffries made the first crossing, by balloon. Otherflyers quickly followed Bleriot so that Pierre Prier made the first non-stop London-Paris flight inApril 1911 and Harriet Quimby became the first woman to fly the Channel a year later. The bookwill chart other significant events in cross-Channel aviation such as the first mid-air collisionbetween airliners flying between the UK and France, which led to a rudimentary system of airtraffic control, the popularity of car ferry services in the 1950s and 1960s, and the coming of thejets. Other big changes were on the way. In 1994 Eurostar rail passenger services from Londonusing the Channel Tunnel were launched. In October 2001, following chronic air traffic delaysduring the late 1980s, the European Commission adopted proposals for a Single European Skybut it comes as no surprise to learn that during the second decade of the 21st century this hasbecome bogged down in intra-European politics.

AUTHOR:Newspaper and magazine journalist, government press officer and aviation industry publicrelations specialist, Bruce Hales-Dutton's professional career has encompassed all of these. Hehas worked for the government department responsible for the aviation industry, a majorinternational airports group and a highly-respected supplier of air traffic control services as wellas Britain's aviation industry regulator. During this time, he has written text for articles, newsreleases, brochures and leaflets, scripts for video programmes and speeches. He nowconcentrates on writing books and articles about his two great loves, aviation and motor racing.Bruce is a member of the Royal Aeronautical Society and a volunteer steward at BrooklandsMuseum. He was born in Kent and continues to live there.

Daily Telegraph - Book of Bletchley ParkObituaries: The Second World WarCodebreakers

Author: DAILY TELEGRAPH

ISBN: 9781526795021

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hjfacb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 232

The accomplishments of the codebreakers of British Government Code and Cypher School atBletchley Park have become justly famous and individuals such as Alan Turin and GordonWelchman have become household names. The operation at Bletchley Park, including therenowned Hut 6, was a huge and complex affair and a total of almost 10,000 people wereinvolved during the course of the Second World War. As well as intercepting and deciphering theGerman military signals, the men and women in the eight blocks and twenty-three wooden hutsdealt with Italian, Japanese and even, periodically, Soviet messages. Many of those who workedin the strictest secrecy, and whose activities remained classified for decades after the war, wereobliged to keep the true nature of their employment hidden even from close family members.Gradually, the role played by the Government Code and Cypher School became known to theworld, with Bletchley Park itself becoming a much-visited museum. A large proportion of theworkers at Bletchley Park were women, recruited from the Wrens, the WAAF and the ATS as wellas the Civil Service and by 1945 75 per cent of the staff at Bletchley Park were women withthose in civilian dress working alongside those in uniform. A small group of American servicepersonnel were also brought over to Bletchley Park and integrated into a number of the existingsections. In this unique collection of obituaries from "The Telegraph" are individuals such as DrCharles Wynn-Williams who, before the war, built the first electronic digital counter and during hisyears at Bletchley Park built the 'Heath Robinson' codebreaking machine often regarded as theimmediate precursor of the electronic computer. There is also Wren Margaret Cooper who hadno idea what she had volunteered for, only being told that it was 'very, very secret', and thenfound herself working in Hut 11 on the decoding machines known as 'Bombes'. She rememberedbroken windows, no heating, round-the-clock working, and exhaustion. Such men and womenfrom all levels and from a wide range of skills and backgrounds are represented here is thisfascinating compilation of obituaries.

16 b/w illustrations

Elder Sons of George III: Kings, Princesand a Grand Old Duke

Author: CURZON, CATHERINE

ISBN: 9781473872479

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLERD*ihcehj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 200

For nearly 60 years, King George III reigned over a tumultuous kingdom. His health and realmwere in turmoil, whilst family life held challenges of its own. From the corpulent Prinny and theGrand Old Duke of York, to a king who battled the Lords and the disciplinarian Duke of Kent, thisis the story of the elder sons of George III. Born over the course of half a decade of upheaval,George, Frederick, William, and Edward defined an era. Their scandals intrigued the nation andtheir efforts to build lives away from the shadow of their impossibly pious parents led them downdiverse paths. Whether devoting their lives to the military or to pleasure, every moment wascaptured in the full glare of the spotlight. The sons of George III were prepared from infancy totake their place on the world's stage, but as the king's health failed and the country lurched fromone drama to the next, they found that duty was easier said than done. With scandalousromances, illegal marriages, rumours of corruption and even the odd kidnapping plot, their liveswere as breathless as they were dramatic. In The Elder Sons of George III: Kings, Princes, and aGrand Old Duke, travel from Great Britain to America and on to Hanover in the company ofprinces who were sometimes scandalous, sometimes sensational, but never, ever dull.

AUTHOR:Catherine Curzon is a historian of Georgian royalty. Her work has been featured onHistoryExtra.com, the official website of BBC History Magazine, and in publications such as 'AllAbout History', 'Who Do You Think You Are?', and 'Jane Austen's Regency World'. She has spokenat venues including Kenwood House, Wellington College, the Royal Pavilion, the National MaritimeMuseum and Dr Johnson's House. Her first play, 'Being Mr Wickham', premiered in 2019.Catherine holds a Master's degree in Film and when not dodging the furies of the guillotine, canbe found cheering on the mighty Terriers. Her previous romps through the palaces of the 18thcentury are all available from Pen and Sword Books. She lives in Yorkshire atop a ludicrouslysteep hill.

32 b/w illustrations

Fashion and Family History: InterpretingHow Your Ancestors Dressed

Author: SHRIMPTON, JAME

ISBN: 9781526760265

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hgacgf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

Studying dress history teaches us much about the past. In this skilfully-illustrated, accessible andauthoritative book, Jayne Shrimpton demonstrates how fashion and clothes represent theeveryday experiences of earlier generations, illuminating the world in which they lived. As Britainevolved during the 1800s from a slow-paced agrarian society into an urban-industrial nation,dress was transformed. Traditional rural styles declined and modern city modes, new workwearand holiday gear developed. Women sewed at home, while shopping advanced, novel textilesand mass-produced goods bringing affordable fashion to ordinary people. Many of ourpredecessors worked as professional garment-makers, laundresses or in other related trades:close to fashion production, as consumers they looked after their clothes. The author explainshow, understanding the social significance of dress, the Victorians observed strict etiquettethrough special costumes for Sundays, marriage and mourning. Poorer families struggled tomaintain standards, but young single workers spent their wages on clothes, the older generationcultivating their own discreet style. Twentieth-century dress grew more relaxed and democraticas popular culture influenced fashion for recent generations who enjoyed sport, cinema, musicand dancing.

AUTHOR:Jayne Shrimpton is a professional fashion historian and internationally-known 'photo detective'with a MA degree from the Courtauld Institute of Art, University of London. A former Curator atthe Heinz Archive and Library, National Portrait Gallery, London, she is an independent imageconsultant, speaker, author and magazine columnist, working primarily in the family historyarena. She dates photographs at public events and advises on celebrity photographs, alsoappearing on-screen for BBC TV programme Who Do You Think You Are? Her books include'Family Photographs and How to Date Them', 'British Working Dress', 'Victorian Fashion' and'Tracing Your Ancestors through Family Photographs'.

20 colour and 75 b/w illustrations

Great Kosher Meat War of 1902:Immigrant Housewives and the Riots thatShook New York City

Author: SELIGMAN, SCOTT D.

ISBN: 9781640123588

Imprint: Potomac Books Inc.

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSLGOA*bcdfii+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

The Great Kosher Meat War of 1902 recounts the inspiring story of immigrant women and thedramatic and effective mass consumer action they launched in turn of the century New York City.

In the wee hours of May 15, 1902, three thousand Jewish women quietly took up positions on thestreets of Manhattan's Lower East Side. Convinced by the latest jump in the price of kosher meatthat they were being gouged, they assembled in squads of five, intent on shutting down everykosher butcher shop in New York's Jewish quarter.

What was conceived as a nonviolent effort did not remain so for long. Customers who crossedthe picket lines were heckled and assaulted, their parcels of meat hurled into the gutters.Butchers who remained open were attacked, their windows smashed, stocks ruined, equipmentdestroyed. Brutal blows from police nightsticks sent women to local hospitals and to court. Butsoon Jewish housewives throughout the area took to the streets in solidarity, while the butcherseither shut their doors or had them shut for them. The newspapers called it a modern JewishBoston Tea Party.

The Great Kosher Meat War of 1902 tells the twin stories of mostly uneducated femaleimmigrants who discovered their collective consumer power and of the Beef Trust, themidwestern cartel that conspired to keep meat prices high despite efforts by the U.S.government to curtail its nefarious practices. With few resources and little experience but steelydetermination, this group of women organised themselves into a potent fighting force and, intheir first foray into the political arena in their adopted country, successfully challenged powerful,vested corporate interests and set a pattern for future generations to follow.

AUTHOR:Scott D. Seligman is a writer and historian. He is the author of several books, including TongWars: The Untold Story of Vice, Money, and Murder in New York's Chinatown and The FirstChinese American: The Remarkable Life of Wong Chin Foo. His articles have appeared in theWashington Post, the Seattle Times, and the China Business Review, among other publications.He has worked as a legislative assistant to a member of the U.S. Congress, lobbied the Chinesegovernment on behalf of American business, and managed a multinational public relationsagency in China.

22 photographs, 11 illustrations, 1 map, 1 table, 1 chronology

Greek Mythology: Gods and HeroesBrought to Life

Author: GARLAND, ROBERT

ISBN: 9781526776549

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hhgfej+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 232

Greek mythology isn't the equivalent of the Bible or the Qur'an. There is no standardized versionof any myth. Myths aren't sacred. Whether you happen to be Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles,Euripides or any other Greek, or even you or me, every myth is yours to tell and interpret anyway you like. Just to give one example. An oracle has decreed that Oedipus will kill his father andmarry his mother. In Homer's version, Oedipus carries on ruling in Thebes when he discovers hehas fulfilled the oracle, whereas in the version that Sophocles gives us in his play Oedipus theKing, Oedipus blinds himself and goes into voluntary exile. That said, certain details areunalterable. Oedipus has to be ignorant of the fact that the man whom he kills is his father andthat the woman whom he marries is his mother; he has to fulfil the awful prophecy of the oracle;and he has to come to a realisation of what he has done afterwards. But everything else is prettymuch up for grabs. Greek mythology is very much alive and well in the contemporary world.There are many narrative versions of the myths currently available, but this book will dosomething very different: it will give the characters the chance to tell their stories in their ownwords. In so doing, it will give both gods and humans the opportunity to reflect upon their lifestories and, in places, justify their actions. In this way they will come across as real people, justas they are, say, in the plays of the dramatists.

AUTHOR:Robert Garland is the Roy D. and Margaret B. Wooster Professor of the Classics at ColgateUniversity, where he has taught for 30 years. He attended drama school before completing hisPhD at University College London. In recent years he has recorded four courses for The GreatCourses and written two videos for TED Animation. Robert has published 13 academic books onboth Greek and Roman history, and has recently finished a comic historical novel. His interest isin how to make history come alive and his most important contribution to the discipline has beento identify categories of people who have been generally overlooked in conventional accounts ofancient history, including the disabled and refugees.

35 b/w illustrations

Heroes of the RNLI: The Storm Warriors

Author: BEARDSLY, MARTYN R.

ISBN: 9781526725769

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hcfhgj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

Whenever vessels have foundered off the coasts of Britain, there have always been those willingto give their all to save those in peril. But in 1823, Sir William Hillary decided that this admirablebut impromptu approach was not enough. He believed that many more lives could be saved bythe establishment of a national, organised rescue service. His idea was realised the followingyear. From the days of oar-powered open boats to modern sigh speed, hi-tech vessels, rescuershave battled storms and unimaginable conditions, risking - and sometimes forfeiting - their ownlives in efforts to save others. The most outstanding of these operations led to the awarding ofgold medals for gallantry, the RNLI version of the Victoria Cross. Above all, these are humanstories. Using information gleaned from archives, contemporary newspaper accounts andgenealogical records, this book looks not just at the details of the rescues, but into the peoplebehind them.

AUTHOR:Martyn Beardsley writes for both children and adults, but history is his big passion. He is fromNottingham but visits the coast as often as possible, and has witnessed the Fowey lifeboat go intoaction on several occasions - on one of which he helped coax a troubled woman from the chillywaters of Polruan harbour. His other non-fiction works include Charles II and his Escape intoExile, and Waterloo Voices, a compilation of first-hand accounts of the famous battle.

32 b/w illustrations

Jorg Colberg: Vaterland

Author: COLBERG, JORGE

ISBN: 9783735607096

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 165 x 240 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSNHNF*gahajg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

75 years after the end of World War 2, members of an extremist nationalist party have beenelected into German parliaments, once more. How was this possible? And what does this tellabout a country which has until today not adequately dealt with parts of its own past, particularlywith the atrocities committed in the neighboring Poland? Having lived in the US for almost twodecades, with Vaterland professor of photography Jorg Colberg attempts to understand what isgoing on in his native country and, given his own biography, to what extent he still is part of thewhole complex.

Text in English, German, and Polish.

40 colour illustrations

Little Book of Cambridgeshire

Author: CLIFFORD / AKEROYD

ISBN: 9780750995115

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHPA*jjfbbf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

THE LITTLE BOOK OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE is a compendium full of information which will make yousay, ‘I never knew that!’ Contained within is a plethora of entertaining stories about the countyand its famous - and occasionally infamous - men and women, its literary, artistic and sportingachievements, its customs and traditions, its transport and leisure, and a few ghostlyappearances.

Compiled by two knowledgeable local historians, this is a reliable reference book and a quirkyguide, this can be dipped in to time and time again to reveal something new about the people,the heritage, the secrets and the enduring fascination of the county.

AUTHORS:Caroline Clifford and Alan Akeroyd are experienced historians who have written several books onthe history of Cambridgeshire and Huntingdonshire. Caroline is the Local Studies Librarian at theCambridge Collection at Cambridge Central Library, while Alan is Archives Manager forCambridgeshire Archives.

45 b/w illustrations

Little Book of Suffolk

Author: STOREY, NEIL R.

ISBN: 9780750995122

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHPA*jjfbcc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

The Little Book of Suffolk is a repository of intriguing, fascinating, obscure, strange andentertaining facts and trivia about one of England's most colourful counties. It is an essential tothe born and bred Suffolk folk or anyone who knows and loves the county. Armed with thisfascinating tome the reader will have such knowledge of the county, its landscape, people,places, pleasures and pursuits they will be entertained and enthralled and never short of somefrivolous fact to enhance conversation or quiz! A reference book and a quirky guide, this can bedipped in to time and time again to reveal something new about the people, the heritage, thesecrets and the enduring fascination of the county. A remarkably engaging little book, this isessential reading for visitors and locals alike.

AUTHOR:Neil R. Storey is a professional historian, lecturer, and author. He is the author of over thirtybooks, including "The Little Book of Great Britain." He lives in North Walsham, Norfolk.

Lobkowicz Collections Music Series

Author: LIBIN, KARYN

ISBN: 9781785513305

Imprint: Scala Publishers

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 165 x 190 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSLHSF*fbddaf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

The Lobkowicz Collections rank among the oldest and largest privately owned collections of art,music and archival documents in Central Europe. Among the many musicians whose music playedan important role in the life of the Lobkowicz family was Ludwig van Beethoven. The secondvolume of The Lobkowicz Collections Music Series explores intersections between the composerand one aristocratic household over the course of two decades. This narrative includes familyletters, eyewitness observations published and private, archival documents, and music. Preservedin The Lobkowicz Collections are original manuscripts of significant works by Beethoven, manycontaining the composer's own corrections, which were used by musicians in early performances.Some of these works were dedicated by Beethoven to Franz Joseph Maximilian, 7th PrinceLobkowicz. This volume reveals a remarkably fruitful period in Beethoven's career, and the rolethat Prince Lobkowicz played in bringing his works to life.

AUTHOR:Dr. Kathryn Libin is an Associate Professor of Music at Vassar College, and Music Advisor to TheLobkowicz Collections.

SELLING POINT:• This volume of The Lobkowicz Collections Music Series reveals a remarkably fruitful period inBeethoven's career, and his relationship with Franz Joseph Maximilian, 7th Prince Lobkowicz

London Nobody Knows

Author: FLETCHER, GEOFFREY

ISBN: 9780750995979

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHPA*jjfjhj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

Geoffrey Fletcher's London was not the big landmarks, but rather 'the tawdry, extravagant andeccentric'. He wrote about parts of the city no-one ever had before. This could be an art nouveaupub, a Victorian music hall, a Hawksmoor church or even a public toilet in Holborn in which theattendant kept goldfish in the cisterns. He was drawn to the corners of the city where 'the kidsswarm like ants and there are dogs everywhere'. This classic book was originally published in1962 and has been in and out of print ever since. In 1967 it was turned into an acclaimeddocumentary film starring James Mason. Following a series of sold out screenings at the Barbicanand the ICA, the film was re-released on DVD in 2008. This book is a must-have for anyone withan interest in London, and will surprise even those who think they know it well.

AUTHOR:Geoffrey Fletcher (1923 - 2004) was educated at London University and the Slade School of Art.An artist, writer and leading architectural figure, he produced over thirty books about London,and between 1962 and 1990 contributed a weekly illustrated column to the Daily Telegraph.

More Than Victims of Horace: PublicSchools 1914-1918

Author: HALSTEAD, TIMOTHY

ISBN: 9781913336219

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $62.99 9HSLJLD*ddgcbj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Public schoolboys in the Great War were part of a nation in arms. This book explains how theirinvolvement was far more than romantic idealism.

The involvement of public school boys in the Great War has often been seen in terms of 'a raceof innocents dedicated to romantic ideals'. It has been argued that an education based on theteaching of the classics (based on the deeds of military heroes) and the playing of gamesunderpinned this.

In A School in Arms: Uppingham and the Great War Timothy Halstead demonstrated that in thecase of Uppingham this involvement was more nuanced than previously suggested. More thanVictims of Horace argues that this was the case for all public schools and looks at the role ofthose who survived as well as those who died.

The book will examine the professionalisation of the British Army in the years leading up to 1914and how the its relationship with the public schools developed. The rapid expansion of the Armyafter the outbreak of the war meant that a range of skills were needed to enable it to operateeffectively.

This book examines how public schools with their varying approaches were able to support thisexpansion and prepare their boys for war as well as the common elements to the militarytraining they provided. As part of a nation in arms the schools also contributed to the effort onthe home front.

Drawing on the archives of the Headmasters' Conference and several schools, the book providesthe first scholarly analysis of the public schools in the Great War.

2 colour and 8 b/w photographs

Newport Experience: Sustaining HistoricPreservation into the 21st Century

Author: FALINO, JEANNINE

ISBN: 9781785512025

Imprint: Scala Publishers

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 254 x 278 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $110.00 9HSLHSF*fbcacf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Preserving a historic house is a labour of love. Preserving nearly a dozen houses, fromColonial-era Georgian to opulent Gilded Age mansions, becomes a mission. In this book, ThePreservation Society of Newport County shares its 75 years of experience in conserving threecenturies of the finest achievements in American architecture, decorative arts and landscapedesign. This fully illustrated volume is an essential resource for all heritage, architecture andpreservation enthusiasts - as well as anyone enchanted by the unique grandeur of Newport,Rhode Island.

AUTHOR:Jeannine Falino is a curator and art historian probing the intersection of craft, art, and society.Her publications include Gilded New York: Design, Fashion & Society (2013); Artistic Luxury:Faberge - Tiffany - Lalique (2008); and Lives Shaped by the Revolution: Portraits of a BostonFamily: Speakman, Rowe, Inman, Linzee, Coffin and Amory (2005).

SELLING POINTS:• The Preservation Society of Newport County gives more than 1 million tours to visitors fromover 100 countries annually, making it one of the most-visited museums in New England• The Society has welcomed 40 million visitors since its founding in 1945• The 88 acres of historic landscapes also comprise an accredited arboretum• The properties are: The Breakers and its Stable & Carriage House, Chateau-sur-Mer,Chepstow, The Elms, Green Animals Topiary Garden, Hunter House, Isaac Bell House, Kingscote,Marble House and Rosecliff

Rise and Fall of a Medieval Family: TheDespensers

Author: WARNER, KATHRYN

ISBN: 9781526744937

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*heejdh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

The Despensers were a baronial English family who rose to great prominence in the reign ofEdward II (1307-27) when Hugh Despenser the Younger became the king's chamberlain,favourite and perhaps lover. He and his father Hugh the Elder wielded great influence, and Hughthe Younger's greed and tyranny brought down a king for the first time in English history andalmost destroyed his own family. Rise and Fall tells the story of the ups and downs of thisfascinating family from the thirteenth to the fifteenth centuries, when three Despenser lords werebeheaded and two fell in battle. We begin with Hugh the justiciar, who died rebelling against KingHenry III and his son in 1265, and end with Thomas Despenser, summarily beheaded in 1400after attempting to free a deposed Richard II, and Thomas's posthumous daughter Isabella, acountess twice over and the grandmother of Richard III's queen. From the medieval version ofPrime Ministers to the (possible) lovers of monarchs, the aristocratic Despenser family wieldedgreat power in medieval England. Drawing on the popular intrigue and infamy of the Despenserclan, Kathryn Warner's book traces the lives of the most notorious, powerful and influentialmembers of this patrician family over a 200 year span.

AUTHOR:Kathryn Warner holds a BA and an MA with Distinction in medieval history and literature from theUniversity of Manchester, and is the author of biographies about Edward II and his queenIsabella. Kathryn has had work published in the English Historical Review, has given a paper atthe International Medieval Congress, and appeared in a BBC documentary.

20 colour illustrations

Roman Bath: A New History andArchaeology of Aquae Sulis

Author: DAVENPORT, PETER

ISBN: 9780750995566

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHPA*jjffgg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The first completely new and authoritative popular book on Roman Bath since 1984.

For almost three hundred years, excavations have been carried out in Roman Bath. At first thesewere rare and sporadic and archaeological finds were made by chance. From the 1860sdeliberate investigations were made and increasingly professional methods employed. TheRoman Baths were laid open to view but little was published. From the 1950s interestaccelerated, professionals and amateurs collaborated, and there was never a decade in whichsome new discovery was not made.

The first popular but authoritative presentation of this work was made in 1978 and updatedseveral times. However, from the 1990s to the present there has some sort of archaeologicalinvestigation almost every year. This has thrown much new and unexpected light on the town ofAquae Sulis and its citizens. In this book, the author, having been involved in most of thearchaeological work in Bath since 1980, attempts to tell the story of Roman Bath: the latestinterim report on the 'Three Hundred Year Dig'.

AUTHORNewly retired, Peter Davenport was a professional archaeologist for 46 years, 25 of those beingthe senior archaeologist at Bath Archaeological Trust. He has been involved in all the excavationscarried out in the Roman Baths and the great majority of excavations in the rest of Bath since1980. He is a Trustee of the Roman Baths Foundation and lives in Batheaston.

120 colour illustrations

Roman Conquests: Mesopotamia andArabia

Author: FRATANUONO, LEE

ISBN: 9781473883260

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLERD*iidcga+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

This volume explores the Roman invasions and military operations in two distinct yet relatedareas: Mesopotamia and Arabia. In these far-flung regions of the ancient known world, Romeachieved the greatest point of expansion in the history of her Empire. Under the reign of theEmperor Trajan, the Roman Empire reached the point of maximum expansion made famous bymaps of the world circa AD 120\. Under the Severans, significant efforts were expended on aRoman dream of linking the two regions into one mighty provincial bulwark against Easternenemies. Individual chapters detail the history of the conquest of these easternmost territories ofthe Empire, analysing the opposing armies involved (Roman, Parthian, Sassanian, Arab) and thereasons for success and failure. The story of how Rome won and lost her Far East offers aparadigm for the rise and fall of the greatest military empire of the ancient world.

AUTHOR:Dr Lee Frantantuono is a Professor of Classics at Ohio Wesleyan University. His previous workincludes 'The Battle of Actium 31 BC' (2016), 'Lucullus: The Life and Campaigns of a RomanConqueror' (2017) and 'Caligula: An Unexpected General' (2018) all published by Pen & Sword.

Roosevelt's and Churchill's AtlanticCharter: A Risky Meeting at Sea thatSaved Democracy

Author: KLUGER, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9781526786302

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*higdac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

Winston Churchill was no stranger to storms. They had engulfed him in various ways throughouthis long career and he had always turned to face them with jutting jaw and indomitable spirit.Dark clouds had hovered over him from the moment he became Britain's Prime Minister in May1940. Now, fifteen harrowing months later, he was setting out to meet President FranklinRoosevelt, the one man who could offer real assistance in his hour of need. And another stormawaited - this time one of a meteorological kind as his ship, HMS "Prince of Wales", ran into ahowling gale within hours of leaving its base at Scapa Flow.

In this book, the authors seek not only to explain how this document came into being - bits of itbeing scrawled out on scraps of paper over dinner - but to delve into the lives of the two mostprominent and influential figures of the twentieth century. For most people belonging to youngergenerations, they are but legendary names from history. In addition the authors have addedbiographies of the men who helped them change history - Harry Hopkins and Sumner Welles;Lord Beaverbrook and Lord Cadogan as well Randolph Churchill, the rambunctious and oftenmisunderstood son who had a greater influence on his father's life than many critics were willingto accept. The creation of the Atlantic Charter stands as a pivotal moment in time - the momenttwo great leaders, men of courage, empathy and imagination, stood alone against tyranny tosave the world.

16 b/w illustrations

Sex and Sexuality in Victorian Britain

Author: FENN, VIOLET

ISBN: 9781526766830

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hggida+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

Peek beneath the bedsheets of nineteenth-century Britain in this affectionate, informative andfascinating look at sex and sexuality during the reign of Queen Victoria. It examines theprevailing attitudes towards male and female sexual behaviour, and the ways in which theseattitudes were often determined by those in positions of power and authority. It also explores ourancestors' ingenious, surprising, bizarre and often entertaining solutions to the challengesassociated with maintaining a healthy sex life. Did the people in Victorian times live up to theirstereotypes when it came to sexual behaviour? This book will answer this question, as well aslooking at fashion, food, science, art, medicine, magic, literature, love, politics, faith andsuperstition through a new lens, leaving the reader uplifted and with a new regard for theingenuity and character of our great-great-grandparents.

AUTHOR:Violett Fenn has always been fascinated by human behaviour. She specialises in frank andstraightforward investigations into the wilder areas of sexual practices and the changing culturalattitudes towards sex and mortality. She was once turned down for a job at an undertaker's forbeing 'too interested in death'. She lives in Shropshire with her children, a menagerie of pets andendless beautiful but pointless clutter. She firmly believes that black is the happiest colour andthat there is no such thing as too much red lipstick. To find out more, visit sexdeathrocknroll.com

30 b/w illustrations

Stoke Newington: The Story of aDissenting Village

Author: MACWILLIAM, RAB

ISBN: 9780750990912

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSKHPA*jjajbc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

Stoke Newington has long been one of London's most intriguing and radical areas. Boastingfamous residents from Mary Wollstonecraft to Marc Bolan, it has always attracted creative types.In the 1960s and 1970s 'Stokey' was becoming a somewhat disreputable neighbourhood, but inrecent years its appeal has led to its gentrification and the arrival of a wealthy middle class.

The area's history is a fascinating one. This book reveals, through a combination of anecdote,historical fact and cultural insight, how this often argumentative yet tolerant 'village' has becomethe increasingly fashionable and sought after Stoke Newington of today.

AUTHOR:Rab MacWilliam is well known locally as a prolific author, editor and publisher of numerous booksand magazines. An impressive career has seen him working for Penguin, Hutchinson PublishingGroup (now Random House) and Hamlyn Books. Rab founded and then edited N16 magazine forover 12 years, the fabric of Stoke Newington life. Having lived in the area for 30 years he isknowledgeable and passionate about its history, and has identified an emerging market for a fullhistory of Stoke Newington.

2 b/w illustrations

Struggle and Suffrage in Watford:Women's Lives and the Fight for Equality

Author: RUSSELL / RUSSELL

ISBN: 9781526712660

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hbcgga+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

This book shines a light on the many areas of female activity in and around Watford, both in thehome and at work, in traditional rural employment or in dressmaking, textiles and the silkindustry. The lives of local women are put into the context of the national movement to addressinequality and injustice, highlighting the often difficult lives of those employed in domesticservice, the impact of poor housing and terrible poverty on women's lives and the efforts toredress the situation and the changes in social hierarchy. Within the broad spectrum of life,individual stories show that there were still opportunities for women to take control of their lives,some excelling as entrepreneurs - owning shops, pubs and other businesses. During this time ofimmense social change, pioneering women within the community set the example for others tofollow, whether as political activists and suffragettes connecting with the feminist issues of theirtimes or as prominent members of the community dedicating their lives to the needs of others.The region was notable for fostering the talents of numerous prominent artists, LucyKemp-Welch, the illustrator of Black Beauty and creator of many recognisable war propagandaposters being the most famous, but also in the sciences, such as Harriette Chick, who worked inthe Lister Institute in Elstree. Education became of increasing importance and this was reflectedin the growth of the number of schools taken female pupils and employing women as teachers, anumber of which were set up philanthropically specifically for girls. Schooling for girls improvedtheir opportunities and in times of crisis, the country came to rely on the varied contributionwomen could make - from skilled and devoted nurses staffing the hospitals to technicians in thefactories in times of war - leading to the reappraisal of the role of women in post-war Britain.

AUTHOR:Dr Eugenia Russell is an author and Lecturer in History at St Marys University, Twickenham. Shehas lectured on the history of empires, Renaissance learning and exploration, the Ancient World,art history and political philosophy. Dr Quentin Russell is an art historian, writer and producer. HisTV documentary An Exile in Paradise: The Adventures of Edward Lear in Greece and Albania,won the New York Festivals Arts Silver World Medal in 2009.

25 b/w illustrations

Trafalgar Chronicle: Dedicated to NavalHistory in the Nelson Era: New Series 5

Author: HEUVEL, SEAN

ISBN: 9781526759627

Imprint: Seaforth

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 148 x 210 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hfjgch+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

'The Trafalgar Chronicle' is a prime source of information as well as the publication of choice fornew research about the Georgian Navy, sometimes also loosely referred to as 'Nelson's Navy',though its scope reaches out to include all the sailing navies of the period. The central theme ofthe 2020 issue is 'portrayals of the Georgian Navy though art, literature, and film'. The featurearticle, by Gerald Stulc, MD, analyses film depictions and portraits of Horatio Nelson, throughouthis service and after his death, comparing these images to the clinical realities of Nelson's injuriesin battle. Additional theme-related contributions include the story behind the most famouspaintings of Nelson's death; how Tobias Smollet wrote a novel revealing the unhygienic andinhumane medical care aboard Royal Navy ships of the day; the rise of the fouled anchor motif;modern-day naval historical fiction portrayals of women in the era of Nelson; and whimsicaldrawings of Nelson in caricature and cartoon. In the tradition of recent editions of 'The TrafalgarChronicle', this issue contains biographical sketches of Royal Navy contemporaries of Nelsonincluding Sir Andrew Pellet Green, Commander James Pearl, Captain John Houghton Marshall,and Captain Ralph Willet Miller, and Sir Home Popham. Each made a unique contribution toBritain's victories at sea. Of more general interest to readers, the 2020 issue provides articlesabout the role of Spain in the American Revolution, new revelations about Cornwallis' childrenthat he fathered while stationed in the Caribbean, and how the American War for Independenceinfluenced Royal Navy operations in the War of 1812.

AUTHORS:Sean Heuvel is a faculty member in the Department of Leadership and American Studies atChristopher Newport University in Newport News, Virginia. He has authored multiple naval historypublications and co-founded the Williamsburg-Yorktown American Revolution Roundtable in 2013.

Judith Pearson is a retired psychologist now applying her skills as a freelance writer and copyeditor to a wide variety of projects. She is a member of the Naval Order of the United States,The 1805 Club, and a Distinguished Toastmaster with Toastmasters International.

Captain John Rodgaard has spent more than 40 years with the US Navy. He co-authored 'A CallTo The Sea: Captain Charles Stewart of The USS Constitution', and authored two editions of 'AHard Fought Ship: The Story of HMS Venomous'. He was the recipient of the Naval Institute'sHistory Author of the Year in 1999.

20 colour and 100 b/w illustrations

Trustees: Castle Hill

Author: KASABIAN, ANNA

ISBN: 9781785512544

Imprint: Scala Publishers

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 220 x 210 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSLHSF*fbcfee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 64

Set against the sapphire backdrop of the Atlantic Ocean, Castle Hill on the Crane Estate inIpswich, Massachusetts, is today a National Historic Landmark and the only known designedlandscape of its size and kind still in existence in North America. This beautifully illustrated andpractical guide provides the history and context of the stunning country estate of plumbingmagnate Richard T. Crane, Jr. and his family, which draws many thousands of visitors each year.It includes the house designed by architect David Adler in 1928, with period furnishings, andmarvellous natural landscapes and extensive gardens designed by some of the century's mostnotable landscape architects such as Arthur Shurcliff and the Olmsted Brothers.

AUTHOR:Anna Kasabian is a freelance writer, journalist and the author of more than 15 books. She haswritten articles over the years on the Crane Estate for several publications, including ArchitecturalDigest. She has also written many articles on interior design, architecture, art, garden design andhome and garden preservations projects.

SELLING POINTS:• The Trustees care for 118 special places - nearly 26,000 acres - all around Massachusetts• Beautiful reservations and historic properties connect thousands of visitors with the natural,historical, and cultural treasures across Massachusetts• Castle Hill, along with other Trustees properties, is one of the stunning locations featured inthe acclaimed film Little Women (2019)

Who Invented Oscar Wilde? ThePhotograph at the Center of ModernAmerican Copyright

Author: NEWHOFF, DAVID

ISBN: 9781640121584

Imprint: Potomac Books Inc.

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSLGOA*bcbfie+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 312

Who Invented Oscar Wilde? will provide a perspective for understanding the development andpurpose of creators' rights in the United States.

In early 1882, before young Oscar Wilde embarked on his lecture tour across America, he posedfor publicity photos taken by a famously eccentric New York photographer named NapoleonSarony. Few would guess that one of those photographs would become the subject of theSupreme Court case that challenged copyright protection for all photography - a constitutionalquestion that asked how a machine-made image could possibly be a work of human creativity.

Who Invented Oscar Wilde? is a story about the nature of authorship and the "convenient fiction"we call copyright. While a seemingly obscure topic, copyright has been a hotly contested issuealmost since the day the internet became publicly accessible. The presumed obsolescence ofauthorial rights in this age of abundant access has fueled a debate that reaches far beyond thequestion of compensation for authors of works. Much of the literature on the subject is eitherhighly academic, highly critical of copyright, or both.

With a light and balanced touch, David Newhoff makes a case for intellectual property law,tracing the concept of authorship from copyright's ancient beginnings to its adoption in Americanculture to its eventual confrontation with photography and its relevance in the digital age.Newhoff tells a little-known story that will appeal to a broad spectrum of interests while makingan argument that copyright is an essential ingredient to upholding the principles on which liberaldemocracy is founded.

AUTHOR:David Newhoff is a freelance writer and communications consultant. As a copyright advocate hehas worked with Copyright Alliance in Washington, DC; CreativeFuture in Los Angeles; and theCenter for the Protection of Intellectual Property at George Mason School of Law. He founded theblog The Illusion of More and several of his essays have been cited in scholarly journals such asthe Harvard Law Review, shared widely by legal experts and artists, and republished in BerkleeToday, Allegro, and in both educational textbooks and online curricula.

15 photographs, 8 illustrations

Women of the Durham Coalfield in the20th Century: Hannah's Daughter

Author: HEDLEY, MARGARET

ISBN: 9780750995047

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: History

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSKHPA*jjfaeh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

Life in the early 20th-century coalmining communities changed very little for the women whodedicated their lives to their coal miner husbands. Their working hours continued to be longerthan the eight-hour days spent down the pit by the miners. Living conditions continued todeteriorate and further challenges to their home-making skills were presented by lack ofinvestment by the coal owners in failing to provide the basics of clean water and seweragesystems which still evaded many mining communities. Health services were slow to develop andwomen’s health was just beginning to be of some importance to the medical profession. Thewomen also had to cope with demands put upon their families by the First World War whichhighlighted the importance of solidarity, a feature of mining communities which had proved itselfto be the at the heart of colliery village life.

AUTHOR:Margaret has an MA in History and taught at secondary school. She is now a family historyresearched in East Durham. Margaret is passionate about Duram's coal-mining history, and muchof her research is related to this. She lives in Wheatley Hill.

Modelling British Aircraft of World War II

Author: HERNE, JEFF

ISBN: 9781785007811

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Hobbies

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLHSF*aahibb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

Modelling British Aircraft of World War II provides essential guidance for modellers of all levels ofexperience. It gives advice on how to get started, from choosing the best kit to preparing yourworkspace with the right tools, paints and equipment. Tips on the use of reference material,construction techniques and painting recipes are given. The book provides step-by-step buildingand painting techniques of the following models: 1/48 Hurricane Mk IIc, 1/32 Spitfire Mk IIa,1/48 Mosquito Mk VI, 1/48 Swordfish Mk II and 1/72 Lancaster B III. Instructional use ofafter-market detailing kits and accessories is given as well as advice on fitting a base or creatinga diorama. Finally, there is a chapter on Royal Air Force camouflage and markings.

AUTHOR:Jeff Herne has been modelling for more than four decades and it is both his hobby andprofession. Even with this wealth of experience, he is still learning new techniques and methodsto improve efficiency, to raise the quality of his finished models and to address those annoyingdifficulties and frustrations that all modellers encounter from time to time. In this book, heshares his knowledge and tips to help the reader improve their modelling skills and outcomes.

300 colour photographs

Heat Pumps for the Home: 2nd Edition

Author: CANTOR, JOHN

ISBN: 9781785007798

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Home Living

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLHSF*aahhji+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

In recent years, heat pumps have emerged as a promising new form of technology with arelatively low environmental impact. Moreover, they have presented householders with anopportunity to reduce their heating bills. Heat pumps can heat a building by 'pumping' heat fromeither the ground or the air outside: an intriguing process which utilizes principles that aresomewhat analogous to those employed in the domestic refrigerator. Armed with the practicalinformation contained in these pages, homeowners will have the necessary knowledge to takeadvantage of this potentially low-carbon technology to heat their properties. Now in an updatednew edition, Heat Pumps for the Home describes what a heat pump is, how it works, thedifferent methods of pumping heat and the importance of an appropriate and well-plannedinstallation. It also provides you with the information that you need in order to make up yourown mind about whether a heat pump might be appropriate to your own circumstances, and alsodemonstrates what you need to do to in order to make the system work efficiently.

AUTHOR:John Cantor studied mechanical engineering and started his working life in the refrigerationindustry. A keen environmentalist and practical engineer, he became interested in heat pumps inthe early 1980s and subsequently designed and built three ambitious projects heating communityswimming pools at Lazonby, Greystoke and Askham, which were still operating well overtwenty-five years later. Since then, he has installed many different systems and this has providedhim with a wide and varied range of experience. He was a heat pump inspector for the firstround of government Clear Skies grant initiatives, has tutored a number of heat pump courses,has written many articles on the subject, and now spends much of his time as an advisor andconsultant.

Gavid D J Harper is the author/co-author of a number of books including Domestic Solar Energy(Crowood, 2009) and Small-Scale Wind Power Generation (Crowood, 2010). He writesextensively on sustainability issues a\nd is currently researching the subject of reen businessmodels for sustainability for a PhD at Cardiff University Business School. Gavin is a member ofthe Institute of Engineering and Technology, and holds two honours degrees from the OpenUniversity and three masters degrees.

155 colour photographs and diagrams

Feet First: Barefoot Performance andHoof Rehabilitation

Author: BARKER / BRAITHWAITE

ISBN: 9781908809926

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Horses

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLJKI*iajjcg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

This ground-breaking book explores the issues surrounding barefoot horses in the UK and looksin detail at how to improve overall hoof health, in both shod and barefoot horses. The bookoffers a practical, hands-on advice on achieving barefoot performance in a variety of disciplines -from eventing and hunting to endurance - focussing on the essential elements for healthyhooves: diet, environment, exercise and trimming or shoeing. In addition, the book has step-bystep advice on rehabilitating problem hooves with case studies of horses with a range of issues,from navicular or tendon damage to metabolic disorders like laminitis and insulin resistance. Theauthors have successfully ridden and competed their own horses barefoot for many years andhave helped many hundreds of their clients' horses work successfully without shoes.

AUTHORS:Nic Barker and Sarah Braithwaite trained originally in the US before founding UKNHCP (UKNatural Hoofcare Practitioners), a training and research organisation for farriers and trimmersworking in the UK. Nic is based on Exmoor where she runs an equine rehabilitation centrespecialising in hoof problems. She and her partner. Andy, hunt their own horses regularly withthe Exmoor Foxhounds and compete in eventing and hunter trialling. Sarah lives in North Walesand has a busy hoofcare practice, focussing on hoof rehabilitation and performance. With abackground in endurance, she works and competes her own horses not only over long distancesbut also show-jumping, cross-country and hunting.

110 colour photographs

Let's Play House: Inspirational LivingWith Kids

Author: VANDEWALLE, JONI

ISBN: 9789401471374

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 150 x 250 mm

Category: Interior Design

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSTEKB*ehbdhe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Whoever welcomes children says goodbye to a tidy and perfectly-styled house. Babies andchildren grow and develop through play, and that means lots of toys. This can create chaos andsometimes less attractive corners in the home that are expertly hidden, moved, or simplyignored in most residential magazines. Lifestyle journalist and young mother Joni Vandewalleknows that a messy house, where children can play freely, is a happy house. Creating children'srooms for optimal use is a challenging job, but one that is immensely rewarding for the wholefamily. In this book, she has selected 20 houses where clutter creates atmosphere, and wherecolourful play spaces and creative storage solutions prioritise activities where children can growand play. This book is full of design inspiration for all parents and parents-to-be.

AUTHOR:Joni Vandewalle is a freelance lifestyle editor at Flair magazine, among others. Interior design isone of Joni's great passions.

SELLING POINTS:• Featuring the most beautiful family homes designed with children (and their stuff) in mind• Includes tips and tricks for living well with toys, and creative storage solutions• International inspiration for family home design• "Children are like crazy, drunken small people in your house" - Julie Bowen - Modern Family

200 colour images

Trade Fair Annual 2020/21: The StandardReference Work in the Trade Fair DesignWorld

Author: MARINESCU / POESCH

ISBN: 9783899863369

Imprint: AV Edition

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 230 x 310 mm

Category: Interior Design

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $210.00 9HSNITJ*igddgj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

Until spring 2020 the trade fair sector was still boasting: "You can't e-mail a handshake!" ThenCovid-19 came along and everything was turned upside down: exhibitions were postponed,cancelled or relocated into digital space. It also brought forth new concepts with which we hadnot reckoned a couple of years ago: virtual twins, AR or VR walk-through stands, onlineexhibitions with new meeting formats, or quite different ideas that are currently turning thesector upside down, providing new impetuses and making the trade fair a place as we havenever known it before. The new trade fair yearbook presents not only the most excitingexhibition settings of the previous year but also entices us into virtual space.

AUTHORS:Sabine Marinescu and Janina Poesch are both architects, journalists and founders of PLOT - thenetwork in the area of spatial installations. Since 2008 they have been publishing print and onlinemagazines as well as reference books in the wide field of scenography.

300 colour images

La Colombe d'Or: Saint Paul De Vence

Author: BUCHET, MARTINE

ISBN: 9782908228472

Imprint: Assouline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 305 x 229 mm

Category: Lifestyles

Release Date: 29/05/2002

RRP: $175.00 9HSMJKI*cciehc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

La Colombe d'Or hotel and restaurant in the South of France is known all over the world as aprivileged place where the Provencal art de vivre goes hand in hand with an astonishing privateCOLLECTION of modern art. First opened in 1920 as Chez Robinson, a cafe-bar with an open-airterrace, it quickly became a very popular meeting place and expanded into a small hotel andrestaurant. The friendly atmosphere together with owner Paul Roux's deep interest in the artsattracted many artists of the day, and the walls were soon covered by paintings, oftenexchanged for a stay or a few meals. As regular visitors to this beautiful place, Matisse, Braque,Leger, Calder, Cesar, and many other artists have left magnificent works that now form part ofthe unique setting, including splendid pages in the fascinating guest books - presented to theworld for the first time in this volume - in which the greatest artists of our time have drawn andsigned moments of happiness. The next generation of the Roux family continues to care for theColombe d'Or, and the art COLLECTION is still growing today.

"Provence has a treasure; it's a Colombe d'Or. It has the precious scent of thyme and nostalgiaand the golden colour of olive oil and happy days. The Colombe is a part of my life. For me, it's aplace that's as full of promise as of magnificent memories. The Colombe is indefinable,inimitable. I'm happy that today a book brings back the atmosphere of this place which is like noother in the world."

100 illustrations

Mill on the Floss

Author: ELIOT, GEORGE

ISBN: 9780486844800

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 127 x 203 mm

Category: Literary Classics

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $22.99 9HSKESG*ieeiaa+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 432

Misunderstood Maggie Tulliver is torn. Her rebellious and passionate nature craves expression,but her provincial kin and community expect self-denial. When her father's folly places theirancestral home in jeopardy, Maggie is forced to draw upon her intelligence and sensitivity -qualities unappreciated in a woman of her time and place. Her failure to uphold the familyhonour excites the self-righteous wrath of her neighbours, a scornful condemnation shared evenby Maggie's adored brother, Tom.

Written in 1860, The Mill on the Floss reflects the values of England's growing middle-classsociety. Maggie's story, with some incidents and characters drawn directly from author GeorgeEliot's own life, explores the conflicts of love and loyalty and the friction between desire andmoral responsibility. An accurate, evocative depiction of English rural life, this compellingnarrative features vivid and realistic characterisations, including one of nineteenth-centuryliterature's most appealing heroines.

AUTHOR:George Eliot (born Mary Ann Evans, 1819–80) was an English novelist, translator, and one of theVictorian era's most prominent authors. In Middlemarch, Silas Marner, The Mill on the Floss, andother novels, she originated a method of psychological analysis that became commonplace inmodern fiction. Eliot's stories continue to captivate with their readable style and the warmth andhumanity of their characters.

Best American Essays 2020

Author: ACIMAN / ATWAN

ISBN: 9780358359913

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Literature

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*dfjjbd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

A collection of the year's best essays selected by Andre Aciman, author of the worldwidebestseller Call Me by Your Name.

André Aciman "quite simply, one of the finest essayists of the last hundred years" (Los AngelesReview of Books) and one of the most poignant stylists of his generation, selects the best essaysof the year from hundreds of magazines, journals, and websites.

AUTHORS:Andre Aciman is the author of Eight White Nights, Call Me by Your Name, Out of Egypt, FalsePapers, Alibis, Harvard Square, and Enigma Variations, and is the editor of The Proust Project.He teaches comparative literature at the Graduate Center of the City University of New York. Helives with his wife in Manhattan.

Robert Atwan has been the series editor of The Best American Essays since its inception in 1986.He has edited numerous literary anthologies and written essays and reviews for periodicalsnationwide.

Classical Moment Problem: and SomeRelated Questions in Analysis

Author: AKHIEZER, N. I.

ISBN: 9780486845555

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 216 mm

Category: Maths

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSKESG*ieffff+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

The moment problem in mathematics focuses on a measure within a sequence over a temporalperiod. Issues associated with the moment problem involve probability theory as a measure ofmean, variance, and so on. This text, written by a leading Soviet mathematician, provides aclassic treatment of such topics that also involve:

• Linear algebra• Probability theory• Stochastic processes• Quantum fields• Signal processing and other related subjects.

The treatment, which derives from lectures delivered by the author at Kharkov University,addresses infinite Jacobi matrices and their associated polynomials, the power moment problem,function theoretic methods in the moment problem, inclusion of the power moment problem inthe spectral theory of operators, and trigonmetric and continuous analogies.

For mathematicians and graduate-level educators and students.

AUTHOR:Soviet mathematician Naum Il'yich Akhiezer (1901–80) was noted for his works in approximationtheory and the theory of differential and integral operators. He is also the author of classic bookson analysis and the history of mathematics. He studied at the Kiev Institute of Public Education(now known as Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv). In 1928, he defended his PhDthesis "Aerodynamical Investigations" under the supervision of Dimity Grave. From 1928–33 heworked at the Kiev University and at the Kiev Aviation Institute.

Digital Signal Processing Primer: withApplications to Digital Audio andComputer Music

Author: STEIGLITZ, KENNETH

ISBN: 9780486845838

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 178 x 229 mm

Category: Maths

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $55.99 9HSKESG*iefidi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

An informal and easy-to-understand introduction to digital signal processing, this treatmentemphasises digital audio and applications to computer music. Topics include:

• Phasors and tuning forks• The wave equation• Sampling and quantising• Feedforward and feedback filters• Comb and string filters• Periodic sounds• Transform methods• Filter design

The text provides a working knowledge and understanding of frequency-domain methods andfeatures questions and suggested experiments that help readers understand and apply digitalsignal processing theory and techniques.

For undergraduate and graduate students of digital signal processing in engineering andcomputer science courses, composers of computer music and those who work with digital sound,internet developers who work with multimedia, and science-oriented readers seeking anintroduction to the subject.

AUTHOR:Ken Steiglitz is a Eugene Higgins Professor of Computer Science Emeritus and Senior Scholar atPrinceton University. He received his Doctor of Engineering Science degree from New YorkUniversity in 1963. In 1997 he was inducted as a Fellow of the Association for Computer Music,and in 2000 he received the IEEE Third Millennium Medal. He is the author of several books,including The Charm of the Discrete Machine: Why the World Became Digital.

Spacetime, Geometry, Cosmology

Author: BURKE, WILLIAM

ISBN: 9780486845586

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 203 x 235 mm

Category: Maths

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $55.99 9HSKESG*ieffig+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 352

This novel interpretation of the relationship between space, time, and gravitation and itscosmological implications is based on the author's discovery of a small but significant value ingravitation that was overlooked by both Newton and Einstein. Dubbed the "Burke Potential," itresolved an issue with gravitation measurements and rates of entropy related to the discovery ofa time-varying part of the local gravitational field.

The treatment provides many examples and applications to the geometric language and ideasthat are essential to modern theoretical physics. Nearly every section concludes with a selectionof problems. Prerequisites include a familiarity with linear algebra, ordinary differential equations,and special relativity.

For graduate-level educators and students in physics, relativity, astrophysics, and cosmology.

AUTHOR:William L. Burke (1941–96) was an astronomy, astrophysics, and physics professor at Universityof California, Santa Cruz. He is the author of two books: Spacetime, Geometry, Cosmology andApplied Differential Geometry. Burke gained his baccalaureate at California Institute ofTechnology in 1963. His doctorate was supervised by leading physicists Richard Feynman andJohn Wheeler. Burke discovered an aspect of gravitation overlooked by Einstein, which wasnamed the "Burke Potential." He became a full professor at UCSC in 1988. A rising star of thenew physics, his life was cut short by injuries suffered from an automobile accident.

Diary of a Rural GP

Author: SPARROW, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9781788420747

Imprint: Prelude Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Memoirs

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $27.99 9HSLHSI*ecaheh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The third and final instalment in the bestselling Country Doctor series.

Recently retired, Dr Sparrow reveals with refreshing candour and dark humour the mostmemorable experiences of his career as a rural GP.

From seeing a patient's chiselled finger back on during a call-out, to the emergency countrysidedelivery inspired by James Herriot, to suddenly remembering the body left in the back of a Volvo,not to mention the small oversight that blew up the local crematorium, Dr Sparrow spares noblushes. Dr Michael Sparrow charted an unconventional course from the immaturity anduncertainty of life as a medical student, through hospital jobs and a six-year spell in the Royal AirForce, to the immaturity and uncertainty of life as a rural GP. He lives on the Devon/Cornwallborder, after retiring as the region's longest serving GP.

AUTHOR:Dr Michael Sparrow has charted an unconventional course from the immaturity and uncertainty oflife as a medical student, through hospital jobs and a six-year spell in the Royal Air Force, to theimmaturity and uncertainty of life as a rural GP. He lives on the Devon/Cornwall border as theregion's longest serving GP.

Iris Trilogy: Memoirs of Iris Murdoch

Author: BAYLEY, JOHN

ISBN: 9780715653968

Imprint: Duckworth

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 153 x 234 mm

Category: Memoirs

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $54.99 9HSKHLF*gfdjgi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 480

The complete, heart-warming trilogy of John Bayley's touching memoirs chronicling his marriageto the great British novelist – now available in a single volume.

Dame Iris Murdoch (1919-1999) was one of the greatest British novelists and philosophers of thetwentieth century. She read philosophy at Oxford where she met and later married John Bayley,a literary critic and fellow novelist. So began a forty-year, intense and unconventional but happymarriage, detailed in the classic bestselling memoir Iris. Despite Iris' extramarital affairs withmen and women throughout their long marriage - which John always suspected - their bond wasunbreakable, and his memoir beautifully captures their child-like moments of bliss: walking inforests, swimming together in streams, and sharing hot cups of coffee on crisp mornings.

These are touching but poignant stories with the knowledge that Iris and her grand intellectwould eventually succumb to Alzheimer's disease. John would care for her singlehandedly for fiveyears, the last of which he writes about in Iris and the Friends that also describes her peacefulpassing. Finally, he reflects on his bereavement and the void that is left when a soulmate departsin A Widower's House. All three books are told by the person who knew Iris best, with gentlehumour - at times unbearably moving - in his portrayal of a remarkable woman.

AUTHOR:John Bayley (1925-2015), CBE was a British literary critic and the author of Alice, The QueerCaptain, George's Lair and The Red Hat. He was Warton Professor of English at Oxford Universityand was a fellow of St Catherine's college.

Murder, Witchcraft and the Killing ofWildlife: Memoirs of a Police Officer in theHeart of Africa

Author: MATTHEWS, STEPHEN R.

ISBN: 9781526764119

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Memoirs

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hgebbj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

Stephen R. Matthew's first police posting near the Northern Rhodesian border with the Congocoincided dramatically with a time of horrific ethnic cleansing in the Belgian Congo area. At justtwenty-one years old, Stephen was knifed, ambushed, stoned, shot and wounded by bow andarrow. His hand was broken several times. Action-packed, unadulterated stories of those franticand dangerous years are meticulously detailed here. This young police inspector found himselfconfronted by actions and terrifying events well beyond his understanding, whilst serving in theelite police force. He found that the police were fighting on two fronts; trying to protect thevulnerable citizens of the country whilst at the same time endeavouring to stop the slaughter ofwildlife. A stand-out, unique and comprehensive book, Murder, Witchcraft and the Killing ofWildlife depicts dramatic accounts of witchcraft-murders and cannibalism. Highly dangerous soloinvestigations are detailed, incorporating incidents of black magic, kidnapping, arson, gun-runningand people trafficking.

AUTHOR:Stephen was born in Guernsey shortly before the outbreak of the Second World War and laterillegally deported to concentration camps in Germany with his family. After these horrendousevents, Stephen and his family returned to Guernsey where he was educated at ElizabethCollege. Stephen went on to join the Northern Rhodesia Police in 1959, with the express purposeof helping to Africanise the force prior to independence. His investigations took him over a greatdeal of the country, investigating horrendous and dangerous crimes, and securing more than 125convictions for wildlife poaching. The recipient of a plethora of awards and commendations,Stephen married Dr Xue Fen Matthews and now spends much of his time living in both Franceand China.

44 b/w illustrations

Nobody's Child: The True Story orGrowing up in a Yorkshire Children'sHome

Author: URQUHART, G. J.

ISBN: 9780750995085

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Memoirs

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $34.99 9HSKHPA*jjfaif+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

'Your mother is dead and in a box with a lid on. You're not wanted,' shouted the woman,stripping her of her clothes. Not quite four years old, Gloria was forcibly separated from babybrother Kevin, and entered the often brutal, but sometimes caring world of Rothwell Children'sHome. Via the fostering process, Gloria spends weekends with a couple and, through them,meets two maiden 'aunts' who would remain true friends. Childhood years are filled with amazingtwists and turns in her search for Kevin, ending with her mental breakdown. Incarcerated in anold Victorian-style institution, she is visited by two unfamiliar relatives, with whom she is forced tolive. Aged twenty-one, Gloria starts independent living. Re-establishing her friendship with thetwo 'aunts', they reveal her father's identity. True love enters her life as she marries RobertUrquhart who continues to support her in her quest to find Kevin.

This powerful memoir sheds light on what life was like in a 1950s children's home and follows theauthor in her compelling journey.

AUTHOR:Gloria Urquhart was abandoned and left in a care home aged 3. She spent most of her adult lifeas matron of a large facility for the elderly and has numerous relevant qualifications andcertificates in relation to er nursing career. This autobiography is her first book.

5 illustrations

1066: A Guide to the Battles and theCampaigns

Author: LIVINGSTON, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9781526751973

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 190 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hfbjhd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The Battle of Hastings, fought on 14 October 1066, changed the course of English history. Thismost famous moment of the Norman Conquest was recorded in graphic detail in the threads ofthe Bayeux Tapestry, providing a priceless glimpse into a brutal conflict. In this fresh look at thebattle and its surrounding campaigns, leading medieval military historians Michael Livingston andKelly DeVries combine the imagery of the tapestry with the latest modern investigative researchto reveal the story of Hastings as it has never been told and guide visitors around the battlefieldtoday. This absorbing new account of the battle will be fascinating reading for anyone keen tofind out what really happened in 1066: the journeys by which Harold Godwinson and William ofNormandy came to the battlefield, and the latest reconstructions of the course of the fighting onthat momentous day. It is also a practical, easy-to-use guide for visitors to the sites associatedwith the conquest as well as the Hastings battlefield itself.

AUTHOR:Michael Livingston is Professor of English at The Citadel, The Military College of South Carolina,and author of scholarly books including Siege of Jerusalem, Owain Glyndwr: A Casebook and TheBattle of Brunanburh: A Casebook. He is also a historical novelist. Kelly DeVries is Professor ofHistory at Loyola University Maryland, an Honorary Consultant to the Royal Armouries, andauthor of many books on medieval military history including Medieval Military Technology,Infantry Warfare in the Early Fourteenth Century, and Joan of Arc: A Military Leader. Two of theirprevious collaborations have won Distinguished Book Awards from the Society for Military History:The Battle of Crecy: A Casebook (2017) and Medieval Warfare: A Reader (2020).

130 colour illustrations

All Souls Day: The World War II Battleand the Search for a Lost U.S. Battalion

Author: PEREIRA / WILSON

ISBN: 9781640122253

Imprint: Potomac Books Inc.

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLGOA*bcccfd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 264

The reconstruction of a little-known battle during World War II, and the impact it has to this day.

The U.S. Army attacked three villages near the German-Belgium border, surprising the Germanswho surrendered with little resistance. The German army regrouped and counter-attacked. Abrief but horrific battle ensued, and as the enemy pressed forward, the Americans retreated inhaste, leaving behind their wounded and their dead. Discussion of this week-long conflict thatbegan on All Souls Day, November 2, 1944, has been confined to officer training school, in partdue to its heavy losses and ignominy.

After the war the U.S. Army returned to the battlefield to bring home its fallen. To its dismay itfound that many of these men had vanished. The disappearances were puzzling and for decadesthe U.S. government searched unsuccessfully for clues. After poring over now-declassifiedbattlefield reports and interviewing family members, the authors reconstruct a spellbinding storyof love and sacrifice, honour and bravery, as well as a portrait of the gnawing pain of familiesnot knowing what became of their loved ones. Ultimately this work of history and in-depthcontemporary journalism proffers a glimmer of light in the ongoing search.

AUTHORS:Joseph M. Pereira is an award-winning journalist who worked for the Wall Street Journal for morethan two decades. He has taught journalism at Emerson College and at the New England Centerfor Investigative Reporting at Boston University. He was a member of the Wall Street Journalstaff that won a Pulitzer Prize for its coverage of the 9/11 attacks, and he has won several otherawards for his investigative work.

John L. Wilson served in the U.S. Army and earned a BS from Boston College and an MBA fromBoston University. He has worked for major multinational corporations leading internationalbusiness development throughout Europe and Asia. Because of Wilson's extensive research formissing soldiers in the Hurtgen Forest Battle, he has been invited to the Pentagon to proposeadditional methodologies to search for many more still-missing American soldiers.

14 photographs, 6 maps, 3 tables

Allied Armour, 1939-1945: British andAmerican Tanks at War

Author: TUCKER-JONES, ANTHONY

ISBN: 9781526777973

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hhhjhd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

During the first years of the Second World War, Allied forces endured a series of terrible defeatsat the hands of the Germans, Italians and Japanese. Their tanks were outclassed, their armouredtactics were flawed. But the advent of new tank designs and variants, especially those from theUnited States, turned the tables. Although German armour was arguably still superior at the endof the war, the competence of Allied designs and the sheer scale of their production gave them adecisive advantage on the armoured battlefield. This is the fascinating story that AnthonyTucker-Jones tells in this book which is part of a three-volume history of armoured warfareduring the Second World War. Chapters cover each major phase of the conflict, from the earlyblitzkrieg years when Hitler's panzers overran Poland, France and great swathes of the SovietUnion to the Allied fight back in tank battles in North Africa, Italy and northern Europe. He alsocovers less-well-known aspects of the armoured struggle in sections on Allied tanks in Burma,India and during the Pacific campaign. Technical and design developments are a key element inthe story, but so are changes in tactics and the role of the tanks in the integrated all-arms forcesthat overwhelmed the Axis.

AUTHOR:Anthony Tucker-Jones is a writer, military historian and a widely published expert on regionalconflicts, counter-terrorism and armoured and aerial warfare. He has had over forty bookspublished by Pen & Sword. His recent titles include The Battle for Budapest 1944-1945, TheBattle for the Caucasus 1942-1943 and Hitler's Panzers: The Complete History 1933-1945.

70 b/w illustrations

America's Good Terrorist: John Brownand the Harpers Ferry Raid

Author: POLAND, CHARLES P.

ISBN: 9781612009254

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSLGLC*aajcfe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 384

A biography of John Brown, examining his failed raid on Harpers Ferry, and the part his actionsplayed in causing the Civil War.

John Brown is a common name, but the John Brown who masterminded the failed raid atHarpers Ferry was anything but common. His failed efforts have left an imprint upon our history,and his story still swirls in controversy. Was he a madman who felt his violent solution to slaverywas ordained by Providence or a heroic freedom fighter who tried to liberate the downtroddenslave? These bipolar characterisations of the violent abolitionist have captivated Americans. Theview that prevailed from the time of the raid to well into the twentieth century - that his actionswere the product of an unbalanced mind - has since shifted to the idea that he committedcourageous acts to undo a terrible injustice. The debate still rages, but not as much about hisultimate goal as the method he used in attempting to right what he considered an intolerablewrong. Are citizens justified in bypassing the normal legal or governmental processes in a violentway when they fail, in the eyes of the dissenter, to correct a wrong that touched so many?Brown's use of violence was to strike terror in the heart of slave owners, terror that Brown hopedwould intimidate them to free their slaves to ensure their families’ safety. Despite the differencesbetween modern terrorist acts and Brown's own violent acts, when Brown's characteristics arecompared to the definition of terrorism as set forth by scholars of terrorism, he fits the profile.Nevertheless, today Brown is a martyred hero who gave his life attempting to terminate the evilinstitution of human bondage. Brown's violent method of using terrorism to accomplish this isdownplayed or ignored, despite labeled by historians as America's first terrorist. The modernview of Brown has unintentionally made him a "good terrorist," despite the repugnance ofterrorism that makes the thought of a benevolent or good terrorist an oxymoron. This newbiography covers Brown's background and the context to his decision to carry out the raid, adetailed narrative of the raid and its consequences for both those involved and America; and anexploration of the changing characterisation of Brown since his death.

AUTHOR:Charles Poland has a PhD in History and more than forty years of college teaching as a Professorof History. Among the courses he has taught were college credit fieldntrip courses on JohnBrown's raid.

40 photographs, 5 maps

Armies of Ancient Italy 753-218 BC: Fromthe Foundation of Rome to the Start ofthe Second Punic War

Author: ESPOSITO, GABRIELE

ISBN: 9781526751850

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 172 x 246 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hfbifa+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

Before becoming the masters of the Mediterranean world, the Romans had first to conquer theItalian peninsula in a series of harsh conflicts against its other varied and warlike residents. Theoutcome was no foregone conclusion and it took the Romans half a millennium to secure thewhole of Italy. Gabriele Esposito presents the armies that fought these wars, in which the Romanmilitary spirit and their famous legions were forged. He not only follows the evolution of theRoman forces from the Regal Period to the outbreak of the Second Punic War but also the forcesof their neighbours, rivals and enemies. The most notable of these, the Etruscans, Samnites andthe Italian Greeks are given particular attention but others, such as the Celts and Ligures of theNorth and the warriors of Sicily and Sardinia, are also considered. Details of the organisation,weapons, equipment and tactics of each army are described, while dozens of beautiful colourphotos of reenactors show how these warriors looked in the field.

AUTHOR:Gabriele Esposito is an Italian researcher and a long-time student of military history, whoseinterests and expertise range widely over various periods. He is the author of numerous books onarmies and uniforms and is a regular contributor to many specialised magazines in Italy, France,Netherlands and UK. His many previous works include the following published by Pen & Sword:Armies of Early Colonial North America 1607-1713 (2018), Armies of the Late Roman Empire AD284-476 (2018), Armies of the Hellenistic States 323 BC-AD 30 (2019), Armies of Celtic Europe700 BC to AD 106 (2019) and Armies of Ancient Greece circa 500 to 338 BC (2020).

80 colour and b/w illustrations

At the Point of the Bayonet: ThePeninsular War Battles of Arroyomolinosand Almaraz 1811-1812

Author: GRIFFITH, ROBERT

ISBN: 9781913336523

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 180 x 248 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $62.99 9HSLJLD*ddgfcd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

Arroyomolinos and Almaraz showed that Rowland Hill was a general of considerable skill anddaring. This is the first detailed study of two small but important actions of the Peninsular War.

Rowland Hill was one of the Duke of Wellington's most trusted subordinates, known for caringdeeply for the welfare of his men, but the battles of Arroyomolinos (1811) and Almaraz (1812)show that he was far more than just 'Daddy Hill' and a safe pair of hands. He was also a generalof considerable skill and daring. At Arroyomolinos he led his troops for days through appallingweather to out-manoeuvre and then decimate an entire French division in a perfectly conceivedsurprise attack. At Almaraz he advanced far from allied lines to capture and then destroy a vitalFrench bridge, overcoming considerable logistical challenges and substantial defences, and pavingthe way for Wellington’s victory at Salamanca. For both actions Hill used the same two Britishinfantry brigades, as well as Portuguese and Spanish units. The relatively small numbers of unitsinvolved has enabled the author to give greater focus on the individual regiments and the menwho served in them than is often the case with larger battles. He uses memoirs, previouslyunpublished letters, and official returns and reports to paint a very detailed picture of two smallbut important battles of the Peninsular War and the men that fought them.

AUTHOR:The author of the acclaimed Riflemen - The History of the 5th Battalion, 60th (Royal American)Regiment - 1797-1818, Robert Griffith has been passionately interested in the Napoleonic periodever since he picked up the first of Bernard Cornwell's Sharpe books as a teenager. As theauthor of several historical novels set during the long wars against the French, and an ardentNapoleonic re-enactor, he has long striven to bring alive the stories of the men who fought forBritain against the armies of Napoleon. Having now turned to writing history he exhaustivelyresearches his subjects to draw out previously overlooked details of both the campaigns and theeveryday life of Napoleonic soldiers.

58 photographs and illustrations, 8pp colour plates, 9 maps

Austrian Cavalry of the Revolutionary andNapoleonic Wars, 1792-1815

Author: ACERBI / MOLNAR / MUGNAI

ISBN: 9781913336561

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 180 x 248 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLJLD*ddgfgb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

The Austrian cavalry that fought against Revolutionary and Napoleonic France, from originalsources, including unpublished iconography and detailed illustrations depicting uniforms andequipment.

Austria was one of the five major players of the Napoleonic Wars. In early 19th century, theAustrian army (Kaiserliche-KoniglicheHeer) was the third largest and one of the best-trainedarmies in the world.The individual regimentsperformed well and were considered solid. However,hampered by the inherent conservatism of the hierarchy, the Austrians had to face the mostmodern army in Europe. Despite the many defeats suffered, the Austrian soldiers performed withdiscipline and played a central role in the coalitions against France, from the campaigns in 1790s,to the Austerlitz campaign of 1805, the closely-balanced battles of 1809, and the final victoriouscampaigns of 1813-1814. Austrian cavalry, in particular, was considered one of the best inEurope by allies as well as enemies. For the first time, this topic is introduced starting from thefirst campaign against France. The book includesthe regimental histories of each unit after theoriginal sources, unpublished iconography, and is completed by detailed illustrations depictinguniforms and equipment of the mounted 'kaiserlich' white coats.

16 colour plates, 60 b/w photographss and illustrations

B-29/B-50 Superfortress, Vol. 2:Post-World War II and Korea

Author: DOYLE, DAVID

ISBN: 9780764360787

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 228 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahih+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

The largest and most advanced US aircraft to see combat in WWII, the B-29 Superfortress wasalso the most expensive weapons system of the war, even exceeding the cost of developing theatomic bomb. Not surprisingly, the aircraft remained a part of the US arsenal in the followingyears and again saw combat in Korea. The evolution of the B-29 into the B-50 is covered in thisbook - the second of two volumes - as is the B-50's part as an early nuclear deterrent. Not onlyis the production of these aircraft illustrated, so are the host of adaptations, from mother ship toX-planes to weather and refueling aircraft. This volume chronicles the design, development, anddeployment of these later versions through photos gathered from around the world.

AUTHOR:The aircraft books by David Doyle, author of over 125 books, are noted for their thoroughcoverage of historic warplanes and his celebrated ability to locate scarce vintage imagery.

224 colour and b/w photographs

Barbed-Wire Blues: A Blinded Musician'sMemoir of Wartime Captivity

Author: HARRIS, BERNARD

ISBN: 9781526783868

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hidigi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

As the author, a young Army bandsman lies wounded at the Battle of Corinth, he is shot betweenthe eyes at point blank range. Miraculously he survives but is blinded. In a makeshift hospital ayoung Greek volunteer saves his life with slices of boiled egg. Captured Allied medics laterrestore the sight in one eye. In this moving and entertaining memoir Bernard describes daily lifein POW camps in Greece and Germany. He established a theatrical group and an orchestra whoperform to fellow POWs and their German guards. A superb raconteur, as well as a giftedmusician, the author's anecdotes are memorably amusing. Bernard was repatriated via Swedenin late 1943. While blinded in one eye and seriously wounded, the author was told by his NewZealand doctor, fellow POW and musician John Borrie, 'When nothing else will do, music willalways lift one up'. Barbed Wire Blues' inspirational, ever optimistic tone will surely have thesame effect on its readers.

AUTHOR:Bernard Harris was born in Herefordshire in 1917. He left school at 14. With a deep love ofmusic, he paid for his own organ lessons, worked as an organist, and joined a Concert Party as apianist. Bernard joined the British Army as a bandsman and was posted to Greece. Captured atthe Battle of Corinth 1940, blinded and badly wounded, he was a POW until being repatriated in1943. He was awarded the Military Medal. Post-war Bernard became a successful composer andmusical director. His film credits included, appropriately, Adolph Hitler - My Part in his Downfalland Dad's Army. He married Marie in 1940 and they had two daughters. After Marie diedunexpectedly in 1974, Bernard re-married. He died in West Clandon, Surrey in 1990.

Black Prince and King Jean II of France:Generalship in the Hundred Years War

Author: HOSKINS, PETER

ISBN: 9781526749871

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hejihb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

What were the essential qualities for a military commander during the Hundred Years War? Howimportant were strategic vision, tactical skill and powers of leadership in medieval warfare? Theseare the questions that Peter Hoskins explores in this perceptive study of the careers of Edward,the Black Prince who led the English army to victory at the Battle of Poitiers and the opponent hedefeated, the French King Jean II. Their contrasting characters and backgrounds are consideredas is the military tradition of their time, but the primary focus of the book is a close comparisonof their strengths and weaknesses as soldiers as they were revealed on campaign and on thebattlefield. The Black Prince was one of the most admired generals of his generation, acharismatic leader, a shrewd tactician and strategist and a decisive commander. In contrast KingJean was impulsive, driven more by pride, his sense of honour and personal objectives thanstrategic priorities. When he was put to the ultimate test at Poitiers he lost control of his army,while the Black Prince took the initiative personally to secure victory against the odds. PeterHoskins analyses the leadership qualities of the prince and the king according to the principles ofwar enunciated by Sun Tzu and Vegetius as well as the modern principles of war of the UnitedKingdom armed forces. He gives readers a fascinating insight into the nature of command andthe conduct of war in the Middle Ages.

AUTHOR:Peter Hoskins is a former RAF pilot who writes, lectures and gives battlefield tours. His highlypraised previous books - In the Steps of the Black Prince: The Road to Poitiers, 1355-1356,Agincourt 1415, Crecy 1346 and Siege Warfare during the Hundred Years War: Once More untothe Breach - have established his reputation as an authority on the Hundred Years War.

20 colour illustrations

Boy Generals: George Custer, WesleyMerritt and the Cavalry of the Army of thePotomac

Author: OVIES. ADOLFO

ISBN: 9781611215359

Imprint: Savas Beatie

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSLGLB*cbfdfj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 480

he Boy Generals: George Custer, Wesley Merritt, and the Cavalry of the Army of the Potomac isthe first installment in a remarkable trilogy to examine the strategy, tactics, and relationships ofthe leading Union army's mounted arm and their influence on the course of the Civil War in theEastern Theater.

George Armstrong Custer's career has attracted its fair share of coverage, but mostCuster-related studies focus on his decision-making and actions to the exclusion of otherimportant factors, including his relationships with his fellow officers. Custer developed his tacticalphilosophy within the politically ridden atmosphere of the Army of the Potomac's Cavalry Corps.His relationship with his immediate superior, Wesley Merritt, was so acrimonious that evenCuster’s wife Libbie described him as her husband's "enemy."

The Boy Generals examines in detail the steadily deteriorating relationship of two cavalrymenwith opposing tactical philosophies, and how this relationship affected events in the field. Custerwas a hussar - a firm believer in the shock power of the mounted saber charge - while Merrittwas a dragoon, his tactics rooted in the belief that the purpose of the horse was to transport thetrooper to the battlefield, where he could fight dismounted with his carbine. With thesediametrically opposed belief systems, it was inevitable that these officers would clash. What hasoften been described as a spirited rivalry was in fact something much darker, an association thatmoved from initial distaste to acrimony, and finally, outright insubordination on Custer's part.

Author Adolfo Ovies mined deeply Official Reports, regimental histories, and contemporarynewspaper accounts, together with unpublished and little used primary sources of men whofought in their commands. This rich and satisfying study exposes the depths of one of the mostdysfunctional and influential relationships in the Army of the Potomac and how it affected cavalryoperations in the Eastern Theater.

The Boy Generals will change the way Civil War readers think of the premier Union army'smounted arm, as well as George Custer's legacy.The first installment in a remarkable trilogywhich examines the strategy, tactics, and relationships of the leading Union army's mounted armand their influence on the course of the Civil War in the Eastern Theater.

AUTHOR:Adolfo Ovies migrated to the United States from Cuba in June of 1960 and made his new homewith his grandmother in Connecticut. He immersed himself in New England Yankee culture,flourished as a young historian while attending Fairfield Jesuit Prep School, and became intriguedwith the American Civil War. His studies and career hop-scotched him throughout the eastern halfof the United States.

Britain's Airborne Forces of WWII:Uniforms and Equipment

Author: MAGREEHAN, MARK

ISBN: 9781526779465

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 172 x 246 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hhjegf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The Second World War saw huge advancements in military tactics and technology occurring at anunprecedented pace. One such development was the employment of forces able to deploy atshort notice by parachute across the globe, utilising the opportunities created by theadvancements in aeronautical technology. These forces were created to deliver an in-depth shockeffect, and few have attracted more attention than Britain's famed Parachute Regiment. Thisformation was born from the humble beginnings of a fledgling unit drawn together from theBritish Army and Royal Air Force after Winston Churchill called for a new capability to be createdfollowing German airborne successes in the opening stages of the Second World War. Despitebeing initially poorly equipped, operating outdated aircraft and wearing clothing copied fromcaptured German examples, the Parachute Regiment rapidly grew into what would become twocomplete airborne divisions - formations which played a key role in the destruction of the Axisforces. The equipment needed by these men rapidly changed as the war evolved and this isclearly illustrated in the author's fine and unique collection of rare airborne items from thatperiod, several of them being the sole surviving items known to exist. The chronological historicalinformation on Britain's paratroopers' role and development during the Second World War in thishighly illustrated book is not only supported by a comprehensive and rare collection of itemsdisplaying the development and expansion of their equipment for each operation, but also byhundreds of original pictures which embrace the entire period. Additionally, the book also brieflycovers the Polish Parachute Brigade and the Canadian parachute formations embedded into theBritish order of battle. This book provides a comprehensive pictorial display of Britain airborneforces which will prove to be a 'must have' tool for military history enthusiasts, airbornecollectors, re-enactors and modellers, as well as current serving soldiers linked by service to thistruly special military formation.

AUTHOR:Mark Magreehan was born on 13 June 1975, at the British Military Hospital, Munster in Germany.A serving member of the Parachute Regiment from 2000, he has undertaken duties in anoperational capacity in Macedonia, Northern Ireland, Afghanistan and Iraq. He has a strongfamily link with the British Army with consistent service by his great grandfather, grandfather andfather. He has delivered several presentations on military actions and conducted severalbattlefield studies for the British Army. Alongside contributing to the Airborne Forces Museum,British Army Remembrance videos and articles for Soldier magazine.

290 colour and b/w illustrations

C-130 Hercules: Lockheed's Military AirTransport and Its Variants

Author: DOYLE, DAVID

ISBN: 9780764360794

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 228 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahje+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

The Lockheed C-130 Hercules has been in continuous production for over six decades, longerthan any other military aircraft in the world, and no end of production is yet in sight. TheHercules has been a part of US combat operations since Vietnam, and the airframe, which beganlife as a simple transport, has been adapted to a variety of roles, including gunship, electronicwarfare, refueling, and rescue. This book chronicles the development and use of the Herculesfrom concept to combat. Through dozens of archival photos, many never before published, aswell as detailed photographs of some of the finest existent examples of surviving vehicles, theseiconic armored fighting vehicles are explored, and their history is explained.

AUTHOR:The military books by David Doyle, author of over 125 books, are noted for their thoroughcoverage of historic vehicles and his celebrated ability to locate scarce vintage imagery.

218 colour and b/w photographs

Churchill's Pirates: The Royal Naval PatrolService in World War II

Author: SUTHERLAND, JON

ISBN: 9781526796516

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hjgfbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

The Royal Naval Patrol Service, or Harry Tate's Navy as it was commonly known, was a uniqueservice with its own rules and regulations. The officers and seamen were mainly ex-fishermenwho had manned trawlers in Icelandic waters. The service was armed mostly with obsoleteweaponry and suffered heavy casualties in the early stages of the war. The service was notconfined to the seas around Britain and their small trawlers, drifters, paddle steamers, yachtsand tugs saw service as far away as the Mediterranean and Newfoundland coast. Their maintasks included convoy escort duties, mine sweeping and anti-submarine work. Many awards forbravery were won including a VC. This book looks at the Service personnel, the boats, equipmentand includes many first-hand accounts from crew. Lengthy Appendices include vessel's names,numbers and fate.

AUTHORS:Jonathan Sutherland has written widely on historical subjects, in particular on military andaviation history, and has long been fascinated by the history of Norfolk and its military heritage.Among his many books are The RAF Air Sea Rescue Service 1918-1986, The Battle of Jutlandand Air War Malta.

Diane Canwell has written widely on historical subjects, in particular on military and aviationhistory, and has long been fascinated by the history of Norfolk and its military heritage. Amongher many books are The RAF Air Sea Rescue Service 1918-1986, The Battle of Jutland and AirWar Malta.

60 b/w illustions and 4 b/w maps

Crusaders and Revolutionaries of theThirteenth Century: De Montfort

Author: BAKER, DARREN

ISBN: 9781526745491

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hefejb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

One of the families that dominated the thirteenth century were the de Montforts. They arose inFrance, in a hamlet close to Paris, and grew to prominence under the crusading fervour of thattime, taking them from leadership in the Albigensian wars to lordships around the Mediterranean.They marry into the English aristocracy, join the crusade to the Holy Land, then another crusadein the south of France against the Cathars. The controversial stewardship of Simon de Montfort(V) in that conflict is explored in depth. It is his son Simon de Montfort (VI) who is perhaps bestknown. His rebellion against Henry III of England ultimately establishes the first parliamentarystate in Europe. The decline of the family begins with Simon's defeat and death at Evesham in1265. Initially they revive their fortunes under the new king of Sicily, but they scandalise Europewith a vengeful political murder. By this time it is the twilight of the crusades era and theremaining de Montforts either perish or are expelled. Eleanor de Montfort, the last Princess ofWales, dies in childbirth and her daughter is raised as a nun.

AUTHOR:A California native, Darren Baker has lived in the Czech Republic since 1992. His biographiesinclude 'Henry III: The Great King England Never Knew It Had' (The History Press, 2017), 'Simonde Montfort' and the 'Rise of the English Nation' (Amberley, 2018) and 'The Two Eleanors ofHenry III' (Pen & Sword, 2019).

30 colour illustrations

Danish Army of the Napoleonic Wars1801-1814, Organisation, Uniforms &Equipment Volume 2: Cavalry and

Author: WILSON, DAVID A.

ISBN: 9781913336592

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLJLD*ddgfjc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 136

An in-depth look at the regular cavalry and field artillery covering all aspects, organisation,uniforms, arms and equipment, fully illustrated in colour.

This book was written to provide an in-depth study of the Danish and Norwegian armies of theNapoleonic Wars. The goal was to provide a working document which is as accurate as possible,covering the uniforms of these armies, their weapons and their evolution as well as their coloursand a look at their basic tactics. Although this is principally a uniform book, historical backgroundis also provided to place the details in their context. This second volume looks in depth at theregular cavalry and field artillery covering all aspects, organisation, uniforms, arms andequipment, in particular cannon, limbers, and wagons, with 54 original full colour plates. Thefortress and coastal artillery are not forgotten, as with one of the longest coastlines in Europecompared to the size of the country it was more important than in most countries. Unlike the fewother works in English this book has been conducted with the assistance of respected Danishhistorians, as well as Norwegian and German historians.

AUTHOR:David Alan Wilson was born on 11 September 1954 of mixed Irish, British and Scots origins andwas educated at Greenshaw High School, in Surrey, England, specialising in the History of Art,ancient English literature, printing, technical drawing, sculpture, and painting. He worked in thewine trade, and in April 1974 he signed up for voluntary military service in C Squadron (TheSharpshooters), The Royal Yeomanry. After visiting France several times, he returned theredefinitely in 1977to learnFrench in situ. This is where his passion for history and historicalmodelling really took off after he was introduced to Teddy Suren of Willie figures who not onlytaught him about sculpting, but also how to organise research. He became more and moreinterested in both civil and military history, with special interests in the Ancien Regime- includingseveral years in an association of historical re-enactors, specialising in 18th century animationsfor historical sites- and Scandinavian history. He retired from full time work in June 2019 todevote more time to historical research and writing.

54 colour illustrations

Decades of Rebellion: Mexican MilitaryAviation in Action, 1920s-1940s

Author: FLORES / GARZA

ISBN: 9781913336387

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLJLD*ddgdih+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 80

The first authoritative and detailed account of aerial operations over Mexico in the period1910-1939, and as such an indispensable source of reference for enthusiasts and professionalsalike.

In the decades before Mexico joined the allies during the Second World War, Mexican militaryaviation saw a rapid growth and intense involvement in multiple rebellions, internal strife, and inoperations against armed banditry. Aviation was introduced to military service in Mexico duringthe Revolutionary Period of 1910-1920, culminating in the bloody showdown between thesubsequent president Don Venustiano Carranza and General Victoriano Huerta in 1913. Based onthis experience, a strong military service was understood to be an important element formaintaining internal security, and was therefore deployed at almost every opportunity. Mexicanmilitary aviation helped defeat several armed uprisings – often by little more than the strongpsychological impact upon the insurgents and the civilian population. Rather unsurprisingly, in atleast one instance, an armed rebellion sought to obtain aircraft and recruit mercenary pilots tocounter the federal air service. Three decades of small yet intensive combat operations not onlyproved to be a baptism of fire for many early Mexican aviators, but also played a crucial role informing nearly all of the commanders that went on to lead the Mexican Air Force during theSecond World War. Richly illustrated with more than 150 exclusive photographs and colourprofiles, Decades of Rebellion is the first authoritative account of air operations over Mexico inthe period 1910-1939, and as such is an indispensable source of reference for enthusiasts andprofessionals alike.

AUTHORS:Santiago A Flores is a Mexican military aviation researcher, former US government employee andUS Army veteran, who has published more than 200 articles about Mexican military aviation inprint and in social media, and has contributed to many books on Latin American military aviation.

Manuel Reyna Garza is a Staff Officer of the Mexican Air Force, and a historian and director ofthe Military Aviation Museum. In addition to helping to preserve its historical heritage, he haspublished dozens of articles about the history of Mexican military aviation, and helped preparenumerous TV-documentaries.

Dewoitine D.520: D.520C-1, D.520DC

Author: RYS, MAREK

ISBN: 9788366148987

Imprint: Kagero

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 211 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $66.99 9HSSDQG*beijih+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 20

Dewoitine D.520

drawing sheets, colour profiles

Dropping the Big Ones: Live Testing ofSoviet Nuclear Bombs, 1949-1962

Author: DABROWSKI, KRZYSZTOF

ISBN: 9781913336318

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLJLD*ddgdbi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 72

The first English-language publication providing a detailed reconstruction of live-testing of nuclearweapons by crews of the Soviet Bomber Aviation.

On 30 October 1961, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR/Soviet Union) conducted a livetest of the most powerful nuclear weapon ever created. Codenamed 'Ivan', and known in theWest as the 'Tsar Bomba', the RDS-202 hydrogen bomb was detonated at the Sukhoy Nos capeof Severny Island, Novaya Zemla archipelago, in the Barents Sea.

The Tsar Bomba unleashed about 58 megatons of TNT, creating a 8-kilometre/5-mile-widefireball and then a mushroom that peaked at an altitude of 95 kilometres (59 miles). Theshockwave created by the RDS-202 eradicated a village 55 kilometres (34 miles) from groundzero, caused widespread damage to nature to a radius of dozens of kilometres further away, andcreated a heat wave felt as far as 270 kilometres (170 miles) distant. And still, this was just oneof 45 tests of nuclear weapons conducted in the USSR in October 1961 alone.

Between 1949 and 1962, the Soviets set off 214 nuclear bombs in the open air. Dozens of thesewere released from aircraft operated by specialised test units. Equipped with the full range ofbombers - from the Tupolev Tu-4, Tupolev Tu-16, to the gigantic Tu-95 - the units in questionwere staffed by men colloquially known as the 'deaf-and-dumb': people sworn to utmost secrecy,living and serving in isolation from the rest of the world. Frequently operating at the edge of theenvelope of their specially modified machines while test-releasing weapons with unimaginabledestructive potential, several of them only narrowly avoided catastrophe.

Richly illustrated with authentic photographs and custom-drawn colour profiles, Dropping the BigOnes is the story of the aircrews involved and their aircraft, all of which were carefully hidden notonly by the Iron Curtain, but by a thick veil of secrecy for more than half a century.

80 photographs, 4 maps, 21 colour profiles

Eyewitness RAF: The Experience of War,1939-1945

Author: GOULTY, JAMES

ISBN: 9781526752376

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hfcdhg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

Much has been written about the Royal Air Force during the Second World War-memoirs,biographies, histories of Fighter and Bomber commands, technical studies of the aircraft,accounts of individual operations and exploits - but few books have attempted to take the readeron a journey through basic training and active service as air or ground crew and eventualdemobilization at the end of the war. That is the aim of James Goulty's Eyewitness RAF. Using avivid selection of testimony from men and women, he offers a direct insight into every aspect ofwartime life in the service. Throughout the book the emphasis is on the individual's experience ofthe RAF - the preparations for flying, flying itself, the daily routines of an air base, time on leave,and the issues of discipline, morale and motivation. A particularly graphic section describes, in thewords of the men themselves, what it felt like to go on operations and the impact of casualties -airmen who were killed, injured or taken prisoner. A fascinating varied inside view of the RAFemerges which is perhaps less heroic and glamorous than the image created by some post-waraccounts, but it gives readers today a much more realistic appreciation of the whole gamut of lifein the RAF seventy years ago.

AUTHOR:James Goulty holds a masters degree and doctorate in military history from the University ofLeeds, and he has a special interest in the training and combat experience of ordinary soldiersduring the world wars and Korean War. His previous publications include Second World WarLives: A Guide for Family Historians, The Second World War through Soldiers' Eyes: British ArmyLife 1939-45 and Eyewitness Korea: The Experience of British and American Soldiers in theKorean War 1950-1953.

20 b/w illustrations

Fabled Fifteen: The Pacific War Saga ofCarrier Air Group 15

Author: CLEAVER, THOMAS

ISBN: 9781612009292

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLGLC*aajcjc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 280

The record of Carrier Air Group 15 in World War II is astonishing by any measure: it scored 312enemy aircraft destroyed, 33 probably destroyed, and 65 damaged in aerial combat, plus 348destroyed, 161 probably destroyed, and 129 damaged in ground attacks.

Twenty-six Fighting 15 pilots became aces, including their leader, Commander David McCampbell,who became the U.S. Navy's "Ace of Aces." Twenty-one squadron pilots were killed in action andone in an operational accident aboard the carrier Essex. The fighter squadron's partners,Bombing Squadron 15 and Torpedo Squadron 15, scored 174,300 tons of enemy shipping,including 37 cargo vessels sunk, 10 probably sunk, and 39 damaged. As well, Musashi, theworld's largest battleship, was sunk, along with a light aircraft carrier, a destroyer, destroyerescort, two minesweepers and other craft - plus the Zuikaku, the last surviving carrier thatparticipated in the Pearl Harbor attack. Incredibly, every pilot of Torpedo 15 was awarded theNavy Cross, the highest award for bravery after the Medal of Honor. All of this took placebetween May and November, 1944. No other American combat unit in any service came close toa similar score in such a short time period. Air Group 15 participated in the two greatest navalbattles in history, the Philippine Sea - also known as the Marianas Turkey Shoot - and Leyte Gulf,which saw the end of Japanese naval power. On June 19, 1944, Fighting 15 shot down 68.5attacking Japanese aircraft, a one-day record unmatched by any other U.S. fighter squadron. Indocumenting the saga of Air Group 15's momentous six months at war, the author provides anintimate and insightful view of the group's fabled combat tour, including details of daily life andhuman interactions aboard the fleet carrier USS Essex during the busiest phase of the PacificWar.

Fighter/Bomber Horten Ho 229

Author: RYS, MAREK

ISBN: 9788366148970

Imprint: Kagero

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 211 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $66.99 9HSSDQG*beijha+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 20

The fighter/bomber Horten Ho 229

drawing sheets, colour profiles

Finding Your Father's War: A PracticalGuide to Researching and UnderstandingService in the World War II U.S. Army

Author: GAWNE, JOHNATHAN

ISBN: 9781612008950

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 178 x 254 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLGLC*aaijfa+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 352

A guide to all military divisions of the US army and how to conduct research to trace members.

In this fully revised edition of Finding Your Father's War, military historian Jonathan Gawne haswritten an easily accessible handbook for anyone seeking greater knowledge of their relatives'experience in World War II, or indeed anyone seeking a better understanding of the U.S. Armyduring World War II. With over 470 photographs, charts, and an engaging narrative with manyrare insights into wartime service, this book is an invaluable tool for understanding our "citizensoldiers," who once rose as a generation to fight the greatest war in American history.

Fletcher-class Destroyer USS Stevens(DD-479)

Author: GORALSKI, WALDEMAR

ISBN: 9788366148994

Imprint: Kagero

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 211 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $105.00 9HSSDQG*beijje+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 94

The Fletcher-class destroyer USS Stevens (DD-479)

150 profiles, B2 drawing sheets

Flight Craft 22: Mitsubishi A6M Zero

Author: JACKSON, ROBERT

ISBN: 9781526759948

Imprint: Air World

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLFMG*hfjjei+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

The quality of Japanese aircraft came as an unpleasant surprise to the Allies at the outbreak ofthe Pacific War, and it was personified in one type, the Mitsubishi A6M Zero. One of the finestaircraft of all time, the Mitsubishi A6M Reisen (Zero fighter) first flew on 1 April 1939. It soonshowed itself to be clearly superior to any fighter the Allies could put into the air in the earlystages of the Pacific campaign. Armed with two 20mm cannon and two 7.7mm machine-guns, itwas highly manoeuvrable and structurally very strong, despite being lightweight. Instead of beingbuilt in several separate units, the Zero was revolutionary in that it was constructed in twopieces. The engine, cockpit and forward fuselage combined with the wings to form one rigid unit;the second part comprised the rear fuselage and the tail. The two units were joined by a ring of80 bolts. Although the Mitsubishi Zero had some serious drawbacks in combat, the greatest ofwhich was its inability to absorb punishment because of its lack of self-sealing fuel tanks andarmour plating, its greatest assets were its manoeuvrability and its long range. In 1942 theAmericans allocated the code-name Zeke to the A6M, but as time went by the name Zero cameinto general use. During the first months of the Pacific War, the Zeros carved out an impressivecombat record. For example, in the battle for Java alone, which ended on 8 March 1942, theydestroyed 550 Allied aircraft. As the war progressed, however, the Zero gradually came to beoutclassed by American fighters such as the Grumman F6F Wildcat and Vought Corsair. In thelatter months, many were fitted with bombs and expended in Kamikaze suicide attacks. This bookprovides a perfect introduction to the design and combat career of a fighter that made history.Why was the Zero conceived? What was it like to fly in combat? How did it compare with Alliedtypes? Who were the engineers and designers who brought it to fruition and the pilots whobecame aces while flying it? Here is a feast for the modeller, with a wealth of technicalinformation, photographs and colour profiles.

AUTHOR:Robert Jackson is the author of over eighty books on military, aviation, naval and scientificsubjects. He was defence and science correspondent for a major British newspaper publishinggroup. Among the other books he has compiled for Pen & Sword are on the Bf-109 in theFlightCraft series, whilst he has written extensively on the T-34, the Panzer I and II, theCenturion, and Chieftain main battle tanks, as well as the Russian T54/55, for TankCraft.

200 colour and b/w illustrations

For God and King: A History of theDamas Legion (1793-1798)

Author: DE BAZOUGES / NICHOLS

ISBN: 9781913336608

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $87.99 9HSLJLD*ddggai+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 400

The story of the Legion de Damas from its roots in the upheavals of Revolutionary France todisbanding in Ukraine in 1798, through Dutch, British and Russian service as well as alongside theAustrians.

The emigres who left, or were driven from, Revolutionary France included a large part of theofficer corps of the former royal army. Joined by others who wished to fight for the restitution ofthe monarchy in their homeland, these officers soon served this cause in the pay of countriesfacing the common enemy. With its origins at the 1793 Siege of Maastricht, one unit of suchmen, and one woman, was raised by Etienne de Damas-Crux for the service of the UnitedProvinces and was to comprise of both infantry and cavalry. After the United Provinces weredefeated and invaded in 1795, the unit transferred to the service of Britain. Its infantrycompanies were destroyed in the ill-fated Quiberon expedition while the cavalry, which grew to aregiment, joined in early 1796 the last emigre army, that of the Prince de Conde, and servedalongside the Austrians in Southern Germany. Finally, the Damas Hussars disappeared when theArmée de Condé was reorganised in Russian service. This is a comprehensive and detailedhistory of the Legion de Damas which provides a case study of the French military emigration andthus an alternative view point of the Revolution that caused it and the wars that followed. Bydrawing in particular on memoirs of members of the unit and contemporary material in archivesacross Europe, from Britain to Russia, the story is told of those who remained steadfast to Godand their King.

AUTHORS: Hughes de Bazouges is a retired colonel in the French Army. His interest in military history andmodelling became centred around the history of the French military emigration in which a directancestor took part during the Revolution and passion he pursued when studying for his MA at LaSorbonne, Paris, and in several articles dedicated to the emigres at arms. Along with researchand his activity with La Sabretache, he currently teaches geo-politics and the history of Africa atICES (Vendee) and the Military Academy of St Cyr (Brittany). Alistair Nichols is a retired policeofficer. His interest in military history emerged after the realisation that he was not very good atpainting models. He has studied in particular the history of the foreign units in the British Armyduring the era of the French Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars. His published works includehistories of the Chasseurs Britanniques and the Watteville Regiment and his most recent is TheyTurned Out So Ill! The Independent Companies of Foreigners 1812-1814.

10 b/w illustrations, 10 maps, 16pp colour plates

From the Realm of a Dying Sun, Volume2: IV. SS-Panzerkorps from Budapest toVienna, January-May 1945

Author: NASH, DOUGLAS E.

ISBN: 9781612008738

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLGLC*aaihdi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 624

The second part of a new history of IV. SS-Panzerkorps, which fought on the Eastern Front in thelast months of World War II.

This is the concluding volume of the history of the IV SS-Panzerkorps, a relatively unknownorganisation that was born in battle during the last year of the war and fought exclusively on theEastern Front. After their successful defense of Warsaw and the Vistula Front during the fall of1944, the corps and its two famous Waffen-SS divisions, the Totenkopf and Wiking as well asseveral divisions of the German Army, were sent south to reverse the military situation on theHungarian Front. Follow General Gille and his divisions as they try to relieve Budapest againstimpossible odds, defend the tactically important town of Stuhlweissenburg, and fight inGermany's last major offensive, Operation Fruhlingserwachsen. Learn how this SS tank corps,during the closing days of the war in Europe, fought massive tank battles, conducted grimrear-guard actions, and carried out night assaults against a numerically superior enemy who wasdetermined to crush the Third Reich no matter the cost. After its failure to defend Vienna, theonly course remaining for Gille and his men was a long and costly retreat, ending only withcapitulation to the U.S. Army and an uncertain future.

AUTHOR:Doug Nash is a West Point Class of 1980 graduate and a retired U.S. Army Colonel with 32 yearsof active duty service in places like Kosovo, Iraq, Afghanistan, Germany, Cuba, and Uzbekistan.His many works include Hell's Gate: The Battle of the Cherkassy Pocket January to February 1944and Victory Was Beyond Their Grasp: with the 272nd Volks-Grenadier Division from the HuertgenForest to the Heart of the Reich (which was nominated for the 2008 Pulitzer Prize forNon-Fiction).

Ghettos of Nazi-Occupied Poland: RarePhotographs from Wartime Archives

Author: BAXTER, IAN

ISBN: 9781526761804

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hgbiae+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Following the 1940 invasion of Poland, the Nazis established ghettos in cities and towns acrossthe country with the initial aim of segregating and isolating the Jewish community. These closedsectors were referred to as Judischer Wohnbezirk or Wohngebiet der Juden (Jewish Quarters).Using contemporary images this well researched and inevitably harrowing book shows the harshand deteriorating conditions of daily life in these restricted areas. In reality the ghettos wereholding areas prior to the transportation to concentration, extermination and work camps, suchas Auschwitz-Birkenau and Belzec. Aware of their imminent fate including the threat of familyseparation, enslavement and death, underground resistance groups sprung up and promotednumerous uprisings which were brutally and callously suppressed. The Nazis' ultimate aim wasthe liquidation of the ghettos and the extermination of their inhabitants in furtherance of TheFinal Solution. This may seem unthinkable today but, as this book graphically reveals, theyworked to achieve their objective regardless of human suffering.

AUTHOR:Ian Baxter is a much-published author and photographic collector whose books draw anincreasing following. Among his many previous titles in the Images of War Series are Hitler's BoySoldiers, Nazi Concentration Camp Commandants, German Army on the Eastern Front - TheAdvance, German Army on the Eastern Front - The Retreat, The Crushing of Army Group (North)and the SS Waffen Division series including SS Leibstandarte Division, SS Totenkopf Division AtWar. He lives near Chelmsford, Essex

250 b/w illustrations

Great War in the Argonne Forest: Frenchand American Battles, 1914-1918

Author: MERRY, RICHARD

ISBN: 9781526773265

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hhdcgf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The annals of the First World War record the Argonne Forest as the epicentre of the famousMeuse-Argonne offensive of 1918\. The largest American operation launched against theGermans during the conflict. During 1914 and 1915 though, amidst the dense forest, French andItalian soldiers withstood the German assaults. All sides suffered horrendous casualties, as eachsought to break through the lines. The epic four-year campaign is the subject of Richard Merry'svividly written account. His great-uncle arrived there in September 1914 and startedcorresponding with his family. Richard traces the stories of some of the men - and women - whobecame embroiled in the epic forest struggle which culminated in the cold, gas-filled autumnalmist of 1918 when the New Yorkers of the 77th 'Liberty' Division fought there. One of theirnumber, Charles Whittlesey, and his 'Lost Battalion' held out against insurmountable odds.Sergeant Alvin York, the Tennessee backwoodsman and pacifist, overcame his religiousconvictions and wrote himself into American military history. The story does not end there; theauthor describes the aftermath of war in the area - the lethal outbreak of Spanish flu, thereburial of the dead, the rebuilding of the villages and the replanting of the forest before theGermans invaded again in 1940.

AUTHOR:Richard Merry has had a life-long interest in the First World War. His particular interest in theArgonne was sparked when he was given a shoebox of correspondence and photos from hisGreat-uncle Bob, who served there. He now owns a 450-year-old house in the forest, which wasused by all the protagonists as a resting place. He spends the summer there acting as voluntarybattlefield tour guide. During the winter he lives in London and is a regular contributor tospecialist military magazines. Writing about the Argonne campaigns has led to a number ofspeaking engagements, including the National Army Museum in London.

40 b/w illustrations

Hawkeye: The Enthralling Autobiographyof the Top-Scoring Israel Air Force Ace ofAces

Author: EVEN-EPSTEIN, GIORA

ISBN: 9781911621966

Imprint: Grub Street

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $54.99 9HSLJLB*gcbjgg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

For more than thirty years, Giora Even-Epstein flew fighters for the Israel Air Force, achievingrecognition as a highly skilled military aviator and the highest-scoring jet-mounted ace with themost number of confirmed victories in the French Mirage. Having overcome numerous hurdlesjust to learn how to fly, he went on to compile a record of Arab MiGs and Sukhoi kills thatbettered any other combat aviators' tally in the entire world. This fast-moving autobiographydetails his experiences particularly in the intense conflicts of 1967, the Six Day War, and 1973,the Yom Kippur War. The reader shares the cockpit with him as he describes every action heundertook with 101 and 105 Squadron, including the greatest jet-versus-jet air battle in historywith four MiG-21 kills in one engagement. His final score was seventeen aerial victories. After hislast battle he became commander of the First Jet Squadron, 117, began civilian flying, retrainedto command 254 MMR Squadron in the 1982 Lebanon War, and flew the F-16 at the age of fiftybefore retirement. Along the way he met numerous fighter pilot legends such as Douglas Bader,Al Deere, Pierre Clostermann and Randy Cunningham. Affable and enthusiastic, Giora gained thenickname 'Hawkeye' because of his amazing vision of more than 20/15, enabling him to pick outenemy aircraft long before his squadron mates. His story is of one man's unfaltering dedicationto his dreams and his country. As the leading jet ace it is one well worth telling and, critically, itcan be told in his own words.

AUTHOR:Giora Even-Epstein was born in 1938 on an Israeli kibbutz and spent his early years in agriculturalschools. He became fascinated with military aircraft and the aces who flew them. He desperatelywanted to fly the French Mirage III but was turned down for flight training because of a heartdefect. He tried again, was turned down again, but was incredibly accepted as a paratrooper.After 500 jumps, he tried again to enrol in the IAF pilot training programme and was accepted,eventually gaining his wings to fly and fight during the critical periods of the Israel Air Force'scombat history. In 2019, after years of retirement, he was promoted to brigadier general andtoday lives peacefully in Tel Aviv.

Headhunter: 5-73 CAV and Their Fight forIraq's Diyala River Valley

Author: SVOBODA, PETER C.

ISBN: 9781612009278

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSLGLC*aajchi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

The story of the 15-month deployment of 5/73 Cav to Iraq in 2006-07, in the soldiers' ownwords.

Selected in 2005 by the Army to be the first airborne reconnaissance squadron, 5th Squadron,73rd Cavalry Regiment, better known as 5-73 CAV, was formed from 3rd Battalion, 505thParachute Infantry Regiment. The members of the squadron were hand-selected by thesquadron command team, Lieutenant Colonel Poppas and Command Sergeant Major Edgar. Withjust more than 400 paratroopers, they were half the size of a full-strength battalion and thesmallest unit in the Panther Brigade. The squadron deployed to eastern Diyala in August, 2006.Despite their size, they were tasked with an enormous mission and were given the largest areaof operations within the brigade. Appropriately for a unit known by the call sign of its CO -Headhunter - 5-73 would go on to pursue various terrorist factions including Al Qaeda in Iraq.They got results, and 5-73 was awarded the Presidential Unit Citation for launching the TurkiBowl campaign from November 2006 to January 2007 against insurgent groups in DiyalaProvince. However the toll would be heavy - the squadron lost twenty-two paratroopers duringthe deployment Headhunter is a unique account of the War on Terror. It's a soldier's story, toldby those very paratroopers who gallantly fought to tame Diyala. Based on dozens of interviewsconducted by the author, the narrative describes the danger of combat, the loss of comrades andthe struggles of returning from a deployment. The voice of the families left behind are alsoincluded, describing ther challenges they faced, including the ultimate challenge - grappling withthe death of a loved one. This book explores the human dimensions of loss and struggle andillustrates the sacrifices our service members and their loved ones make.

AUTHOR:Peter C. Svoboda divides his time between writing and working as a healthcare emergencymanagement planner. He was previously a firefighter for twenty-five years. He volunteers as amuseum docent at the National Museum of the United States Army. Pete Svoboda's dad is thereason he wrote Headhunter. He was inspired by his dad's World War II service in the airborneforces along with a desire to tell the story of this current generation of paratroopers. Pete ismarried, has three children, a granddaughter and another expected in July 2020. He and his wifelive in Richmond, Virginia.

24 photographs

Hitler's Munich: The Capital of the NaziMovement

Author: HALL, DAVID IAN

ISBN: 9781526704924

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*haejce+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 272

The immediate aftermath of the Great War and the Versailles Treaty created a perfect storm ofeconomic, social, political and cultural factors which facilitated the rapid rise of Adolf Hitler'spolitical career and the birth of the National Socialist German Worker's Party. The breedingground for this world-changing evolution was the city of Munich and there is no better way tolearn about the origins and growth of Hitler's National Socialism than to study the city. Byconnecting the sites where Hitler and his accomplices built the movement we gain anunderstanding of the causes, background, motivation and structures of the Party. Hitler's Munichis both a cultural and political portrait of the Bavarian capital, a biography of the Fuhrer and ahistory of National Socialism. All three interacted and the Author is superbly qualified to unraveland explain the linkages and their significance.

AUTHOR:David Ian Hall, who has a DPhil (Oxon) in modern history from the University of Oxford, is aFellow of the Royal Historical Society and a Senior Lecturer in the Defence Studies Department,King's College, London at the Joint Services Command and Staff College. A specialist innineteenth and twentieth century German history, his published works include First and SecondWorld War topics; Strategy for Victory: The Development of British tactical Air Power, 1919-1943(Praeger, 2008) was selected for the Chief of the Air Staff's Reading List. He leadscultural-political staff rides for the UK armed forces and NATO. He lives in Oxfordshire.

32 b/w illustrations

I Flew for the Fuhrer: The Memoirs of aLuftwaffe Fighter Pilot

Author: KNOKE, HEINZ

ISBN: 9781784386023

Imprint: Greenhill Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLHSE*digacd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

Heinz Knocke was one of the outstanding German fighter pilots of World War II and this vividfirst-hand record of his experiences has become a classic among aviation memoirs, a best-sellingcounter-balance to the numerous accounts written by Allied pilots. Knoke joined the Luftwaffe onthe outbreak of war, and eventually became commanding officer of a fighter wing. Anoutstandingly brave and skilful fighter, he logged over two thousand flights, and shot downfifty-two enemy aircraft. He had flown over four hundred operational missions before beingcrippled by wounds in an astonishing 'last stand' towards the end of the war. He was awarded theKnight's Cross for his achievements. In a text that reveals his intense patriotism and discipline, hedescribes being brought up in the strict Prussian tradition, the rise of the Nazi regime, and hisown wartime career set against a fascinating study of everyday life in the Luftwaffe, and of thehigh morale of the force until its disintegration. His memoirs are set in a new perspective, andare both a valuable contribution to aviation literature and a moving human story.

AUTHOR:Heinz Knoke was a World War II Luftwaffe flying ace. He is credited with 33 confirmed aerialvictories, all claimed over the Western theatre of operations, and claimed a further 19unconfirmed kills in more than 2,000 flights. His total included 19 heavy bombers of the UnitedStates Army Air Forces (USAAF). He was awarded the Knight's Cross of the Iron Cross on 27 April1945. He died on 18 May 1993.

32 b/w illustrations

In the Shadow of the Swords: TheBaghdad Police Academy

Author: WILBER, D. W.

ISBN: 9781612009216

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSLGLC*aajcbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

A entertaining insight into how retired American Police Officers helped rebuild the Iraqi NationalPolice.

Following the U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003 and the subsequent fall of the regime of SaddamHussein, the U.S. government embarked upon a reconstruction effort which included rebuildingan Iraqi National Police. Retired and former American Police Officers were contracted to travel toIraq to train this new police force. Dependent on their experience and ingenuity to make lifebearable under very austere conditions, and relying on the "gallows sense of humour" they hadacquired during their time in law enforcement back in the States, the instructors persevered intheir task, often under trying and difficult circumstances, as well as hostile fire from insurgentsdetermined to prevent the Iraqi police from regaining control of the streets of Baghdad. Life atthe Police Academy varied from sheer boredom to moments of terror as mortars and rocketsrained in. Leaving the academy to travel through the streets of Baghdad to the Green Zone formeetings could easily result in being ambushed. D. W. Wilber recounts his experiences as part ofthis effort, and the unique personalities who came to Baghdad to serve as instructors to the IraqiPolice Cadets attending the Baghdad Police Academy.

AUTHOR:Wilber served as a Police Officer in St. Louis County, Missouri for 12 years. He also worked forthe CIA as an undercover employee overseas for approximately eight years, and then didcontract work for the government and the Special Operations community for over fifteen years.He has also consulted and provided training to foreign governments in Counterterrorism in theMiddle East and in Eastern and Western Europe. He is a conservative columnist with severalhundred columns published. He is also a regular guest on radio programs, and has been a guesta number of times on 'The Dr. Drew Show' on KABC in Los Angeles.

Into the Iron Triangle: OperationAttleboro and Battles North of Saigon,1966

Author: VELICOGNA, ARRIGO

ISBN: 9781913336264

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLJLD*ddgcge+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 72

A detailed and richly illustrated, blow-by-blow account of the first major air-mobile operations upto that point, and the first major showdown between the US Army, the Viet Cong and the NorthVietnamese Army during the Vietnam War.

In early October 1966, the fresh and inexperienced 196th Light Infantry Brigade of the US Armywas conducting a series of routine patrols in War Zone C. A lucky discovery of a rice cache led tothe uncovering of a planned base area being established by the Viet Cong insurgents of SouthVietnam (NLF) southeast of Tay Ninh City. What followed was named Operation Attleboro.Unbeknownst to the US and ARVN forces the NLF 9th Division was preparing to attack thebrigade in its base and two ARVN positions near Tay Ninh. American moves spoiled the plannedattack and initiated a prolonged battle that at its height would pit four regiments of the NLF andPeople's Army of Vietnam (PAVN) against 18 American and three ARVN battalions, supported by24 artillery batteries and countless fixed wing and helicopter sorties, including 225 B-52 strikes.The battle would also draw in the 1st Infantry Division, the famed 'Big Red One' and the 25thInfantry Division. Both sides would claim victory but the 9th Division limped towards Cambodia.Attleboro was the largest American operation in the Vietnam War to date, the culmination of oneyear of bloody battles between the 9th Division and II Field Force Vietnam. It would be a test forthe campaign that US General William Westmoreland had planned for 1967. It would be also atest of different tactical approaches to be used in Vietnam: an 'infantry-heavy' approach favouredby the commander of the 196th, General Edward H. De Saussure, and for firepower-intensiveapproach championed by the Commanding General of the 1st Infantry Division, General WilliamDePuy.

AUTHOR:Dr. Arrigo Velicogna is an academic, a conflict simulation designer and defence consultantspecialised in military history, operations, and naval warfare. He earned a PhD in War Studies inKing's College London in 2014 on the subject of the Vietnam War. He taught related subjectsthere and at Wolverhampton University, and worked for several British defence relatedorganisations. Into the Iron Triangle is his first book for Helion.

90 photographs, 4 maps, 15 colour profiles

Invading Hitler's Europe: From Salerno tothe Capture of Goring - The Memoir of aUS Intelligence Officer

Author: DOUGHTY, ROSWELL K.

ISBN: 9781526773227

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hhdcch+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 328

On the day that Roswell K. Doughty graduated from Boston University he also received acommission as a 2nd Lieutenant in the Army of the United States of America. That, though, wasin 1931 and it was not until 1942 that he was called to active duty - to face some of the toughestfighting of the Second World War. With the rank of 1st Lieutenant, Doughty became anIntelligence Officer with the US 36th Division. He subsequently saw action in North Africa, then atthe disastrous Salerno landings in Italy - where the Allied divisions involved suffered 4,000casualties - about which the author reveals that suspected intelligence breaches led to the Allies'plans becoming known to the Germans. Doughty was involved in the gruelling battles against theformidable German defences of the Gustav Line, particularly in the tragic failed attempt to crossthe Gari river and the struggle to conquer Monte Cassino. After the Anzio landings and theliberation of Rome, Doughty and his regiment, the 141st, took part in the invasion of SouthernFrance in Operation Dragoon, advancing up to the River Moselle. In December 1944, the 36thDivision advanced northwards, fighting its way up the Rhine, and finally, in March 1945, breachedthe Siegfried Line and crossed into the Germany itself. Promoted to captain, Doughty led anIntelligence and Reconnaissance unit, the role of which was to learn what it could of enemystrengths, minefields, useable roads and so on, which involved going behind enemy lines toobserve enemy movements first-hand. As an Intelligence Officer, it was also part of Doughty'sduties to interrogate enemy prisoners, which led him to being involved in the capture anddetention of Reichsmarschall Goring and in negotiating the surrender of the still-armed andhostile German First Army in May 1945. This is the fascinating account of one officer's part in theliberation of Europe, one which led him from North Africa through Italy and France into the heartof the Third Reich.

AUTHOR:Roswell K. Doughty graduated from Boston University in 1931 and married his wife Eleanor in1936. Three children were born between then and the start of the war that began for him whenhe was called up following the Pearl Harbor attack in December 1941. He served in Italy andthen France until the end of the war in Europe. Doughty's later military service included two yearsin Korea. He later worked for the General Motors Corporation, residing in New York state and inNew England. He died in 2001 at the age of 91.

Israeli Eagles: F-15A/B/C/D/I

Author: DOR, AMOS

ISBN: 9788895011189

Imprint: RN Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $175.00 9HSSITF*abbbij+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

This title is the first in a new series dedicated to the most important aircraft operated by theIsrael Air Force. The series starts with an iconic aircraft which is also a myth in the aviationworld: The F-15 eagle. The book, which collects unpublished photos and information, is dividedinto several chapters dedicated to the debut of the aircraft, its use in both peacetime and duringwartime operations with the first line squadrons, as well as its participation in severalinternational air exercises. In addition to several colour profiles, the book offers more than 500photos – many of great interest, rare and unpublished, coming from private archives – that showall the aircrafts operated, serial number by serial number. The book has been prepared by AmosDor, a well-known Israeli author, and is the result of years of research.

AUTHOR:Amos Dor was born in 1958 in Tel-Aviv, Israel. His father served in the IAF between 1950-1954and later, for many years, as a civilian in the IAF and the Israel Aircraft Industries, in variouspositions. No wonder that Amos "breathed" IAF and it's legends - which are real - since his cradledays, which is about when he started to build plastic models. Later on he graduated from the IAFtechnical school and served as an "A-4 Skyhawk" mechanic between 1977- 1980 in the "FlyingWing" Squadron. He then continued as a reservist in the same squadron until 1982, when he"converted" to the F-16. He is the author of a series of books on the history and heritage of theIAF. His articles, IAF aircraft profiles artwork and photos are published regularly in professionalaviation magazines around the world. Today he lives in Milano, Italy, with his wife and children.

500 illustrations

John Hunyadi and the Late Crusade: ATransylvanian Warlord against theCrescent

Author: POGACIAS, ANDREI

ISBN: 9781913336424

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 180 x 248 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $62.99 9HSLJLD*ddgece+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

The book is about John Hunyadi, a Hungarian warlord of Wallachian origin, and his campaignsagainst the Ottomans.

The book aims to present the life and military exploits of one of the biggest commanders inEuropean medieval history. The chapters will present his life, the realities of Hungarian andTransylvanian politics, relations with the Ottomans and other states, military strategy and tacticsin the battles against the Turk – the defensive battles of 1442, The Long Campaign 1443-44,Varna 1444, Kosovo 1448, Belgrade 1456 and other smaller battles. There will be a presentationof the structure of Hungarian and Transylvanian armies and the tactics they used.

AUTHOR:Andrei Pogacias studied History and International Relations at the Babes-Bolyai University of Cluj(Romania), works as a freelancer military historian, editor at Humanitas publishing house andtranslator, and has published mainly on Eastern European military history, from ancient times tothe First World War. He has a PhD on the Austrian-Russian-Ottoman Wars of the 18th centuryand the armies of the Romanian Principalities in that period, and has contributed to variousmilitary history magazines in his country and abroad, both scientific and for larger audiences. Heis also involved in reenactment on various periods.

20 photographs, maps, colour plate section

Johnnie Johnson's 1942 Diary: The WarDiary of the Spitfire Ace of Aces

Author: SARKAR, DILIP

ISBN: 9781526791702

Imprint: Air World

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hjbhac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

Air Vice-Marshal 'Johnnie' Johnson was a character literally from the pages of "Boys' Own": anindividual who became the RAF's top-scoring fighter pilot and wing leader par excellence of theSecond World War. A one-time household name synonymous with the superlative Spitfire,Johnnie's aerial combat successes inspired schoolboys for generations. As a 'lowly Pilot Officer',Johnnie Johnson learned his fighter pilot's craft as a protege of the legless Tangmere WingLeader, Douglas Bader. After Bader was brought down over France and captured on 9 August1941, Johnnie remained a member of 616 (South Yorkshire) Squadron. By the beginning of1942, when Johnnie's diary begins, Fighter Command was pursuing an offensive policy duringdaylight hours, 'reaching out' and taking the war to the Germans in France. It was also a periodin which the Focke-Wulf Fw outclassed the Spitfire Mk.V. In Johnnie's words, the Fw 190 'drove usback to the coast and, for the first time, pilots lost confidence in the Spitfire'. As well as hisparticipation in "Rhubarb" and "Circus" sorties, Johnnie was also involved in Operation "Jubilee"on 19 August 1942. In this diary, published here for the first time, we get a glimpse of the realJohnnie, and what it was really like to live and breathe air-fighting during one of the European airwar's most interesting years: 1942\. Presented on a day-by-day basis, each of Johnnie's entriesis supported by an informative narrative written by the renowned aviation historian Dilip Sarkar,drawing upon official documents and his interviews and correspondence with the great man. Aswould be expected, Johnnie's diary also includes numerous personal references. This diary,therefore, is a unique insight into how fighter pilots lived, loved - and died.

AUTHOR:Driven by his passion to research and share the stories of casualties and record the humanexperience of war, Dilip Sarkar is a best-selling author whose work is highly regarded globally. Anoted expert on the Battle of Britain period, who enjoyed a long and very personal relationshipwith the Few, Dilip was made an MBE in 2003 for 'services to aviation history', and, in 2006,elected to the Fellowship of the Royal Historical Society. He is a sought-after, dynamic speaker,and his work has been exhibited internationally. Dilip continues to work on TV documentaries, onand off camera.

20 b/w illustrations

Journey to the Western Front: TwentyYears After

Author: MOTTRAM, R. H.

ISBN: 9781526751287

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hfbcih+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 304

Journey to the Western Front was first published in 1936; Ralph Mottram served on the WesternFront for most of the war, first with the Royal Norfolks and then as a liaison with the civilians inthe forward zone of the BEF, mainly on the Franco-Belgian border. He conducted the groundworkfor the book in late 1935 and early 1936, although he had been back to the old battlefieldsbefore. He covers much of the France and Flanders campaigning ground, using the imaginativemethod of dividing it into five areas, roughly based on those held by each of the five Armies ofthe BEF. It is fascinating to see today's Somme and Salient through the eyes of a gifted authorand veteran of the campaign who was writing just as the great remembrance construction workof the Imperial War Graves Commission was coming to an end, whilst the landscape, villages andtowns had been restored to some semblance of normality. Almost everything that Mottramdescribes, only a few years before the area was to be ravaged by another world war, isrecognisable today. What he brings to this very personal guide is the educated eye of one wholived amongst the local population during the war years and yet was part of the massiveundertaking that was the BEF. A literary man, the book is replete with acute observations, whilstthe descriptions are always put into the context of the fighting men whom he knew and makesextensive use of the wealth of material - memoirs and histories - that was published in the yearsimmediately after the war. This is a classic gem of Great War literature. It is accompanied by anew introduction by Nigel Cave.

AUTHOR:RH Mottram (1883-1971) is best known for his classic Great War novels commonly known as TheSpanish Farm Trilogy, published between 1924 and 1926. These were an instant success andwere soon adapted into a film, The Roses of Picardy; the proceeds from these enabled his toretire from his banking job and take up writing full time. He wrote numerous books (including abiography of his friend John Galsworthy) and was a published poet even before the war. Bornand bred in Norwich, he went on to become Lord Mayor in 1953. This guide to the battlefields ofthe BEF was published in 1936; the fieldwork was done in October 1935 and January 1936. NigelCave is the founding editor of the Battleground Europe series and has contributed some twentytitles to it.

50 b/w illustrations

Katyn Massacre 1940: History of a Crime

Author: URBAN, THOMAS

ISBN: 9781526775351

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hhfdfb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 296

In the spring of 1940, Stalin's NKVD executed 22,000 Polish officers, ensigns and state officialsnear the Russian village of Katyn and other places. When Wehrmacht soldiers discovered some ofthe graves three years later, the Soviets succeeded in convincing US President Roosevelt of theGerman perpetration. British Prime Minister Winston Churchill had no clear picture of the crime,and therefore made no public comments. Using thousands of recently released US documents,this book refutes the popular thesis that the Western Allies deliberately lied about the Katyn casein order not to endanger the alliance with Stalin. As well as consulting Polish and Russiandocumentation on this war crime, for the first time, the diaries of the Nazi Minister ofPropaganda Joseph Goebbels, who wrote a great deal about Katyn, have been examined.Completely new for research is the role that Hitler's opponents in the Wehrmacht played insolving the crime: at the Nuremberg trial they convinced the US delegation that the executorswere not from the SS, but from the NKVD. Nevertheless, it took until 1990 for Kremlin chiefGorbachev to admit Soviet responsibility. Today in Putin's Russia, however, there is a tendencyonce more to keep quiet about the crime or even to blame the Germans.

AUTHOR:Thomas Urban was a correspondent for the major German daily 'Suddeutsche Zeitung' inWarsaw and Moscow from 1988 to 2012 and was an eyewitness to the great upheavals inEastern Europe. He is the author of books on the history of this part of Europe, including theBerlin years of Russian-American novelist Vladimir Nabokov, on German and Polish footballers asobjects of Nazi and Communist propaganda, and is the co-author of a biography on Pope JohnPaul II.

70 b/w illustrations

Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken:Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg:July 4 to July 14, 1863

Author: RYAN, THOMAS J.

ISBN: 9781611215427

Imprint: Savas Beatie

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSLGLB*cbfech+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 372

Thousands of books and articles examine nearly every aspect of the Civil War, but the importantretreat of the armies from the Gettysburg battlefield to the Potomac River has been but littlecovered. Until now, no one had produced a critical analysis of the command decisions madeduring that fateful time based upon available intelligence. "Lee is Trapped and Must be Taken":Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg, July 4 to July 14, 1863, by Thomas J. Ryan and Richard R.Schaus, now available in paperback, rectifies this oversight.

This comprehensive day-by-day account, which begins after the end of the Gettysburg battle,examines how Maj. Gen. George G. Meade organized and motivated his Army of the Potomac inresponse to President Abraham Lincoln's mandate to bring about the "literal or substantialdestruction" of Gen. Robert E. Lee's defeated and retreating Army of Northern Virginia. As far asLincoln was concerned, if Meade aggressively pursued and confronted Lee before he couldescape across the flooded Potomac River, "the rebellion would be over."

The long and bloody three-day battle exhausted both armies. Both commanders faced thedifficult tasks of rallying their troops for more marching and fighting. Lee had to keep his armyorganised and motivated enough to conduct an orderly withdrawal into Virginia. Meade faced thesame organisational and motivational challenges with the added expectation of catching anddefeating a still-dangerous enemy. Central to their decision-making was the information theyreceived from their intelligence gathering resources about the movements, intentions, andcapability of the enemy. The eleven-day period after Gettysburg was a battle of wits todetermine which commander better understood the information he received and directed hisarmy accordingly. Prepare for some surprising revelations.

AUTHORS:Thomas J. "Tom" Ryan earned a B.A. from the University of Maryland and an M.A. fromAmerican University. He retired after 38 years in intelligence-related capacities for the U.S. Armyand the Department of Defense. His book Spies, Scouts, and Secrets in the Gettysburg Campaignwon the Bachelder-Coddington Literary Award and the Gettysburg Civil War Round TableDistinguished Book Award.

Richard R. Schaus, Sergeant Major, U.S. Army (Ret.), served on active duty for more than 30years in a variety of army and joint military intelligence assignments both at home and abroad.Rick is a lifelong student of the Civil War and American military history in general, and theGettysburg Campaign in particular.

33 images, 15 maps

Life of Sir John Moore: Not a Drum wasHeard

Author: DAY, ROGER

ISBN: 9781526796530

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLFMG*hjgfda+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Roger Day sets the historical background of the Peninsula War with admirable clarity and showshow and why the British Army owes so much to this remarkable man who died so tragically atCorunna at the age of only 48, after conducting the remarkable retreat from Corunna.

32 b/w illustrations

Long Shadow of World War II: TheLegacy of the War on Political and MilitaryThinking 1945-2000

Author: STROHN. MATTHIAS

ISBN: 9781952715020

Imprint: Casemate Academic

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $140.00 9HSLJPC*hbfaca+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

Experts analyse the impact of World War II on individual countries and regions, and how itslegacy continues to shape political and military thinking.

2020 marks 75 years since the end of World War II, yet even as the war slips from livingmemory, its legacies continue to influence current political and military thinking.

This anthology will analyze these legacies for a number of countries and regions including China,Russia, the United States, the Near East, and Germany illustrating in detail how World War II isnot merely a historical event, but a defining moment for current military and political thinkingaround the globe. This book will therefore be of interest for those interested in history, but alsopolitical and military decision makers, and followers of current political and military affairs.

AUTHOR:Matthias Strohn is Senior Research Fellow at the University of Buckingham, and a senior lecturerin the Department of War Studies, RMAS. Previously he lectured at Oxford and the Joint ForcesCommand and Staff College, Shrivenham. He specializes in the history of the German army inthe 20th century, with emphasis on command and leadership, and the development andapplication of doctrine, and has published widely. He holds a commission in the German armyand is a member of the military attaché reserve. He has deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan withboth the British army and the German Bundeswehr.

Meade and Lee at Rappahannock Station:The Army of the Potomac’s FirstPost-Gettysburg Offensive, From Kelly’s

Author: HUNT, JEFFREY WM

ISBN: 9781611215397

Imprint: Savas Beatie

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLGLB*cbfdjh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

Contrary to popular belief, the Eastern Theater during the late summer and fall of 1863 wasanything but inconsequential. Generals George Meade and Robert E. Lee continued where theyhad left off, boldly maneuvering the chess pieces of war to gain a decisive strategic and tacticaladvantage. Cavalry actions and pitched battles made it clear to anyone paying attention that thewar in Virginia was a long way from having been decided at Gettysburg. This period of the warwas the first and only time Meade exercised control of the Army of the Potomac on his ownterms, but historians and students alike have all but ignored it. Jeffrey Wm Hunt brilliantlyrectifies this oversight in Meade and Lee at Rappahannock Station: The Army of the Potomac'sFirst Post-Gettysburg Offensive, from Kelly's Ford to the Rapidan, October 21 to November 20,1863.

Hunt's third installment in his award-winning Meade and Lee series is grounded upon officialreports, regimental histories, letters, newspapers, and other archival sources. Together, theyprovide a day-by-day, and sometimes minute-by-minute, account of the Union army's firstpost-Gettysburg offensive action and Lee's efforts to repel it. In addition to politics, strategy, andtactics, Hunt's pen ably examines the intricate command relationships, Lee's questionabledecision-making, and the courageous spirit of the fighting men. Complete with original maps andoutstanding photographs, Meade and Lee at Rappahannock Station is a significant contribution toCivil War literature.Hunt's third installment in his award-winning Meade and Lee series isgrounded upon official reports, regimental histories, letters, newspapers, and other archivalsources. It examines the intricate command relationships, Lee's questionable decision-making,and the courageous spirit of the fighting men.

AUTHOR:Jeffrey William Hunt is Director of the Texas Military Forces Museum, the official museum of theTexas National Guard in Austin, Texas and an adjunct professor of History at Austin CommunityCollege, where he has taught since 1988. He had also served for many years as the Curator ofCollections and Director of the Living History Program at the Admiral Nimitz National Museum ofthe Pacific War in Fredericksburg, Texas. Jeff holds a Bachelors Degree in Government and aMasters Degree in History, both from the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author ofseveral books on the Civil War, including the critically acclaimed and award-winning Meade andLee After Gettysburg: The Forgotten Final Stage of the Gettysburg Campaign, from FallingWaters to Culpeper Court House, July 14-31, 1863 as well as Meade and Lee at Bristoe Station:The Problems of Command and Strategy after Gettysburg, from Brandy Station to the BucklandRaces, August 1 to October 31, 1863.

MIGS in the Middle East Volume 1: TheFirst 10 Years, 1955-1967

Author: NICOLLE, DAVIS

ISBN: 9781913336363

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLJLD*ddgdgd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 72

An exclusive source of reference on the operational history of MiG-15, MiG-17, and MiG-19 fighterjets in Algeria, Egypt, Iraq, Morocco, and Syria from 1955 until 1965. This is the first volume in amini-series.

Egypt and Czechoslovakia signed the so-called 'Czechoslovak Arms Deal', thus initiating a uniqueera of close cooperation between major Arab military powers, the former Union of the SovietSocialist Republics (USSR) and its allies. During the first decade of this period, the air force ofEgypt, followed by those of (in chronological order) Syria, Iraq, Morocco and Algeria, were allequipped with dozens and then hundreds of Soviet-made fighters designed by the Mikoyan IGurevich Design Bureau - the same swept-wing jets that took the Western powers by surpriseduring the Korean War.

While the first generation of MiG jet fighter - the MiG-15 - saw only a relatively brief service inEgypt, its more efficient and uprated successor, the MiG-17F, entered service in bigger numbers,and then formed the backbone of additional air forces around the Middle East. The MiG-17PFbecame the first radar-equipped combat aircraft while the MiG-19 became the first supersonicfighter flown by the air forces of Egypt and Iraq, in the period 1958-1963. In Morocco andAlgeria, the MiG-17 was the first and the only jet fighter in service during the first half of the1960s.Unsurprisingly, MiG-15s, MiG-17s and MiG-19s thus served with many different units and -especially in Egypt and Algeria, and also in Syria - wore a wide range of very different, and oftenvery colourful unit insignia and other markings. They were also flown by many pilots whosubsequently played crucial roles in the future of their nations.

Based on original documentation and extensive interviews with veterans, and richly illustrated,MiGs in the Middle East, Volume 1 is a unique source of reference on the operational history ofMiG-15, MiG-17, and MiG-19 fighter jets in Algeria, Egypt, Iraq, Morocco, and Syria from 1955until 1956. This is the first volume in a mini-series.

100 photographs, 6 maps, 18 colour profiles

Military Memoirs of a Confederate LineOfficer: Captain John C. Reed's Civil Warfrom Manassas to Appomattox

Author: COBB, WILLIAM R.

ISBN: 9781611215144

Imprint: Savas Beatie

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $80.00 9HSLGLB*cbfbee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

John C. Reed fought through the war in General Lee's Army of Northern Virginia as an officer inthe 8th Georgia Infantry. A graduate of Princeton University and a classically educated aristocrat,he wrote home often and kept careful contemporaneous notes of his experiences in camp and onthe battlefield. In 1888, Reed used these documents to produce a detailed memoir of hiswartime experiences, but it was never published and because of an archival filing error after hisdeath, was effectively lost for a century. The Military Memoirs of a Confederate Line Officer:Captain John C. Reed's Civil War from Manassas to Appomattox, edited by William R. Cobb, ispublished here in full for the first time.

Reed was the son of a famous minister, educator, planter, and slave owner, and the understudyof Georgia's preeminent pre-war lawyer. When his state left the Union, the 25-year-old joined alocal volunteer unit as a 2nd lieutenant. The outfit mustered into Confederate service asCompany I (The Stephens Light Guards) of the 8th Georgia Volunteer Infantry, rode the railsnorth to Virginia, and fought the entire war from First Manassas through Appomattox. As a lineofficer, Reed had a front row seat to the fighting. He was wounded at least twice (at SecondManassas and again at Gettysburg), promoted to captain during the Battle of the Wilderness onMay 6, 1864, and led his company through the balance of the Overland Campaign and throughthe horrific siege of Petersburg all the way to the surrender on April 9, 1865.

The Military Memoirs of a Confederate Line Officer is a perceptive and articulate account filledwith riveting recollections of some of the Civil War's most intense fighting. Reed doesn't shy awayfrom providing his opinion on a variety of officers, decisions, and experiences, including theexecution of deserters, premonitions of battlefield death, and what it was like to watch his friendsand fellow soldiers die in battle.

AUTHOR:Ron has also edited and published five baseball biographies including Ty Cobb: Two Biographiesby H. G. Salsinger (McFarland, 2012) and Honus Wagner: On his Life and Baseball by HonusWagner (Ann Arbor Media, 2006). In 2010, Ron authored a breakthrough article entitled "TheGeorgia Peach-Stumped by the Storyteller," in The National Pastime. The article won the 2010National McFarland/SABR award for the best baseball history research article of the year. Ronlater expanded the research and published it in 2013 book form with the same title.

8 images, 4 maps

Mitsubishi A6M Reisen Zeke vol. 1

Author: PADUCH, DARIUSZ

ISBN: 9788366673014

Imprint: Kagero

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 211 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $77.99 9HSSDQG*ghdabe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 130

Mitsubishi A6M Reisen Zeke vol. 1

200 archival photographs, colour profiles

Ninja: Unmasking the Myth

Author: TURNBULL, STEPHEN

ISBN: 9781526796486

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSLFMG*hjgeig+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

The ninja is a well-known phenomenon in Japanese military culture, a fighter who is widelyregarded as the world's greatest exponent of secret warfare. He infiltrates castles, gathers vitalintelligence and wields a deadly knife in the dark. His easily recognisable image is that of a secretagent or assassin who dresses all in black, possesses almost magical martial powers, and iscapable of extraordinary feats of daring. He sells his skills on a mercenary basis and when inaction his unique abilities include confusing his enemies by making mystical hand gestures or bysending sharp iron stars spinning towards them. That is the popular view, but it is muchexaggerated, as this exciting new book explains. 'Ninja: Unmasking The Myth' is a revealing,fascinating and authoritative study of Japan's famous secret warriors. Unlike all previous bookson the subject the author, who is an expert in the subject, does not take the ninja for granted.Instead he examines the entire phenomenon in a critical manner, ranging from accounts ofundercover operations during the age of Japan's civil wars to the modern emergence of thesuperman ninja as a comic book character. The popular ninja image is shown to be the result ofseveral influences that were combined to create the world's greatest secret warrior. Manywell-known features of the ninja tradition such as the black clothes and the iron stars are shownto be complete inventions. One important feature of the book is the use of original Japanesesources, many of which have never been translated before. As well as unknown accounts ofcastle attacks, assassinations and espionage they include the last great ninja manual, whichreveals the spiritual and religious ideals that were believed to lie behind the ninja's arts. Thebook concludes with a detailed investigation of the ninja in popular culture up to the present-dayincluding movies, cartoons and theme parks.

AUTHOR:Stephen Turnbull took his first degree at Cambridge and has two MAs (in Theology and MilitaryHistory) from Leeds University. In 1996 he received a PhD from Leeds for his thesis on Japan's'Hidden Christians'. In its published form the work won the Japan Festival Literary Award in 1998.Having lectured widely in East Asian Studies and Theology, he is now retired and pursues anactive literary career. His expertise has helped with numerous projects including films, televisionand the award-winning strategy game 'Shogun Total War'. His latest work is 'The Lost Samurai:Japanese Mercenaries in Southeast Asia 1593-1698'.

32 colour illustrations

Pearl: December 7, 1941

Author: BUTLER, DANIEL ALLEN

ISBN: 9781612009384

Imprint: Casemate

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSLGLC*aajdie+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 396

A new, readable account of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbour.

What happened at Pearl Harbor? What really happened? The Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor isone of those rare moments where, in the space of a few hours, the "hinge of Fate" turned andthe course of history was utterly changed. Nearly eight decades later, it has become one of thoseevents which almost everyone knows of, but hardly anyone seems to know about. How and whydid the Empire of Japan and the United States of America collide on blood and flames thatSunday morning when the sun rose and the bombs fell? Pearl: The 7th Day of December 1941 isthe story of how America and Japan, two nations with seemingly little over which to quarrel, letpeace slip away, so that on that "day which will live in infamy," more than 350 dive bombers,high-level bombers, torpedo planes, and fighters of the Imperial Japanese Navy did their best tocripple the United States Navy's Pacific Fleet, killing 2,403 American servicemen and civilians, andwounding another 1,178. It's a story of emperors and presidents, diplomats and politicians,admirals and generals and it's also the tale of ordinary sailors, soldiers, and airmen, all of whomwere overtaken by a rush of events that ultimately overwhelmed them. Pearl shows the realreasons why the America's political and military leaders underestimated Japan's threat America'ssecurity, and why their Japanese counterparts ultimately felt compelled to launch the PearlHarbor attack. Pearl offers more than superficial answers, showing how both sides blunderedtheir way through arrogance, over-confidence, racism, bigotry, and old-fashioned human error toarrive at the moment when the Japanese were convinced that there was no alternative to war.Once battle is joined, Pearl then takes the reader into the heart of the attack, where the fightingmen of both nations showed that neither side had a monopoly on heroism, courage, cowardice,or luck, as they fought to protect their nations.

AUTHOR:Daniel Allen Butler, a maritime and military historian, is the bestselling author of "Unsinkable"The Full Story of RMS Titanic, Distant Victory: The Battle of Jutland and the Allied Triumph in theFirst World War, and The First Jihad: The Battle for Khartoum and the Dawn of Militant Islam. Heis an internationally recognized authority on maritime subjects. Butler lives and works in LosAngeles, California. Daniel Allen Butler was educated at Hope College, Grand Valley StateUniversity, and the University of Erlangen.

40 photographs

Polish Eyewitnesses to Napoleon's 1812Campaign: Advance and Retreat in Russia

Author: LALOWSKI, MAREK TADEUSZ

ISBN: 9781526782618

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hicgbi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

Napoleon's invasion of Russia cost the lives of hundreds of thousands and changed the course ofhistory. Europe had never seen an army quite like the one gathering in Poland in 1812 - half amillion men in brilliant uniforms, plumed shakoes and shimmering helmets. Six months later, itwas the ghost of an army, frozen and miserable, that limped back to their horrified homes. Whilethe story of this epic military disaster has often been told, it has never been described beforefrom the viewpoint of the tens of thousands of Polish soldiers who took part, and that is why thisselection of their vivid eyewitness testimony is of such value. Most of their accounts - letters,diaries and memoirs - have not been translated into English before, and they come from avariety of authors. Some of them were patriots who were keen to wage war on the Russians inorder to regain independence for their country. Others were charmed by the glory of Napoleonicwarfare or were professional soldiers who did their duty but had seen too much war to beseduced by it. They all tell an unrivalled tale - of muskets and drums and burning villages, ofBorodino and Moscow and ruthless battles, and of the numbing hunger and biting cold. By theend the great army had been reduced to a pitiless mob and the Polish soldiers, who had set outwith such hope, recalled it with horror.

AUTHORS:Marek Tadeusz Lalowski is a Polish historian specialising in the Polish contribution to Napoleon'scampaigns. With his co-author Jonathan North he has published Glory and Despair: PolishAccounts of the Sieges of Saragossa, 1808 and 1809 and War of Lost Hope: Polish Accounts ofthe Napoleonic Expedition to Saint Domingue, 1801 to 1804.

Jonathan North is a professional editor and a historian specialising in Napoleonic history. Hispublications include With Napoleon in Russia: The Illustrated Memoirs of Faber du Faur, In theLegions of Napoleon: The Memoirs of a Polish Officer in Spain and Russia, 1808-1812, Napoleon'sArmy in Russia: The Illustrated Memoirs of Albrecht Adam, 1812 and, as editor and translator,With Napoleon's Guard in Russia: The Memoirs of Major Vionnet, 1812.

30 colour illustrations

Rangers Led the Way: WWII ArmyRangers in Their Own Words

Author: KETCHERSIDE / DESPOTIS

ISBN: 9780764360367

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 177 x 254 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSKHQE*dgadgh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

Rangers Led the Way is a collection of interviews from 20 Rangers who fought in Europe duringWWII, including the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Ranger Battalions. The book also includeshistorical context so the actions described in the interviews can be understood as part of thelarger war. Within a year after the fateful attack on Pearl Harbor in 1941, the US militaryunderstood the need for Special Forces and began training with the British Commandos to createthe force that would become the famous US Rangers. Although US Ranger history emanatesfrom before the Revolutionary War, Ranger training and missions substantially changed greatlyduring WWII, leading to a new generation of Rangers. Many never-before-seen maps andphotographs are also included.

AUTHORS:George Despotis, MD, is an associate professor of pathology, immunology and anesthesiology atWashington University School of Medicine, with a great interest in WWII history. Chris Ketchersideis a college professor of American history, and a retired US Marine.

Chris Ketcherside is a college professor of American history, and a retired US Marine. GeorgeDespotis, MD, is an associate professor of pathology, immunology and anesthesiology atWashington University School of Medicine, with a great interest in WWII history.

180 b/w photographs

Royal Marines on the Western Front

Author: MCLEAN, DANIEL J.

ISBN: 9781526763860

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hgdiga+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

From the mud of the Somme to the raid on Zeebrugge, the Royal Marines fought in almost everyelement of the Great War on the Western Front. Today they are known world-wide as an elitecommando fighting force, but that has only been their role since 1940, a fraction of their periodin existence. Until 1923 they existed as two corps - the Royal Marine Light Infantry and the RoyalMarine Artillery - and both served with distinction along the western front in the great war. Thisbook examines and explains the engagements in which they were involved, the equipment usedand the organisation and training undertaken in hitherto unseen detail, drawing on a wide varietyof sources to give an accurate picture of their contribution to the war in France and Belgium.

AUTHOR:Daniel McLean grew up in Kent before joining the Royal Navy as a Midshipman aged 18. After sixyears' service he read Theology at Oriel College, Oxford before embarking upon a career inteaching. He spent eight years as Head of Department at Ardingly College and then RugbySchool, where he also commanded the Combined Cadet Force, and is presently a Housemasterat Downside School in Somerset.

32 b/w illustrations

Run Through the Jungle: MilitaryAssistance Command, Vietnam: Studiesand Observations Group (Macv-Sog),

Author: FISHER, SHAWN

ISBN: 9781913336271

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 210 x 297 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $42.99 9HSLJLD*ddgchb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 72

A detailed and richly illustrated operational history of the highly classified, joint-service specialoperations command of the United States during the Vietnam War.

The Military Assistance Command, Vietnam - Studies and Observations Group (MACV-SOG) - wasa highly classified, joint-service special operations unit of the United States armed forces, whichran covert and unconventional warfare operations during the Second Indochina War, in theperiod 1964-1972. SOG, as it came to be known, was the Vietnam War's version of the OSS, theSecond World War American spy service, using special equipment, weapons, and highly trainedclandestine operatives. Made up of Army Special Forces, Navy SEALS, USAF forward observersand aircrew, South Vietnamese airmen and soldiers, SOG also included a motley assortment ofCIA operatives and well-paid mercenaries from the Vietnamese highlands, Saigon's slums, thejungles of Cambodia, and even Norway. Answering only to the Joint Chiefs and the White House,the men of SOG wreaked havoc on the North Vietnamese from the Ho Chi Minh Trail in Laos tothe North Vietnamese coastline beyond the 17th parallel. SOG scouted enemy supply lines,tapped communication lines, raided POW camps, spread propaganda and fear with psychologicaloperations, and relentlessly attacked enemy units deep inside its sanctuaries in Laos andCambodia.

SOG troopers snatched enemy prisoners from their jungle lair and leapt from the sky in theworld's first combat use of high altitude, low-opening parachuting rigs. They carried space-ageweapons, such as gyro-jet pistols, and honed their jungle survival and tracking skills to a razor'sedge, taught by mountain tribesmen to stalk and kill their Viet Cong and North Vietnameseenemies. By the time the unit disbanded in 1972 its elite commandos had been awarded nineMedals of Honor. Over 300 men of MACV-SOG were lost in combat, and approximately 60 remainMissing in Action.

Based on decades-long research in official archives and with help of veterans, Run Through theJungle is not only richly illustrated, but also the first authoritative operational history of theMACV-SOG during the Vietnam war.

10 photographs, 6 maps, 15 colour profiles

SOE's Mastermind: An AuthorisedBiography of Major General Sir ColinGubbins Kcmg, DSO, MC

Author: LETT, BRIAN

ISBN: 9781526796493

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLFMG*hjgejd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

For those with even a passing interest in the Second World War, the name Colin Gubbins issynonymous with the Special Operations Executive (SOE). This is not surprising as from itscreation in late 1940 at Prime Minister Winston Churchill's command 'to set Europe ablaze',Gubbins was the driving force behind SOE. Over the next four years as, first, Operations andTraining Director (codename M) and, from 1943, its Commander (CD) he masterminded everyaspect of its worldwide covert operations. Remarkably this is the first full biography of the manwhose contribution to victory ranks in the premier league. The Author's research and access tofamily archives reveal the experiences in The Great War and later in Russia, Ireland, Poland andas Head of British Resistance that made Gubbins such a pivotal and influential wartime figure.The result is a fascinating biography that reveals as much about SOE's extraordinary activities asit does about the man who inspired and commanded them.

AUTHOR:Brian Lett is a QC whose interest in the history of special operations stems from his father'sinvolvement with SOE and the SAS. He is the author of "SAS in Tuscany" and "Ian Fleming andOperation Postmaster," both published by Pen and Sword Books. He had homes in Somerset andKew.

32 b/w illustrations

Soryu, Hiryu and Unryu-Class AircraftCarriers: In the Imperial Japanese Navyduring World War II

Author: AHLBERG / LENGERER

ISBN: 9780764360770

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 228 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahha+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

This book covers the design and construction of the two well-known Soryu and Hiryu carriers, andthe lesser-known ships of the Unryu class, and relies on original Japanese source material,including numerous photos, drawings, and specifications. How and why the Japanese designedand constructed the WWII-era, medium-sized Soryu-, Hiryu-, and Unryu-class aircraft carriers,and how they were operated, is covered in detail. The Imperial Japanese Navy planned theconstruction of 45 aircraft carriers from 1918 to 1943 and commissioned twenty-five of thembetween 1922 and 1944. These types were large, medium, and small aircraft carriers, with someconverted from other warship classes, and escort aircraft carriers remodeled from passengerships. The medium type presented here formed the majority, with a total of 18 planned: fivewere completed, three remained in various completion stages at the end of the Pacific War, andten were eventually cancelled.

AUTHORS:Lars Ahlberg and Hans Lengerer have coauthored books about the aircraft carrier Taiho and theYamato class of carrier and recently published Armourclad Fuso to Kongo Class Battle Cruisers.They privately published Contributions to the History of Imperial Japanese Warships.

145 b/w photographs

Stalag XXA and the Enforced March fromPoland

Author: WYNN, STEPHEN

ISBN: 9781526754462

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hfeegc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

Stalag XXA was a Second World War German POW camp for non-commissioned officers locatedin Nazi occupied Torun, in northern Poland. The camp consisted of fifteen forts, which inSeptember 1939, under the name of Stalag 357, was used to house Polish POWs who werecaptured after German forces had taken the Polish fort at Westerplatte. British POWs didn'tarrive at the camp until June 1940, and were those captured during the Allied campaign inNorway, the evacuations of the British at Dunkirk, and the men of the 51st (Highland) Division atSt. Valery. At its peak, the camp housed more than 10,000 men and was liberated by Russianforces on 1 February 1945. This book examines in detail what life was like in the camp for thoseheld there, which over the course of the war numbered more than 60,000 men, including Polish,French, Belgians, British, Yugoslavians, Russians, Americans, Italians and Norwegians. The bulkof the book is based on a diary kept by Leonard Parker, a POW at Stalag XXA who was forced toundertake a march from the camp, commencing on 19 January 1945, taking himself and hiscomrades to the Russian port of Odessa. It was a difficult march undertaken in harsh winteryconditions, where lack of food, the cold, and the fear of death were their constant companions.The final leg of their liberation saw the men of Stalag XXA board the 'Duchess of Richmond' atOdessa, before arriving at Greenock, Scotland, on 17 April 1945, and finally finding theirfreedom.

AUTHOR:Stephen is a retired police officer having served with Essex Police as a constable for thirty yearsbetween 1983 and 2013. He is married to Tanya and has two sons, Luke and Ross, and adaughter, Aimee. When not writing, Stephen can be found walking his four dogs with his wifeTanya at some unearthly time of the morning, when most normal people are still fast asleep.

23 b/w illustrations

Tanks of the Second World War

Author: ANDERSON, THOMAS

ISBN: 9781526796585

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 216 x 280 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hjgfif+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

This book lists all the important tanks used in the Second World War, both by the Allied (England,France, Russia and the USA) and Axis Powers (Germany, Italy and Japan).

Thomas Anderson, an expert on the history of the Second World War, offers an in-depth volumedetailling the vehicles, their use in battle and relevant technical specifications.

This comprehensive survey is full of authentic eyewitness accounts as well as being profuselyillustrated with many photographs having never been published before.

300 b/w illustrations

Taranto: And Naval Air Warfare in theMediterranean, 1940-1945

Author: HOBBS, DAVID

ISBN: 9781526793836

Imprint: Seaforth

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $105.00 9HSLFMG*hjdidg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 456

This is the first book to focus on the Fleet Air Arm's contribution to naval operations in theMediterranean after the Italian declaration of war in June 1940\. The Royal Navy found itselffacing a larger and better-equipped Italian surface fleet, large Italian and German air forcesequipped with modern aircraft and both Italian and German submarines. Its own aircraft were acritical element of an unprecedented fight on, over and under the sea surface. The best-knownaction was the crippling of the Italian fleet at Taranto, which demonstrated how aircraft carriersand their aircraft had replaced the dominance of battleships, but every subsequent operation iscovered from the perspective of naval aviation. Some of these, like Matapan or the defence ofthe 'Pedestal' convoy to Malta, are famous but others in support of land campaigns and in theAegean after the Italian surrender are less well recorded. In all these, the ingenuity andinnovation of the Fleet Air Arm shines through - Taranto pointed the way to what the Japanesewould achieve at Pearl Harbor, while air cover for the Salerno landings demonstrated theeffectiveness of carrier-borne fighters in amphibious operations, a tactic adopted by the US Navy.The author's years of archival research together with his experience as a carrier pilot allow himto describe and analyse the operations of naval aircraft in the Mediterranean with unprecedentedauthority. This provides the book with novel insights into many familiar facets of theMediterranean war while for the first time doing full justice to the Fleet Air Arm's lesser knownachievements.

AUTHOR:David Hobbs served in the Royal Navy as a pilot, and later became the Curator of the Fleet AirArm Museum. He has since established himself as an authoritative writer on naval aviation topics,with more than a dozen highly regarded books to his name, most recent of these being 'TheRoyal Navy's Air Service in the Great War' published by Seaforth in 2017 and 'The Dawn ofCarrier Strike' in 2019.

240 b/w photographs and 6 maps

Thunderbirds: The United States AirForce's Flight Demonstration Team, 1953to the Present

Author: NEUBECK, KEN

ISBN: 9780764360763

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 228 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSKHQE*dgahgd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

Founded in 1953, the US Air Force Thunderbirds flying-demonstration team has performed inairshows in the United States and around the world. The team is based at Nellis Air Force Base,Nevada, where it has been honing its skills since 1956. This book details the origins and earlyformation of the team, as well as describing the different model aircraft that the team has flownduring its nearly 70-year history - F-84 Thunderjet and Thunderstreak, F-100C Super Sabre,F-105B Thunderchief, F-4E Phantom II, T-38A Talon, to the present-day F-16A Fighting Falcon -mirroring the development of US Air Force fighter aircraft during this time. The book alsopresents graphic and photographic descriptions of some of the team's signature maneuvers thatare performed during a Thunderbirds airshow, in stunning imagery.

AUTHOR:Ken Neubeck is a reliability engineer who worked on the A-10 production program. He is theauthor of several aircraft books and amateur radio books. He has taken many photos of theThunderbirds team during performances on Long Island. He served as president of the LongIsland Republic Airport Historical Society, which preserves aspects of the history of Long Islandaviation.

208 colour and b/w photographs

Tragedy and Betrayal in the DutchResistance

Author: DE KORTE, SAMUEL

ISBN: 9781526784988

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLFMG*hiejii+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 184

On the night of 31 March 1945, five men were woken and taken from their cells in the city ofZwolle, in The Netherlands. They were put in a vehicle and escorted by the German occupyingforces to a street nearby, where all five were lined up and executed. The corpses were leftbehind as the Germans left the scene. Whether by accident or betrayal, these men had fallen into the clutches of the 'Sicherheitsdienst', the Nazi intelligence service. Although the liberation wasat hand (Zwolle would be freed less than two weeks later), these men did not live to see it. Thisbook not only reveals what the men had done and the reasons behind their execution, but alsothe experiences of their wives, who had tried to obtain their husbands' release, while otherwomen were deported to concentration camps. Attention is also paid to the execution and theprocess leading up to it. Combining interviews with descendants, eyewitnesses, acquaintances,archival research, historical books and newspapers, family member and history student Samuelde Korte recreates an image of the executed men on that fateful morning and the families theyleft behind. Using a number of rare and well-known photographs, the condemned are portrayedas resistance fighters as well as fathers and husbands. The book examines not only theconsequences of the men and their actions, but also the grief of the women who were leftbehind.

AUTHOR:Samuel de Korte is a graduate student of the Cultural History of Modern Europe at UtrechtUniversity, and in his spare time enjoys researching or writing articles about popular history. Heis a descendant of Wilhelmus van Dijk, which formed the basis for this project. Through the useof interviews, his historical training, archive research and other historical material, he hasmanaged to recover a great deal about the men involved.

55 b/w illustrations

Tudor Arte of Warre 1485-1558: TheConduct of War from Henry VII to Mary I

Author: DAVIES, JONATHAN

ISBN: 9781913336417

Imprint: Helion & Company

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 180 x 248 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $62.99 9HSLJLD*ddgebh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

This book deals with the diplomacy, campaigns and battles of the period as well as the life of theTudor soldier his recruitment, weapons, tactics and logistical support.

If you peruse a bookshop's shelves, Tudor history seems to concern itself with Monarchy (mostlywives), religion (for or against the Reformation) with a side order of cookery (pies and pottage).Tudor warfare has either been dismissed as unimportant or criticised for its 'backwardness'.There have, however, been recent attempts to re-evaluate the achievements of the Tudors atwar, especially the part played by Henry VIII in the ‘modernisation’ of the army, in the context ofthe continuing military revolution debate. This book provides a broad and comprehensive surveyof the Tudor army, explaining its campaigns and battles in the context of its monarchs and theirdiplomatic and foreign policy priorities. It also provides a thematic study of key issues, such asrecruitment, fortification, equipment, tactics and supply. While much has been written about howfar the Tudor military does or does not fit into a perceived pattern of European militarydevelopment, I argue that it can only be understood if the unique political, social and economicbackground of England is appreciated. The conclusion drawn is that for all the 'failings' identifiedby historians, it was a system that was not only 'fit for purpose' but it could on occasion achieveextraordinary feats, whether those be the Device forts of Henry VIII or the stunning victories atFlodden and Pinkie.

AUTHOR:Jonathan Davies was a scholar of Sidney Sussex College Cambridge where he read history,before progressing to a career in teaching. He has spent the last forty years mostly teachingmedieval and Tudor history as well as leading a medieval/Tudor re-enactment group. He haswritten extensively on a wide range of historical subjects both civilian and military, including abook on the navy in the reign of Henry VIII. Most recently he completed a title for Osprey, TheMedieval Cannon 1326-1494.

30 maps, diagrams and photographs

U-Boats at War in 100 Objects,1939-1945

Author: WILLIAMSON, GORDON

ISBN: 9781526759023

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 172 x 246 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hfjacd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

'The only thing that ever really frightened me during the war was the U-boat peril,' wroteWinston Churchill in his history of the Second World War. 'I was even more anxious about thisbattle than I had been about the glorious air fight called the Battle of Britain." In reality, theKriegsmarine had been woefully unprepared for the war into which it was thrown. TheCommand-in-Chief of submarines, Karl Donitz, himself a verteran U-boat captain from the FirstWorld War, felt that he could bring Britain to its knees with a fleet of 300 U-Boats. But when warbroke out, he had just twenty-four available for operational use. Despite this, the U-Boat armscored some incredible successes in the early part of the war, raising the status of the submarinecommanders and crews to that of national heroes in the eyes of the German people. The 'GreyWolves' had become super-stars. Small wonder then that the U-Boat war has fascinated studentsof military history ever since. This book, using a carefully selected range of both wartime imagesand colour images of surviving U-boat memorabilia from private collections, describes 100 iconicelements of the U-Boat service and its campaigns. The array of objects include importantindividuals and the major U-Boat types, through to the uniforms and insignias the men wore. Theweapons, equipment and technology used are explored, as are the conditions in which the U-boatcrews served, from cooking facilities and general hygiene down to the crude toilet facilities.Importantly, the enemy that they faced is also covered, examining the ship-borne and airborneanti-submarine weaponry utilised against the U-boats. The U-Boats began the war, though smallin number, more than a match for the Allies and created carnage amongst merchant shipping aswell as sinking several major warships. The pace of technological development, however, failedto match that of Allied anti-submarine warfare weaponry and the U-Bootwaffe was ultimatelydoomed to defeat but not before, at one point, coming close to bringing Britain to its knees.

AUTHOR:Gordon Williamson is a retired civil servant with a life-long passion for military history. Hisparticular fields of interest include the Military Police, in which both he and his father served, andthe German Navy, with special emphasis on the U-Boats. He has written over fifty books onmilitary subjects, including numerous titles dealing with the U-Boats as well as other branches ofthe Kriegsmarine which have been translated into several languages.

186 colour and b/w illustrations

USS Enterprise (CV-6): The "Big E" fromthe Doolittle Raid, Midway and SantaCruz to Guadalcanal and Leyte

Author: DOYLE, DAVID

ISBN: 9780764360756

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 228 x 228 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahfg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

Though it barely missed being caught and destroyed at Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941, theUS Navy's USS Enterprise (CV-6) aircraft carrier took part in every major action of the PacificWar, from the Doolittle Raid to the battles of Midway, Santa Cruz, and Guadalcanal to thePhilippine Sea and Leyte. Affectionately known as the "Big E," as well as as the "fightingest shipin the Navy," the Enterprise racked up one of the most impressive tallies of damage to theenemy of any Allied warship during WWII. This book explores Enterprise's design andconstruction, wartime activities, and ultimate postwar decommissioning and scrapping throughcarefully researched photos, many of which have never before been published. The clarity andlarge size of many of the photos, coupled with descriptive and informative captions, put thereader on the deck of this historic warship throughout its famed history.

AUTHOR:The maritime books by David Doyle, author of over 150 books, are noted for their thoroughcoverage of historic vessels and his celebrated ability to locate scarce vintage imagery.

236 colour and b/w photographs

Verdun 1917: The French Hit Back

Author: HOLSTEIN, CHRISTINA

ISBN: 9781526717085

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 138 x 216 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLFMG*hbhaif+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Unlike the popular view, the French army did not cease offensive operations after the disastrousNivelle Offensive of spring 1917 and the subsequent mutinies. Nor did the fighting at Verduncome to an end in 1916. The successful French counter offensives at the end of that year led topreliminary planning for a two Army operation in 1917 to break out of the Verdun salient andrecapture the strategically very significant Briey coal basin. The French Army mutinies of May andJune 1917 led to a more limited version of the plan being implemented, with the aim ofestablishing new lines for a break out in 1918. The need to rebuild morale in the French armymeant that nothing was left to chance. The immense logistical effort of this late summer 1917campaign and the detailed planning and careful training at all levels brought success to an armyweary of war but determined to win. The industrial nature of the preparations, the spectacularnumbers of guns and the first appearance of the Americans at Verdun presage the campaigns of1918 and the final Allied victory. Once more Christina Holstein, the premier expert in Britain ofthe battlefields around Verdun, leads the reader around the various vital points of this largelyunknown battle of 1917, one which was vital for the rebuilding of a French army that played sucha notable part in the victorious allied campaign of 1918. As for all the books in the BattlegroundEurope series, it is profusely illustrated and mapped using contemporary and modern material,supported by clear maps to support each of the tours.

AUTHOR:Christina Holstein is a leading authority on the Battle of Verdun. For many years she lived closeto the battlefield and has explored it in great detail. She regularly conducts tours of thebattlefield for individuals or groups and, with her specialized knowledge of the terrain, has actedas consultant to a number of other historians, TV producers and TV and radio journalists. Overthe years she has written five books in the Battleground Europe series on the Battle of Verdun1916. She was the founding chairman of the Luxembourg branch of the Western FrontAssociation.

75 b/w illustrations

Wellington's Light Division in thePeninsular War: The Formation ofWellington's Famous Fighting Force,

Author: BURNHAM, ROBERT

ISBN: 9781526758903

Imprint: Frontline

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Military

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hfijad+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 248

In February 1810, Wellington formed what became the most famous British unit in the PeninsularWar: the Light Division. Formed around the 43rd and 52nd Light Infantry and the 95th Rifles, theexploits of these three regiments would become legendary. Over the next 50 months, thedivision would fight and win glory in almost every battle and siege of the Peninsular War. From itsorigins as a brigade of light infantry which was involved in the first clashes of the British army inPortugal - the battles of Rolica and Vimeiro - and, having proved its worth, was developed into afull division when it returned to the Peninsula in 1810. The Light Division became famous for thespeed of its marching over vast distances, its unique form of discipline based upon respect forthe ordinary rankers and allowing individual initiative. The men were trained to operateindependently and, unlike the musket-armed infantry of the line who delivered mass volleys, themen of the Light Division, many of who carried rifles, concentrated on aimed fire at individualtargets. As such, Wellington expected the Light Division to perform the most difficult andhazardous operations, often being the first into battle and the last to retire. Understandably,some of the most memorable characters of Wellington's army and many of its notable diarist andhistorians. It is through those eyes and words that this major, and long-anticipated study of theearly years of the Light Division, is compiled.

AUTHOR:Having had numerous articles published on the Peninsular War and the British Army, therenowned historian and author Robert Burnham, from the United States, hosts the pre-eminentNapoleonic website, the Napoleon Series. This fascinating and all-embracing website, the largestof its kind, is a 'must' for anyone interested in the Napoleonic era. It can be accessed at:www.napoleon-series.org

Astrotherapy: Discover How to LiveBetter and Move Forward in Life with YourAstral Theme

Author: REGNICOLI, PHILIPPE

ISBN: 9780764360749

Imprint: Red Feather

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 228 mm

Category: Mind Body Spirit

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgahej+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

Find serenity thanks to the stars! Astrology, the discipline of the mind and the study of thehuman psyche, has become a true psychology. No longer perceived as magical or mystical, it isnow viewed as a serious and accessible tool for personal development and self-knowledge.Astrology establishes correlations between what happens astronomically and what happens innature. Over the centuries, it has become enriched by advances in mathematics, geometry, andastronomy and most recently, the New Age movement. By studying Astrotherapy, you'll receivethe keys to approach every aspect of your life, from love to family to your job, with thepersonalised tools and techniques you need to live better and move forward in your life. Unleashyour full potential with Astrotherapy.

AUTHOR:Philippe Regnicoli has been passionate about astrology for more than 30 years. An astrologer forabout 15 years, he maintains the website AutourDeLaLune.com, providing viewers around theworld with a modern and practical vision of astrology.

41 colour images

Life Lessons on the Sierra Trail: 40 Years'Experiences in the John Muir Wilderness

Author: CLYDE, ALLEN

ISBN: 9780941936040

Imprint: Craven Street Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Nature

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSKJOB*jdgaea+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 180

A young man takes a summer job with a horse packer in the Sierra Nevada mountains - andreceives a valuable education in the art of living - in a modern-day parable filled with love forhorses, nature, and the majesty of the Sierras, based on the author's real-life experience of 40years horse packing in the John Muir Wilderness.

Pablo is 18, a young man bound for college and a promising future, but also directionless anddrifting toward the gang life. Pablo's mother, remembering his childhood love of horses backhome in Mexico, arranges a summer job for him with podiatrist and commercial horse packer Dr.Clyde. Pablo finds himself far from the distractions of the city, leading pack horse trains throughthe stunning natural beauty of the John Muir Wilderness.

Along the way, Pablo receives a remarkable series of life lessons based on Dr. Clyde's 40 years’experience leading riders and hikers through the mountains. The guests that Clyde and Pabloencounter present many different models of how to live, both positive and negative, fromarrogant know-it-all tourists to experienced and respectful outdoorsmen. As Dr. Clyde says,"You'll find in this world, Pablo, that some people make very poor decisions. Sometimes itadversely affects others and sometimes it negatively affects themselves big-time." Pablo and thereader learn that self-reliance, preparedness, and taking responsibility for one's own safety helpdevelop a confident and responsible adult.

With lyrical descriptions of the natural splendor of the mountains and charming line drawings ofhorses and scenery, Life Lessons on the Sierra Trail is a celebration of the outdoor life and how itbuilds character.

AUTHOR:Dr. Allen Clyde has operated a horse packing service in the Sierra Nevada's John Muir Wildernessfor 40 years, transporting or delivering supplies to over 20,000 visitors. He is also a podiatricphysician and surgeon. Dr. Clyde has served on the Fresno County (California) Board ofEducation for nearly 20 years. He lives in Clovis, California. Life Lessons on the Sierra Trail is hisfirst book.

Track and Sign: A Guide to the Tracks ofMammals and Birds of the UK

Author: RHYDER, JOHN

ISBN: 9780750996143

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Nature

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $37.99 9HSKHPA*jjgbed+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Following years of extensive research from one of the UK's leading wildlife trackers, this bookexplores the world of UK mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians like no other. John Rhyderhas spent many years collecting the information contained within. The tracks within the book areillustrated with line drawings and photographs, making identification in the field effective andaccurate. Other signs made by wildlife including scat, feeding, damage to trees, dens, beds andnests are also fully explained and illustrated. This book is suitable for both the complete beginnerand the expert naturalist and will be invaluable for all.

AUTHOR:John Rhyder is a naturalist, woodsman and wildlife tracker, both founder and Head Instructor atThe Woodcraft School. He has also worked in arboriculture, conservation and habitatmanagement and has been teaching since 1994. He is certified through CyberTrackerconservation as a Senior Tracker, the highest level possible. He is the only person at this leveland therefore the highest qualified wildlife tracker in Northern Europe. He is endorsed as aninstructor in natural navigation techniques through Tristan Gooley and his school of naturalnavigation. He is regarded as one of the most experienced authorities in the field of bushcraft inthe UK and his experience includes being appointed as chief instructor for Ray Mears. He lives inWest Sussex.

350 illustrations

Unarmed Stage Combat

Author: D'ORLEANS, PHILIP

ISBN: 9781785007859

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Performing Arts

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLHSF*aahifj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

Stage combat is a constantly evolving craft, responsive to the growing demands of an everchanging industry and an ever more perceptive audience. Experienced fight director, teacher andexaminer Philip d'Orleans shows how to respond to this challenge through innovative techniquesand original choreography. Unarmed Stage Combat explores the fundamental performanceprinciples of violence on stage, before a dedicated series of chapters focus on over forty specificunarmed combat techniques, including non-contact slaps, punches, kicks and chokes as well ascontrolled contact and the illusion of falling. Each technique is beautifully illustrated withstep-by-step photos and detailed practical guidance through the preparation, action and reactionto the movement, as well as the key safety principles, common pitfalls and staging variables.Supported by stunning fight photos from professional productions, this indispensable handbook isequally as valuable for beginners at the start of their career or preparing for their fightperformance exam as it will be for seasoned professionals seeking to refresh their knowledge.

AUTHOR:Philip d'Orleans is a Master Teacher with the British Academy of Stage and Screen Combat. Aswell as his role of Physical Skills instructor at RADA, he also teaches at a number of other UKdrama schools and is a fight examiner with the BASSC, Stage Combat Deutschland and the IrishDramatic Combat Academy. Philip has choreographer fights for the RSC, the ROH, and the WestEnd, as well as many other theatres throughout the UK and internationally.

177 colour photographs and 109 diagrams

Death Drive: Why Societies Self-Destruct

Author: HAGEBACK, NIKLAS

ISBN: 9781592110346

Imprint: Gaudium

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Philosophy

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $69.99 9HSLFTC*bbadeg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 220

The Death Drive offers an explanatory framework and methodology to predict periods ofdestruction that often have grim effects on societies, taking as its starting point the controversialdeath drive concept.

Sigmund Freud’s death drive remains among the most controversial concepts in psychoanalysis,something which post-Freudians never could reach consensus on. Over time, it fell into oblivion.Recent developments, however, have actualized the interest in the death drive as politicalupheavals and turmoil lead to societal breakdowns that, according to reigning academic theory,should not exist. It has become a burning and contentious topic. Existing conflict theoriesgenerally unmask structural factors considered as explanatory root causes, whether social,economic, or political in nature, but, typically, these factors may have been in place for decades.These models consistently fail to identify the triggers that ignite abrupt change and what heraldsit. Anecdotally, a certain self-destructive sentiment seems to suddenly hold sway, where theestablished order, the status quo, simply must be destroyed, and the psychological urges to doso are too great to resist. But why would individuals or collectives elect a self-destructive path,which on a superficial level seems to conflict with the survival instinct and the assumption ofperpetual human progress? Thus, the question must be posed: are these manifestations of thedeath drive? The Death Drive: Why Societies Self-Destruct offers an explanatory framework andmethodology to predict periods of destruction that often have grim effects on societies, taking asits starting point the controversial death drive concept. The book provides a model to understandand forecast the seemingly irrational destructive human forces that hold such great and sinisterinfluence on world affairs.

AUTHOR:Niklas Hageback has an extensive background in psychology, working with behavioral finance,modelling irrational collective behavior at tier-one financial institutions and consulting firms, suchas Deutsche Bank, KPMG, and Goldman Sachs. His previous works include the bestseller, TheMystery of Market Movements: An Archetypal Approach to Investment Forecasting and Modelling,The Virtual Mind: Designing the Logic to Approximate Human Thinking, and Idiots Breed Idiots:Why Men No Longer are Created Equal.

Photography with Tilt and Shift Lenses:Art and Techniques

Author: COOPER, KEITH

ISBN: 9781785007712

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 189 x 246 mm

Category: Photo Skills

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLHSF*aahhbc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

Tilt and shift lenses offer tremendous creative possibilities for users of digital SLR and mirrorlesscameras. This practical book explains the techniques that will help you take better photos -photos that don't distort or lose focus. Assessing the benefits and pitfalls of a range of lenses,adapters, software and editing techniques, it guides you through the practicalities of working withthese lenses and gives you the skills to use them to best effect. With stunning examplesthroughout, this book gives an overview of the different lenses available, and tips on howadapters can give tilt/shift options when using old medium-format lenses. It gives advice on howsimple lens shift can change the entire look of your photos, and techniques for using lens tilt forfocus control and close-up working. Stunning examples show the use of tilt and shift lensesacross a range of available focal lengths, both tripod-mounted and handheld.

AUTHOR:Keith Cooper is a professional architectural, interior and industrial photographer at NorthlightImages in Leicester, UK. Keith also runs specialist training workshops for businesses andarchitectural practices seeking to improve their technical and creative photographic skills.

487 colour photographs

Adrian Sauer: Photo Works

Author: SAUER, ADRIAN

ISBN: 9783735607201

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 187 x 257 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNHNF*gahcab+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

Adrian Sauer explores the nature of photography, occupying himself with the current state of themedium in pictures, self-written programs, texts, and installations. In his artistic work, heexamines the functionality and pitfalls of photography and questions its big promise of being areliable, objective reproduction of reality. His new book of works brings together "photo works" ofthe past ten years and simultaneously provides insights into the migration to digital photographyand the new possibilities for showing and seeing that arise from it.

Text in English and German.

SELLING POINT:• Brings together "photo works" from the past decade, providing insights into the migration todigital photography and the new possibilities for showing and seeing that arise from it

Andre Carrara, Regards

Author: CARRARA, ANDRE

ISBN: 9782490952144

Imprint: Hemeria

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 320 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $175.00 9HSMETA*jfcbee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

Regards spans 4 decades of the extraordinary professional career of a photographer whosediscretion and elegance are reflected in this dedicated retrospective: a tribute to womanhood, towomen in all their diversity.

How best to tell the life story of a fashion photographer? What was the common threadcomposing his career? How does his body of work and progression tie into the history of fashionphotography? Regards spans 4 decades of the extraordinary professional career of aphotographer whose discretion and elegance are reflected in this dedicated retrospective: atribute to womanhood, to women in all their diversity, showcasing their timelessness, universality,sophistication, boldness, seductiveness, provocativeness and even at times their inaccessibility. Ahymn exalting their beauty. This one-of-a-kind book, offering numerous iconic images, alsodelicately narrates how perception of this femininity has evolved over the years. But above allelse, this book tells the story of a man's love for women, who have always left him fascinated,amazed, overwhelmed and inspired. This work is a confession of love for what women representto him, a testimonial to how they move the photographer, who has never ceased to admire themwith passion.

AUTHOR:Andre Carrara is one of the last heavyweights in a fashion scene that has faded with the passingof its last icons, whether photographers or creators, including the likes of Peter Lindberg, KarlLagerfeld, Guy Bourdin and Emanuel Ungaro. Since 1963, with his initial photo shoot - an adcampaign that garnered lots of attention for Lacoste - Andre Carrara has collaborated alongsidefashion's most notable art directors, starting with Antoine Kieffer at Vogue France, whocommissioned his first foray into photojournalism, followed by Roman Cieslewitz at Elle. Thiscollaboration was suspended for a three-year period spent traveling in the U.S., Upon returningto France at the beginning of the 1970's, he reengaged with Elle and published in a large numberof magazines as well as in British, German and Italian releases of Vogue, while at the same timebecoming one of the leading photographers with the MAFIA advertising agency. Though AndreCarrara spent the 1990's as a regular contributor to the American magazine Allure and otherrenowned publications, at the behest of Anna Wintour, his output during the years 1980- 2000will be especially remembered for layouts in Marie-Claire and Marie-Claire bis.

Bjonar Ovrebo: Alna

Author: HEINISCH, DAMIAN

ISBN: 9783735607164

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 300 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $79.99 9HSNHNF*gahbge+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 104

As a young boy, renowned Norwegian photographer Bjornar Ovrebo often played along theinaccessible and unknown banks of Oslo's longest river, the Alna. Memories of this time inspiredhis latest book. For four years he photographed the hidden sides of the gloaming forestallandscape, which is often overlooked by most. His large-format photographs convey the uniquebeauty found in these mystic water meadows. The accompanying text by Torgeir RebolledoPedersen, one of Norway's foremost poets, further enhances the fascinating and wondrous riverAlna – even for those who have yet to see it for themselves.

SELLING POINTS;• Photographs by Bjornar Ovrebo revealing the hidden sides of Olso's Alna river: forestlandscapes and mystic water meadows in large-format photographsWith an accompanying text by one of Norway's foremost poets Torgeir Rebolledo Pedersen

Text in English and Norwegian.

David Drebin Collectors Edition

Author: DREBIN, DAVID

ISBN: 9783961712830

Imprint: teNeues

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 380 x 485 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $650.00 9HSNJQB*hbcida+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

David Drebin presents 50 icons from his portfolio in an XXL edition limited and numbered to 500copies– epic, dramatic, a cinematographic masterpiece.

David Drebin is a master in his field and his unique oeuvre is characterized by complexity.Whether mystically staged femme fatales or landscapes that invite meditative contemplation, allhis works have one thing in common: They have become classics within a short period of time.David Drebin has now compiled 50 of his most outstanding works in this large-format CollectorsEdition, limited to 500 copies.

David's work is exhibited in galleries and collected by enthusiasts around the world. All of hisimages have been released as limited editions, most of which have sold out. In all likelihood, thisis probably due to the fact that David has something that cannot be learned: He has developedhis very own signature style that ensures that his photographs are always instantly identifiable as"Drebins".

David Drebin is a storyteller who lets us dive into another world with his pictures and encouragesus to dream. Collectors Edition, however, gives the 50 iconic images from his portfolio the spacethey deserve and in which they can unfold their full power.

AUTHOR:David Drebin, a graduate of Parsons School of Design, began his career in commercialphotography and then quickly made a name for himself advancing into the world ofcontemporary fine art. Over the years, his filmic signature has evolved into other art forms,including neon light installations and the revolutionary "photo sculpture." With his work collectedworldwide, Drebin is represented internationally by some of the finest art galleries. His work hasbeen shown in multiple exhibitions over the last decade and has been featured at many of themost prestigious art fairs.

50 colour photographs

God Inc I & II

Author: DE KEYZER / BRAECKMAN

ISBN: 9789401470049

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 250 x 300 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $135.00 9HSTEKB*ehaaej+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 320

In the summer of 1990, Magnum photographer Carl De Keyzer bought a camper van and spent ayear travelling across the United States to capture the American religious experience. Publishedin 1992, the series - which was exhibited at the California Museum of Photography in San Diego -was called God Inc. Thirty years later, he has revisited the American Bible Belt and various otherstates to see how religious groups embrace modern life and the latest technologies in theirsearch for new followers. The result, God Inc. I & II, is a fascinating documentary of Americanlife that bundles both series of photographs in a reversible format with two covers. The first partis supplemented with photographs that were not published before. 'During the whole year, Iasked myself why Americans undergo their religious experiences so intensively and emotionally.'- Carl De Keyzer, during the process of creating God Inc. I.

Published to accompany an exhibition in Ghent, Belgium, in November 2020.

AUTHORS:Carl De Keyzer has been a member of the internationally renowned Magnum photographyagency since 1994. The continuous threat of decline in the modern world and the impact ofpower on daily life are the common threads in his work. He exhibits internationally and haspublished numerous other books, including East of Eden in 1996, Zona in 2003, Cuba La Lucha in2016, and DPR Korea Grand Tour in 2017. Johan Braeckman is a Flemish philosopher and aprofessor at the University of Ghent. In addition to articles in professional journals, he haspublished books on the history of philosophy, bioethics, applied ethics, environmental philosophyand cultural aspects of the sciences. In 2013, he received the Career Prize from the RoyalFlemish Academy of Belgium for Sciences and Arts.

SELLING POINTS:• Brings together two outstanding series of photographs taken 30 years apart that capture theAmerican religious experience• Expands the earlier, now out of print book, God Inc. I, with photographs that were notpreviously published• God Inc. I & II are bound together in a reversible volume with two covers

280 colour, 20 b/w images

Imagine: Reflections on Peace

Author: VII FOUNDATION

ISBN: 9782490952090

Imprint: Hemeria

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $140.00 9HSMETA*jfcaja+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 408

Why is it so difficult to make a good peace when it is so easy to imagine? That is the questionbehind Imagine: Reflections on Peace.

When battlefield prowess and political manipulation are not enough to achieve peace throughvictory, we summon our best and brightest to negotiate an end; we celebrate peace settlements;and we give prizes, if not to victors, then to visionaries. We exalt peace as a humanachievement, and justly so. But the reality of peace is flawed. The rewards of peace are elusivefor the men and women who live in the post-conflict societies of our time. Why is it so difficult tomake a good peace when it is so easy to imagine? That is the question behind Imagine:Reflections on Peace.

In this stunning collection, photographic essays make grippingly palpable the stakes during warand peace. Samantha Power, former US Ambassador to the United Nations, Justice RichardGoldstone, and Jonathan Powell, chief negotiator for the Northern Ireland Good Fridayagreement, are joined by world-renown writers in revealing the complexities of redemption andrebuilding in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Cambodia, Colombia, Lebanon, Northern Ireland, andRwanda. We hear first person accounts of survival and the search for inner peace, bringing thebig picture to a personal level. With added insights from scholars and practitioners, the bookoffers a rare and fascinating glimpse into the unvarnished story of peace and a window into whatit takes for societies and individuals to move forward after unspeakable brutality.

200 colour and b/w photographs

Jonas Dahlstrom: 07:27:47

Author: DAHLSTROM, JONAS

ISBN: 9783735606877

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 240 x 240 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSNHNF*gagihh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

For his new book 07:27:47, photographer Jonas Dahlstrom studied urban environments inSweden. With the immediacy of street photography, he captured their beauty in a continuoussequence of images taking place during exactly 12 hours. Focusing on the interaction of light,shadows, and architecture, the aesthetics of his stunning photographs are strict, clear, andminimalist. Regardless, these external landscapes can be read as "internal landscapes" projectedoutwards. They tell a tale of fragility, loneliness, and isolation, of human existence holding outagainst such anonymous, concrete habitats.

Text in English and Swedish.

75 b/w illustrations

Luca Ellena: Einkaufswagen

Author: PROGIN, JONATHAN

ISBN: 9783735607249

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSNHNF*gahcej+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

Shopping carts: they stand in front of supermarkets day in and day out without attracting anyattention. But when they are removed from their usual surroundings, they develop a strangepower of attraction. In Berlin, shopping carts are frequently, quite often in nocturnal 'actions,'repositioned, knocked over, hung up, or loaded with curious things. Over two years, thephotographer Luca Ellena 'portrayed' numerous shopping carts in such unusual surroundings. Thishas resulted in an absurd artist's book filled with unexpected stories that we can only imagine.

Text in English and German.

50 colour illustrations

Mediterranean Planet

Author: BALLESTA, LAURENT

ISBN: 9782490952106

Imprint: Hemeria

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 300 x 245 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $245.00 9HSMETA*jfcbag+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 304

The Mediterranean... Knowing that man has been traveling these waters for thousands of years,it’s easy to imagine that the sea no longer holds any secrets. Knowing that it has been conqueredand mistreated, easy to imagine that it's also been devastated. And yet, the Mediterraneanremains a thriving body of water still waiting to be fully explored. Over its depths lie extensiveand abundant territories that mankind has barely gotten to know: the coral reefs. Thesebiodiversity "hotspots" whose beauty rivals that of the reefs lie in the "twilight zone" between 60and 120m (196 and 393 ft) below the surface, where less than 1% of light actually penetrates.Study, illustrate and expose the unfamiliar part of the teeming undersea life of theMediterranean: such is the challenge undertaken by Laurent Ballesta, famous photographer,biologist and leader of expeditions.

This publication is a compilation of the biologist-photographer's most spectacular shots from 2010through the present day. Accompanied by minimal textual content, the photographs of rarecreatures never before illustrated exhibiting unusual behavior tell the story with each page turnedof natural history and lived history. From the extraordinary biodiversity of the coral reefs to theseascapes far beneath the surface, Laurent Ballesta has embarked on an excursion into theseotherworldly ecosystems that actually exist on Earth and make up the Mediterranean Planet. Thisbook also conforms with the longstanding tradition of works that pay tribute to the marine worldby offering unique insights into an ecosystem that has not yet unveiled all its secrets. Afterseveral deep-sea diving expeditions spanning the globe under the "Gombessa" flag, theGombessa V "Mediterranean Planet" campaign is Laurent's last at the helm. A World First, thisexpedition meant Laurent Ballesta and three other divers would cohabitate for 28 days inside a5-m2 pressurized module designed for both saturation diving and deep sport diving, fromMarseille to Bandol, Carqueiranne to Saint-Tropez, Sainte-Maxime to Antibes, and finally fromAntibes to Monaco.

AUTHOR:Laurent Ballesta was the youngest photographer ever to receive the prestigious "Gold Diver"award at the International Festival of Underwater Images held in Antibes. In 1999 he was namedscientific advisor in marine settings for the TV series Ushuaia Nature, alongside the explorer andshow host Nicolas Hulot. For 12 consecutive years, he made the most of his travels in expandinghis compendium of deep-sea fauna from across the world. In 2000, alongside Pierre Descamp,he founded the Eye of Andromeda Association, in the aim of reconciling oceanological studieswith an artistic appreciation of the marine environment. Since then, Laurent Ballesta has ledvarious expeditions and is now renowned as one of the world's leading underwaterphotographers.

Miguel Rio Branco: Photographic Works1968-1992

Author: BRANCO, MIGUEL RIO

ISBN: 9788417975432

Imprint: RM Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 190 x 260 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $95.00 9HSSELH*jhfedc+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 120

The photographs of Miguel Rio Branco, as Jean-Pierre Criqui has noted in the text accompanyingthe hundred or so images that make up the publication, "offer us a vast catalog of texture andmatter, assembled with a sensitive eye in tune with the esthetic transmutations of the mosthumble, vile motifs. (Baudelaire on the ragman, in Artificial Paradises: 'Everything the cityrejects, everything it has lost, disdained and broken, he labels and collects. He consults thearchives of debauchery and the dregs of society. He sorts through them all to make intelligentchoices; he gathers, like a miser his treasure, the rubbish which, once digested by the divinity ofindustry, will become objects of use and property.') Texture and matter are characterised hereby excess (which explains the 'asphyxia' MRB speaks of in photography): excess of life in alldirections and its inseparable counterpart - death at work."

100 images

Our Time on Earth

Author: YOUNG, TOM

ISBN: 9781938086779

Imprint: George F. Thompson Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 300 x 300 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $140.00 9HSLJNI*aighhj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 152

Wide-ranging and operatic in scale and in scope, Our Time on Earth - Tom Young's fourth book -is an intuitive gaze at the mystery, promise, and condition of human life on Earth in 2020. In anexpansive col-lection of eighty-three new photographs, artfully sequenced into thematic parts,Young brings to us a vis-ual narrative that simultaneously hints at the apocalyptic unfolding ofcontemporary life while offering reverential hope for a better world.

Through a collision of images as minute as a molded snow globe, as expansive as a roilingocean, and as haunting as steam belching from the tower of a nuclear power plant, Young bringsthe reader on an epic journey. Here one finds the prayerful silence of a goat at peace in afreshly dug grave, the human tableaux of young people amidst the drenching power of water,and the simple magnificence of moving water frozen into icy stillness. Here as well one findsdisturbing aspects of the human mosaic to be found in the common places of everyday life, froma school bus abandoned in a vast mined landscape to a col-lapsing building in the shape of alarge cat.

Our Time on Earth plays knowingly off the idea that human endeavors on the planet can be asbrief as the beat of a hummingbird's wing and as long-lasting as mercury and lead embedded ina local river or stream. The question thus arises as to how the traces we leave behind from ourtime on Earth will reverberate as we move forward to the next generation and the next and thenext.Tom Young's most ambitious photo book to date renders our time on Earth in new ways.

AUTHOR:Tom Young was born in 1951 in Boston, Massachusetts. He received his M.F.A. in photographyfrom the Rhode Island School of Design in 1977. He is currently a professor of art, emeritus, atGreenfield Community College in Greenfield, Massachusetts.

83 colour photographs

Thin Line

Author: RIPA, GIADA

ISBN: 9788874399178

Imprint: 5 Continents

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 190 x 260 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSSIRE*djjbhi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

Giada Ripa’s photos form an itinerary of landscapes traversing Italy, North to South, focusing onfive regions: Friuli, Lombardy, Tuscany, Abruzzo, and Sicily. This account is not limited to aphotographic album; rather, it calls upon champions from each area who, through engaginginterviews, describe the positive impact on its territory of the commitment of an important localbusiness. Concrete examples of this cooperation are the environmental revival carried out in thePrealpi Giulie Nature Reserve in Friuli, the conservation of local species of flowers carried out withthe cooperation of the Botanical Gardens in Palermo, and stretches of land made available andleased free of charge. Thus, The Thin Line represents a hope, but also an awareness of theterritory and of those who not only inhabit it now, but will come to inhabit it in the future.

Text in English and Italian

AUTHOR:Giada Ripa, photographer. After studying at ICP in New York, she worked as a correspondent forthe Grazia Neri agency. She then devoted herself to personal projects that took her around theworld. Among her most significant works: The Yokohama Project 1867–2016; Displacement, thefirst photographic book produced by Moleskine, and Imagining Ourselves: Voices of a NewGeneration of Women.

Tobias Kruse / Jorg Bruggemann:Friendship

Author: GIESELMANN, DIRK

ISBN: 9783735606402

Imprint: Kerber Verlag

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 130 x 180 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $65.00 9HSNHNF*gageac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

In this book, Jorg Bruggemann and Tobias Kruse ask what kind of a relationship 'friendship' is. Itis neither familial nor romantic, and yet, it often goes so much deeper. Together, the twophotographers have photographed each other and observed friendships in public spaces. In theirnew series for the OBSCURA Festival of Photography and this artist's book, they find emblematicimages of closeness and distance, joy and sorrow, love and competition, trust and doubt, givingand taking, strength and weakness, sharing and separating.

Text in English and German.

SELLING POINT:• Photographers Jorg Bruggemann and Tobias Kruse explore what friendship is throughphotographs taken in public spaces

120 colour images

Venice in Silence

Author: WAGNER, GABY

ISBN: 9788412155020

Imprint: Ediciones El Viso

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 280 x 370 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $125.00 9HSSELC*bffaca+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 176

"When news of the coronavirus arrived, the lockdown came fast to Italy. The figures were scaryand the disaster bigger every day. But it also became a rare opportunity to truly see and sharethis magical city that I love so much. I photographed its overwhelming beauty, reflected in theliquid mirror of the canals, the glorious vision of architectural perfection, the colours enhanced bythe incredible sun and deep blue sky we had every day. At night, walking alone through thenarrow streets hearing only the sound of my footsteps in this overwhelming silence, was somysterious and out of another world. It has been a tremendous privilege to live in the emptiness,free of human beings, with all this beauty around and all to myself. It was the most incredibleexperience of my life and the images and feelings will stay with me forever, hoping sincerely youwill have the impression you have been there with me." - Gaby Wagner

Text in English and Italian.

100 colour illustrations

When Elephants Come to Town: A VisualAnthology

Author: ATTLEE, JAMES

ISBN: 9789463887519

Imprint: Hannibal Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 160 x 210 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSTEQD*iihfbj+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 192

"Through this extraordinary selection of photographs and accompanying text, we follow elephantson their journey from Ancient Rome to Coney Island and beyond. Across battlefields and citybridges, in railroad cars and circus rings, adored, applauded and at times brutally mistreated,elephants have truly come to town." - James Attlee.

This book captures the 'soul' of the pachyderm and man's timeless fascination with the elephant.The joy and excitement this friendly giant always arouses when it makes an appearance arebrought to life in a remarkable and memorable way in these images. Elephants parade throughthe streets and perform tricks in circuses or shows. In times of war they were often used to helptheir human companions to perform hard labour. There is also space for mechanical elephants inthis collection of photographs. Iconic photos are interspersed with unknown, original archivematerial. This is not a series of contemporary photographs of nature, but rather a collection ofexceptional images of elephants from around the world, taken in days gone by, often byanonymous photographers.

In an introductory essay, the well-known British author James Attlee describes his personalexperiences with elephants and outlines the broader context of the relationship between man andpachyderm through the ages. In exploring that relationship, he does not shy away fromhighlighting the poor living conditions under which elephants in captivity are often kept.

This book would make a splendid festive season gift for anyone who cannot get enough of theseappealing and sympathetic giants.

106 b/w and 7 colour illustrations

Woman go no gree

Author: OYARZABAL, GLORIA

ISBN: 9788417975289

Imprint: RM Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 190 x 275 mm

Category: Photography

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $77.99 9HSSELH*jhfcij+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 176

Women go no'Gree is the winner of Images Vevey Book Award 2019/2020. The book wrestleswith the challenges of applying universal Western feminist ideas to cultures with entirely differenttraditions. In a brilliant, colourful and rhythmic page layout, Gloria takes us out on a projectdedicated to the postcolonial rethinking of gender and race. Empires, by their very nature,embody and formalize difference, both between metropolis / colony and colonial subjects.Imperial imaginary floods popular culture. Gender categories were one kind of bio-logic newtradition European colonialism institutionalised in most of African cultures. But there is significantreligious and linguistic evidence that before colonisation social practices (division of labour,profession, monarchical structures) where not gendered. Infantilisation of women as part ofWestern patriarchal system was also exported with the colonisation of the mind, configuring astate of vulnerability, making the path of dependency propitious. Can we assume social relationsin all societies are organised around biological sexual difference? Beauty canon, modernity,stereotypes... Decolonise feminism questioning the Eurocentric rational theoretical frameworksthat construct gender categories in a universalistic manner.

90 images

Light for the World to See: A ThousandWords on Race and Hope

Author: ALEXANDER, KWAME

ISBN: 9780358539414

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 127 x 178 mm

Category: Poetry

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $32.99 9HSKDPI*fdjebe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 96

A collection of three powerful poems that take on racism and Black resistance in America by NewYork Times best-selling author Kwame Alexander. Includes an introduction by the author.

AUTHOR:Kwame Alexander is a poet, educator, and the New York Times Bestselling author of more than35 books, including Rebound, the follow-up to his, Newbery medal-winning middle grade novel,The Crossover. Some of his other works include Booked, which was longlisted for the NationalBook Award, The Playbook: 52 Rules to Help You Aim, Shoot, and Score in this Game of Life,Swing, and the picture books, Out of Wonder and The Undefeated, which was longlisted for theNational Book Award, and won the Caldecott Medal, a Newbery Honor, and the Coretta ScottKing Illustrator Award.

Tibetan Book of the Dead

Author: EVANS-WENTZ, W. Y.

ISBN: 9780486845371

Imprint: Ixia Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 216 mm

Category: Religion

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $33.99 9HSKESG*iefdhb+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 304

In 1919 the distinguished scholar Walter Evans-Wentz visited an Indian monastery, where heencountered the source of this famous volume. Derived from a Buddhist funerary text, it offersinstructions for preparing for death and moving through the various stages of rebirth. The bookhas since developed into a guide to attaining enlightenment and assuring an auspicious journeythrough the realms of the afterlife.

AUTHOR:W. Y. Evans-Wentz was a scholar of Theosophy who attended Stanford University and JesusCollege, Oxford. He later traveled to the East, where he became a student of Tibetan religioustexts and worked with Lama Kazi Dawa-Samdup to translate works that would later be publishedas The Tibetan Book of the Dead or The After-Death Experiences on the Bardo Plane. He isconsidered one of the scholars responsible for bringing awareness of Tibetan Buddhism to theWest.

101 Facts You Didn't Know About Space

Author: THOMPSON, MARK

ISBN: 9781526766502

Imprint: White Owl

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 172 x 246 mm

Category: Science

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSLFMG*hggfac+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 184

Did you know a compost heap generates as much energy as the Sun? Or that dung beetles usethe Milky Way to navigate? Maybe you have not been into space but if you have then you willknow that astronauts have feet as soft as babies! 101 Space Facts You Didn't Know (Note : Havewe confirmed this title?) takes you on a wild journey around the Universe bringing you factsgalore. Whether you are a space enthusiast or a newcomer you will find plenty of facts in here tokeep you amused and entertained.

AUTHOR:Mark is an astronomer, broadcaster, author and all round science fan. At the age of ten he sawSaturn through a telescope which ignited a passion inside him, a passion that has grown steadilyever since. Since those early days, Mark has inspire millions of viewers to get out and enjoy thenight sky through his role as a presenter on the RTS nominated show BBC Stargazing LIVE. Hispassion for reaching out to a new audience has found him working on The One Show, the AlanTitchmarsh Show, This Morning and more recently Good Morning Britain. He is also a regular faceon BBC Breakfast and Five News and a regular voice on Radio Five Live. When not working on TVor radio shows, he is most likely to be writing about science and space having now published ninebooks, with more in the pipeline, or performing his sell out theatre show "Spectacular Science" attheatres up and down the country. In 2018 his local university, the University of East Angliaawarded Mark an honorary doctorate for his work in science outreach.

100 colour and b/w illustrations

Best American Science and NatureWriting 2020

Author: KAKU / GREEN

ISBN: 9780358074298

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Science

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*ahecji+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 384

A collection of the best science and nature writing published in North America in 2019, guestedited by New York Times best-selling author and ground-breaking physicist Dr. Michio Kaku.

Dr. Michio Kaku, one of the most influential living scientists and a New York Times best-sellingauthor, selects the year's top science and nature writing from writers who balance research withhumanity and, in the process, uncover riveting stories of discovery across the disciplines.

AUTHORS:Michio Kaku is a professor of physics at the City University of New York, co-founder of string fieldtheory, and the best-selling author of several widely acclaimed science books, including TheFuture of Humanity?, Beyond Einstein, The Future of the Mind, Hyperspace, Physics of the Future,and Physics of the Impossible. He is the science correspondent for CBS This Morning and host ofthe radio programs Science Fantastic and Exploration.

Jaime Green is a freelance writer, editor, podcast producer, and writing teacher, focused onbooks, culture, and science. She's the romance book review columnist for the New York Timesand a contributing editor for Catapult. She has an MFA from Columbia University, and has taughtwriting there, as well as at Eugene Lang (The New School) and with the Sackett Street Writers'Workshop. She created, hosted, and produced The Catapult, featuring new writing byup-and-coming writers.

One-Dimensional Two-Phase Flow

Author: WALLIS, GRAHAM B.

ISBN: 9780486842820

Imprint: Dover Publications

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Science

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $55.99 9HSKESG*iecica+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 432

The first elementary, general text on two-phase flow suitable for graduate students inengineering, this widely used monograph has been newly updated by author Graham B. Wallis.The two-part treatment focuses on analytical techniques and practical applications. Praised by theJournal of Fluid Mechanics for its "most useful compilation of experimental results," the textfeatures much of the author's own work.

AUTHOR:Graham B. Wallis is the Sherman Fairchild Professor of Engineering, Emeritus, at DartmouthCollege. In addition to this classic text, he is the author of many papers on fluid mechanics.

Be the Awesome Man: A Man's Guide toAchieving Discipline, Success andHappiness

Author: GAZAREK, DENNIS

ISBN: 9781610353373

Imprint: Quill Driver Books

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 152 x 229 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $29.99 9HSLGLA*dfddhd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 260

A diagnosis and a prescription for a generation of young men in crisis, Be the Awesome Man is amust-read guide for young men who want to achieve lasting success and personal happiness.

Young men are underachieving in unprecedented numbers. More and more young men are notattaining standard benchmarks of maturity, such as entering and graduating from highereducation, finding a career, establishing their financial independence, and living on their own. Bethe Awesome Man approaches the challenges of being a young man from a unique and practicalperspective. Written in a sensible, easy-to-read format, Be the Awesome Man, delves into theroots of male underachievement and provides practical guidance for young men and theirparents, teachers, ministers, coaches, and other mentors.

Drawing on real-world experience as a coach, mentor, and father, author Dennis Gazarekprovides methods to counter the negative influences that encourage underachievement, andshows how effective decision making can lead to a better life. Be the Awesome Man emphasisesthat freedom requires responsibility and offers specific guides and advice for taking fullresponsibility and control over one's life.

Incorporating ancient wisdom with a critical analysis of a modern crisis, Be the Awesome Man willbe an important reference for years to come.

AUTHOR:Born in a working-class neighborhood of Windsor, Ontario, Dennis Gazarek paid for college byworking on farms, in factories, and in horse-racing tracks. His early work experience taught himthe reality of heavy manual labor and an appreciation for the challenges faced by working peoplein everyday life. After receiving an honors degree in business administration from the Universityof Windsor, Gazarek worked in sales for Procter & Gamble and General Motors, as well asworking in real estate and as a business consultant. He is the author of Whacked! How GMCareened into Bankruptcy and Took the Innocent with Them.

SELLING POINTS:• A personal success book for an underserved demographic — young men.• Timely and relevant, as more people are growing concerned about drift, purposelessness, andfailure among young men.• Practical, real-world advice for young men on learning self-control and goal-setting and findingsuccess, maturity, and personal growth.• Straight talk in a direct, masculine style that young men will listen to.• Ideal book for young men and their parents, teachers, coaches, counselors, ministers, andmentors.

Better Day Book: 52 Ways to HaveHappier Days

Author: GIBBS, OLIVIA

ISBN: 9780764360947

Imprint: Better Day Books

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 203 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHQE*dgajeh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 168

In this charmingly illustrated gift book, popular artist Olivia Gibbs shares 52 simple ideas forhaving happier days. From taking an aroma-filled flower bath to spending more time in nature,readers will find simple yet effective ideas that celebrate kindness, self-care, and life's simplepleasures. The book is organised into six chapters: Outdoors, At Home, With Others, The LittleThings, Life Is Hard, and The Big Picture. Also included are illustrated journaling pages and 16Tear & Share Happiness Cards. A beautiful and timeless gift for anyone looking for inspiration ina chaotic world.

AUTHOR:Olivia Gibbs is an illustrator whose colorful work has been licensed across multiple channels,including gift, home decor, and stationery. Her work can be found at Belk, Hallmark, HobbyLobby, JOANN, Trader Joe's, and other national retail chains. Originally from Spain, Oliviacurrently resides in Kansas.

SELLING POINTS:• Perfect combo of art and positive ideas: an uplifting gift book with lots of charm• Extra-appealing during the coronavirus as people look for more authentic experiences,cosiness, and comfort• 16 perforated pull-out cards that provide "inspiration on the go"... pocket them, mail them,share them

Making Your Way: The (wobbly) Road toSuccess and Happiness in Life and Work

Author: DEBRUYNE, MARION

ISBN: 9789401472760

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSTEKB*ehchga+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

What does success mean? Is it just climbing the ladder? Does the perfect job exist? Do you haveto plan everything in advance, preferably before your 30th birthday? And what about thatwork-life balance? Making important career and life choices is a struggle for many people. In thisbook, the authors examine 15 persistent myths and popular beliefs that hold us back, and sharevaluable tips based on their own experiences, outsider testimonials, and academic research. Thisis the book the authors, both business school professors, wish they could have read before theystarted their own careers.

We often meet people with amazing potential, who don't realise that potential because of somelimiting beliefs they have about what a career and happiness should look like. We want toencourage people to set themselves free from such myths and pursue their dreams withconfidence.

AUTHORS:Marion Debruyne is the first female Dean of the Vlerick Business School (Belgium). As a child shedreamed of a career as a ballerina, but she eventually went on to study civil engineering. After aPhD in marketing she became a professor and taught at various American universities. Heracademic focus is on marketing strategy, innovation, and competition.

Katleen De Stobbeleir is an Associate Professor at Vlerick Business School. Her academic careerhas focused on employee proactivity, leadership, coaching, feedback processes, and creativity inorganisations. Her research has been published in various international magazines and books.

SELLING POINTS:• Debunks 15 common myths that hold people back in achieving success in their careers and lifegoals• This is the book the authors (one a business school dean, the other a business schoolprofessor) wish they had when they were starting their careers• Advice based on years of teaching, professional testimonials, and the latest academicresearch• Will appeal to readers of Lean in (Sheryl Sandberg), Thrive (Arianna Huffington) and Nice girlsdon't get the corner office (Lois P. Frankel)

More Than a Body: Your Body Is anInstrument, Not an Ornament

Author: KITE / KITE

ISBN: 9780358229247

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 140 x 216 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $56.99 9HSKDPI*ccjceh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 384

An action plan to overcome looks-based self-objectification, from sisters and body image expertsDrs. Lindsay and Lexie Kite.

Drs. Lindsay and Lexie Kite know firsthand how hard filtering out media influence is when itcomes to self-image. Both struggled as young women to overcome the expectations of body sizeand shape, but were able to learn to love, appreciate, and reclaim their own bodies, eventuallyearning their PhDs in body image resilience. The twin sisters founded the nonprofit BeautyRedefined and have made it their mission to help other women see themselves without societalexpectations distorting their self-perception. More Than a Body is a self-help book focused ongoing beyond body positivity, showing how a mindset focused on appearance sets women up forinsecurities and self-judgement. In this book, they offer an action plan for readers to combatthat mindset, and instead learn how the body can be "an instrument, not an ornament," withpractical, actionable steps to take when consuming media, exercising, practicing self-reflectionand self-compassion, and finding a purpose in life.

AUTHORS:Dr. Lexie Kite is identical twin sisters with Dr. Lindsay Kite. They both received PhDs from theUniversity of Utah. Their academic research on media studies and body image inspired them toestablish the non-profit Beauty Redefined in 2009 (while concluding their co-written master'sthesis and beginning their doctoral research) to help a greater number of females recognize andreject harmful messages about their bodies, worth, and potential, and redefine the meaning andvalue of beauty in their lives. Since then, Lexie and Lindsay have become leading experts in bodyimage resilience and media literacy-authors of numerous studies and books have cited theiroriginal research-and have been featured in a variety of national media outlets.

Practice of Thinking: Cultivating theExtraordinary

Author: LENARTOWICZ, MARTA

ISBN: 9789401469814

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 170 x 240 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $99.00 9HSTEKB*egjibe+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 376

The greatest challenge we face in dealing with the complexity of our world? To think again and tothink better. In a world that challenges us with ever more complicated problems, the quality ofour thinking is a critical game-changer. As individuals, organisations, societies, and cultures, weneed to cultivate thinking that is both insightful and farsighted. We must learn how to mobiliseand apply intelligence that goes beyond the ordinary - one that continuously exceeds its ownlimits. The Postgraduate School of Thinking, at the Vrije Universiteit in Brussels (VUB), is anexperimental program with the mission of challenging us all to achieve just that. Deploying aninnovative combination of mobilisation methods, the program sets out to define the cognitivestrategies, practices, and habits that are the marks of exceptional thinkers. This book features avariety of interdisciplinary research articles and discussions that invite us to explore our capacityfor extraordinary thinking.

AUTHOR:Marta Lenartowicz is a social scientist at Center Leo Apostel for Interdisciplinary Studies, VrijeUniversiteit Brussels (VUB) and the programme director of the Postgraduate School of Thinking.She holds a PhD in humanistic management (social change) and MA in philology (theory oflanguage), both from the Jagiellonian University in Krakow.

SELLING POINTS:• Transformative ideas, concepts, and research brought together to train exceptional thinkers• A rare peek into a visionary interdisciplinary initiative in the making, from a new andinnovative program at the Postgraduate School of Thinking at the Vrije Universiteit Brussels

Wake Up Grateful: The TransformativePractice of Taking Nothing for Granted

Author: NELSON, KRISTI

ISBN: 9781635862447

Imprint: Storey Publishing

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 152 x 203 mm

Category: Self-Help

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLGNF*igceeh+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

Kristi Nelson, executive director of A Network for Grateful Living, unlocks the practice of livinggratefully in a challenging world, with reflections, daily exercises, and life-changing perspectivefor discovering the gifts of gratitude.

What does it mean to truly live gratefully, every day? In Wake Up Grateful, Kristi Nelson,executive director of A Network for Grateful Living, unlocks the path to recognising abundance inevery moment, and gives readers the tools to bring this transformational shift in perspective intotheir daily lives. Nelson goes beyond the proverbial question of whether the glass is half full orhalf empty, and encourages readers to awaken to the gift of having a glass at all. With questionsfor reflection, daily exercises, and perspective prompts for appreciating the fullness of life as it is,right now, this book promises profound personal change through the practice of taking nothingfor granted.

AUTHOR:Kristi Nelson is the executive director of A Network for Grateful Living. She has spent more than20 years immersed in the rewarding work of non-profit leadership, fundraising, andorganizational development. Nelson was the founding director of the Soul of Money Institute withLynne Twist, director of development at Kripalu Center for Yoga and Health, and director ofdevelopment and community relations for the Center for Mindfulness in Medicine, Health Care,and Society. She holds a master's degree in public administration with a concentration inleadership studies from Harvard University. She lives in western Massachusetts with her family.

Best American Sports Writing 2020

Author: MACMULLAN / STOUT

ISBN: 9780358196990

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Sport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*bjgjja+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 368

The latest addition to the acclaimed series showcasing the best sports writing from the past year.

For over twenty-five years, The Best American Sports Writing has built a solid reputation byshowcasing the greatest sports journalism of the previous year, culled from hundreds of national,regional, and specialty print and digital publications. Each year, the series editor and guest editorcurate a truly exceptional collection. The only shared traits among all these diverse styles, voices,and stories are the extraordinarily high caliber of writing, and the pure passion they tap into thatcan only come from sports.

AUTHORS:Jackie MacMullan is the author of New York Times bestsellers Basketball: A Love Story and Whenthe Game Was Ours. She has been a writer for the Boston Globe, Sports Illustrated andESPN.com.

Glenn Stout is a freelance writer, author, and editorial consultant and has served as series editorof The Best American Sports Writing since its inception. He is the author of Young Woman andthe Sea and Fenway 1912, and has collaborated with Richard Johnson on Red Sox Century,Yankees Century, The Cubs and The Dodgers. Stout has lived in and around Boston for 20 years,and currently lives in Vermont.

Life of a Sports Agent

Author: SUTTON, LUKE

ISBN: 9781526736994

Imprint: White Owl

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Sport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLFMG*hdgjje+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 128

There is a lot of mystery that surrounds sports agents and their roles in the lives of their highprofile clients. Many percieve the life to be glamorous, spending time with celebrities and earninga lot of money for doing easy or very little work. The Middleman reveals how very wrong thisperception is. Having been a high profile sports agent for nearly 10 years, with clients such asJames Anderson, Sam Quek, Nile Wilson, James Taylor and Simon Mignolet, Luke Sutton has anincredible insight into the world of sports management across a number of areas. In his newbook, The Middleman, Luke reveals stories and personal experiences about the sporting stars hehas encountered, both the good and bad, and his very honest opinions about them. This bookalso aims to give people a true look into how this mysterious industry works, and highlights theimportant lessons Luke has learnt during his career. The Middleman follows Luke's 2019autobiography, Back from the Edge.

AUTHOR:Luke Sutton was a professional cricket player for over 15 years, captaining Derbyshire for anumber of years. Although he was primarily a wicket keeper, he was also a very skilled batsman.Now an agent to a number of high profile sports and media stars, Luke is well placed to use hisexperiences to help others. The Middleman follows Luke's 2019 autobiography, Back from theEdge.

Liverpool: The Story of a Football Club in101 Lives

Author: RIPPON, ANTON

ISBN: 9781526767783

Imprint: White Owl

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Sport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSLFMG*hghhid+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 232

LIVERPOOL: THE STORY OF A FOOTBALL CLUB IN 101 LIVES tells the history of the Anfield clubthrough the biographies of key individuals associated with the Merseysiders from their formationin the gas-lit days of Victorian Britain through to the present day. From John Houlding, the LordMayor of Liverpool who was the founder of the club in controversial circumstances, to theirgreatest manager Bill Shankly, and the great players who have worn the famous red shirtthroughout its history, the in-depth stories of the characters - players and managers - here painta fascinating picture of how the club - indeed, the game of football itself - has developed fromworkers playing for fun to today's multi-million-pound business.

AUTHOR:Anton Rippon is an award-winning newspaper columnist, journalist and author of over 30 sportsbooks including Gas Masks for Goalposts: Football in Britain During the Second World War andHitler's Olympics: The Story of the 1936 Nazi Games. A former Sunday Telegraph football writer,his sports features appeared in The Times, The Independent, The Guardian, and FourFourTwomagazine. Rippon was named Newspaper Columnist of the Year in the 2017 Midlands MediaAwards.

32 b/w illustrations

Antonov's Heavy Transports: From theAn-22 to An-225, 1965 to the Present

Author: GORDON / KOMISSAROV

ISBN: 9780764360718

Imprint: Schiffer Military

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 215 x 279 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $160.00 9HSKHQE*dgahbi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 288

This book charts the development and service history of the Antonov design bureau's heavytransport aircraft. In the late 1950s, the Antonov design bureau began developing the An-22heavy military transport, intended to carry 50 tons. Powered by four 15,000 hp turboprops, itwas the world's heaviest transport when it first flew in February 1965. The four-turbofan An-124was again the world's most capable airlifter when it emerged in 1982, with a payload of 120tons. It proved its worth in military and humanitarian operations and earned acclaim as acommercial freighter after 1991 for carrying heavy and outsized items. The unique six-enginedAn-225 "Mriya" was created for carrying the Buran space shuttle. Despite the demise of theBuran program, the aircraft found use on the heavy/outsized cargo transportation market. It isillustrated by a wealth of new photos and color artwork, as well as line drawings.?

AUTHORS:Yefim Gordon is an aviation journalist and photographer who has been researchingSoviet/Russian aviation history for more than 40 years. He has authored and coauthored morethan 120 books on the subject and published hundreds of features and photographs in Russianand foreign aviation magazines.

Dmitriy Komissarov is a translator and journalist whose work has been associated with aviationsince 1993. He has translated or authored/coauthored more than 70 books on Soviet/Russianaircraft and written numerous features for Russian and foreign aviation magazines.

598 colour and b/w photographs

Classic Car Gallery: A Journey ThroughMotoring History

Author: COLE, LANCE

ISBN: 9781526749116

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 290 x 250 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLFMG*hejbbg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 160

In a classic car photography book packed with an eclectic mix of automotive images, Lance Cole(author of the Classic Car Adventure) presents a stunning collection of photographs of old cars ofall marques and types captured in many locations. Across Allards to Bugattis, Citroens DKWs,Porsches, Saabs, Triumphs, Voisins, VWs, and a pot-pourri of well-known classics, the author hasjourneyed far and wide to create a wonderful diary of classic car moments amid the greatenthusiasm for nostalgia on wheels. A mix of cars, people, portraits, action and atmosphere allblend in to a colourful journey across the classic car world in a diverse blend of marques anderas. 250 colour and black and white images populate an odyssey across a landscape of cars inan interesting format that pitches multi-million pound cars alongside more humble names. Seenon the move and static, Lance Cole's photographs capture the essence of metal sculpture, lightfalling upon paint and form, and the design hallmarks of old cars prior to the age of digital designauthoritarianism when so many cars look similar. If you love old metal, patina, paint, leather,and enthusiasm, all captured across vintage, veteran, classic and modern classic metal, then theClassic Car Gallery is a rare memento of the cars of yesteryear seen in the celebration of theirtoday.

AUTHOR:Lance Cole has been a motoring and aviation writer, author and PR for over 30 years. He is alsoan internationally published photographer and illustrator. Lance has a background and training inindustrial design, motoring journalism, and car testing. The author of over 20 books (includingeight for Pen and Sword) and more than 100 articles for major magazines and newspapers,Lance is well known for his interest in design and driving. He has driven and photographed oldcars all over the world. He currently lives in Wiltshire with his Australian wife and yearns for areturn to the outback of beyond where old cars rule.

200 colour illustrations

GP Ice Race

Author: PORSCHE / GREGER

ISBN: 9783667119735

Imprint: Delius Klasing Verlag

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 280 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $110.00 9HSNGQH*bbjhdf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

"It's cool, man! Winter sport meets motor sport at the GP Ice Race.

In the summer they're drawn to the racetracks, in winter they go to Scandinavia: during the coldseason, there are spectacular races on frozen lakes and icy tracks. In 2019 Ferdinand Porscherevived the old tradition of ice races and with his pal Vinzenz Greger he brought back the GP IceRace to Zell am See in Austria, the home of the Porsche family. For two days amateurs,professional racing drivers, teams and manufacturers of different classes meet there for racingcompetitions - facing the extreme conditions of an icy track at the old airport.

Spectacular pictures of motor races on the icy track.

"Motorsport belongs to Zell am See like passes to the mountains," says Ferdinand Porsche,great-grandson of the Porsche patriarch of the same name. Apparently Ferdinand Porsche juniordoes not just share the great name, but also the motor sport genes of his ancestors.

So the GP Ice Race unites a varied mix of participants, that should please all motorsportenthusiasts. Among others, participants are supercars, modern classic cars and classic cars,vehicles with combustion and electric engines. The two organisers even planned the traditionalSkijoring, where courageous skiers, connected by a tow line, are pulled by a car. This racingweekend is a special experience of freedom, driving skills, sporting precision and speed - a mustfor motor racing enthusiasts!

Text in English and German.

SELLING POINTS:• The GP Ice Race 2020: the participants, the cars, the men of action• Exclusive background stories about the races, interviews with drivers and promoters• Published and curated by Ferdinand Porsche Junior• Marvellous coffee-table book with top photos by top photographers• The perfect present for car and Porsche lovers!

270 colour images

Great Central Railway: What ReallyHappened

Author: PALMER, JOHN

ISBN: 9781526777898

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 216 x 228 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $90.00 9HSLFMG*hhhiji+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 344

For generations of railway enthusiasts and more latterly for social historians, the life and times ofthe former Great Central Railway and in particular its extension towards London in the 1890s andclosure seventy years later, have generated considerable interest and controversy. Althoughmany books have been written about the Railway, the majority in recent times haveconcentrated upon providing a photographic record and a nostalgic look in retrospect to what wasgenerally perceived as happier times for the route. None of the books have presented theoutcome from thorough research into the business aspects of the Railway and its successiveprivate (L N E R) and public ( B R ) ownerships through war and peace, times of industrial, socialand political change, that influenced and shaped the demand for a railway service. Whileretaining a strong railway theme throughout, the book identifies the role played by successivegovernments , the electricity and coal industries and the effect of social change that, togetherresulted in a case for closure. The content of the book replaces much supposition with fact andplaces on record what really happened. The final part of the book acknowledges the fine workover half a century of volunteers dedicated to saving a section of the line in Leicestershire.

AUTHOR:John Palmer was born in 1948 and became a member of an extended family of railwaymen.Home was in the railway town of Derby, close to the Midland main line and the Great Northernline to Nottingham Victoria, employment within the railway industry naturally followed and Johnentered service in the department of the chief mechanical and electrical engineer. Shortlyafterwards he was selected for a management training scheme, a career of 33 years in contractand project management work in the U K and overseas was enjoyed and also allowed ampleopportunity to pursue his own natural interest in all things railway.

150 colour and b/w illustrations and maps

History of Ocean Liners in 50 Objects

Author: BERRY, MARK

ISBN: 9780750994323

Imprint: The History Press

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 156 x 234 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $49.99 9HSKHPA*jjedcd+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

The story of ocean liners brought to life by objects and ephemera, revealing life on board, luxuryand magnificence, and peril and disaster.

Explore the history of the great ocean liners through a range of objects that bring them to life.Liners represented the ambitions of their nations in peace and war, their design, interiors, andfittings incorporating the finest contemporary technological and artistic features. They carriedcelebrities, vacationers, emigrants, and in war, thousands of troops, followed by war bridesseeking new lives. The story takes in evolving technology, supreme luxury, fine cuisine as well ashardship and the burning hope for a better life. There is peril, disaster and death, internationalpride and competition, glory and war. The objects tell a fascinating story and show how the seavoyage has evolved from the late 19th and early 20th century to the huge cruise industry wehave today.

AUTHOR:Mark Berry has enjoyed a 37-year career as an estate agent, but it is his lifelong passion forships, and passenger liners in particular, that led to him building an extensive collection, frommenus and brochures to fine silver and glassware, lifeboat name plaques to launching medals,and an expansive knowledge of the subject. He lives in Devon.

150 colour illustrations

Land Rover One Ten and NinetySpecification Guide

Author: TAYLOR, JAMES

ISBN: 9781785007736

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 296 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $59.99 9HSLHSF*aahhdg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 144

This book is designed to give guidance on the original, ex-factory, specifications of the coil-sprungutility Land Rovers built between 1983 and 1990. Known to Land Rover as stage 2 models, theywere sold as the Land Rover One Ten, Ninety and (later) One Two Seven. James Taylor hastaken the first step in undertaking detailed research into the Stage 2 models, and puttingtogether all the known facts in one place. Topics covered include vehicle identification;specification changes in detail; options, accessories and special equipment; conversions and,finally, promotional material.

AUTHOR:James Taylor has been writing professionally about road transport since the late 1970s, and hisinterests embrace a wide range of older cars of all makes and nationalities, as well as classicbuses, lorries and military vehicles. James has written around 150 books in all, and among themhave been several definitive one-make or one-model motoring titles, including a number forCrowood.

253 colour photographs

London 'E/1' Tram

Author: WALLER, PETER

ISBN: 9781526709080

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 216 x 282 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hajaia+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 208

Probably the single most numerous of tramcar constructed for operation on Britain's firstgeneration electric tramways, the London County Council's 'E/1' class had an operational historythat stretched for almost 50 years. The first were produced towards the end of the first decadeof the 20th century and the last were withdrawn with the conclusion of 'Operation Tramaway' -the final conversion of the once great London tramway system - in July 1952. Over the years,more than 1,000 were built for operation by the LCC with similar cars being constructed for anumber of the council operated systems in the capital prior to the creation of the LPTB in July1933\. The last batch - effectively rebuilds of single-deck cars that had once operated throughthe Kingsway Subway prior to its modernisation - not completed until the early 1930s. During the1920s the LCC cars had undergone a Pullmanisation programme and, during the followingdecade, a number underwent the LPTB's Rehabilitation scheme. Moreover, with the removal ofthe restriction on the use of enclosed lower-deck vestibules, many others were converted tofully-enclosed during that decade. Although withdrawals commenced in the 1930s, as the tramsystem north of the river was converted to trolleybus operation, and others were lost as a resultof enemy action during the war, a sizeable number survived to the system's final days. This bookexamines the history of this important class from development through to preservation.

AUTHOR:Brought up in Bradford, Peter Waller grew up as the city's trolleybus network gradually declined.In 1986, he commenced in a career?in publishing, working for a number of years as Ian AllanLtd's Publisher (Books), where he oversaw the commissioning and publication of a wide range ofbooks. The first book that he wrote was British and Irish Tramway Systems since 1945 in 1992.Since then he has written a number of books on transport subjects. Moving to Shropshire in2007, he is now a full-time author and editor. He is also a director and secretary of the OnlineTransport Archive, a director of Shrewsbury Dial-a-Ride, chairman of the West Shropshire TalkingNewspaper, a committee member of the National Railway Heritage Awards and a past presidentof the Rotary Club of Shrewsbury.

200 colour and b/w illustrations

Norton Commando Restoration Manual

Author: WHITE, NORMAN

ISBN: 9781785007590

Imprint: Crowood Press

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 296 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $120.00 9HSLHSF*aahfja+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The Norton Commando is a motorcycle with an ohv pre-unit parallel-twin engine, produced bythe Norton Motorcycle Company from 1967 until 1977. With over 700 colour photographs, thisbook provides step-by-step guides to restoring every component of this classic bike. Topicscovered include how to find a worthy restoration project; setting up a workshop with key toolsand equipment; dismantling the motorcycle to restore the chassis, engine cradle and swing arm;restoring the isolastic suspension, forks and steering; tackling the engine, transmission,carburettors, electrics, ignition and instruments and, finally, overhauling wheels and brakes, andreplacing tyres. There is also a chapter on the assembly of a restored 'Five Times Machine of theYear' motorcycle.

AUTHOR:Norman White joined Norton-AJS in 1969 and worked on projects such as noise and emissions,component mileage proving, tyre development and performance testing. Later, he prepared theengine components and undertook track testing for the popular NVPS 'Yellow Peril' productionracers. In late 1971, Norman was responsible for the preparation and maintenance of the newracing machines designed by Peter Williams for Norton and he even partnered top racer RexButcher in the prestigious Thruxton 500 mile race in 1973 - which they won. Norman then joinedHonda, where he controlled the preparation of the Honda Britain machines and he partnered NeilTuxworth on a works Honda in the Spanish round of the World Championship 24 hour race.Norman started his own business 'Norman White Norton' in 1981 specialising in maintaining andimproving all aspects of Norton Commando motorcycles.

700 colour photographs

Transport Journey in Colour: StreetScenes of the British Isles 1949-1969

Author: JENKINS, MARTIN

ISBN: 9781526764126

Imprint: Pen and Sword

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 250 x 240 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $75.00 9HSLFMG*hgebcg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 184

This remarkable book takes the reader on a nostalgic transport journey into streets throughoutthe British Isles some of which have hardly changed, except for the vehicles displayed, whilstothers have been transformed or have, in some cases, altered virtually beyond all recognition.Hours of fascinating research using Google Street View has enabled the authors to indicate howtheir selected street scenes have changed and also how readers can explore these changes forthemselves by accessing Google Street View. The authors have managed to bring together sometruly outstanding and often stunning images from a period when colour coverage of transportsubjects was in its infancy. As a result, the book includes many previously unpublished viewstaken between 1950 and 1975 the majority from collections held by Online Transport Archive, ofwhich charity both authors are trustees. The richly varied street scenes depict not only buses,trams and trolleybuses but also people as well as railway locomotives, cars, lorries, vans,cinemas, churches, retail outlets and public houses. An absolute feast for the eye. Rich in varietyand with a wealth of detailed captions.

AUTHOR:Martin Jenkins directed and narrated over 100 fund-raising DVDs for Online Video, is a trustee ofOnline Transport Archive, and has written many transport-related books. A drama director withthe BBC, he now works as a freelance director and lecturer. Kevin McCormack has written fortybooks on railways and road transport and is actively involved in preservation. He owns a Victorianrailway carriage at Didcot Railway Centre, Oxfordshire and is a regular steward at the LondonBus Museum located at Brooklands, Surrey.

180 colour illustrations

Type 7: Volume 2

Author: DELIUS KLASING

ISBN: 9783667120168

Imprint: Delius Klasing Verlag

Binding: Slipcase

Dimensions: 290 x 290 mm

Category: Transport

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $175.00 9HSNGQH*bcabgi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 412

It all began in December 2018. Back then, Porsche initiated the Type 7 Instagram channel, whichgained cult status after just one year and won over more than 70.000 followers. On Type 7, theteam of Ted Gushue, Thomas Walk and Franziska Jostock curate richly illustrated stories andworks from the world of architects, artists and designers. Not forgetting famous automobileenthusiasts like Jeff Zwart or the artists Marc Newson or Daniel Arsham: their exciting andbeautiful projects got them a place in this book too. Type 7 Volume Two co-ordinates the beststories from another successful year of @type 7, the social media channel for inspirational storiesfrom the world of Porsche. Apart from the varied and carefully chosen stories, the appeal of thebook lies in its beautiful design. Paint and embossing are used sensibly, the choice of materialsand the type of packaging highlight the standard, that is also the motto of the book’s makers:Driving Forward.

120 colour illustrations

Berlin Guide for Instagrammers

Author: BONNE, SILVIE

ISBN: 9789560582744

Imprint: Luster Publishing

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 160 x 220 mm

Category: Travel

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $44.99 9HSTFQA*fichee+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 224

The perfect guide for those who want to explore a different, trendy side of Berlin. PhotographerSilvie Bonne presents 100 scenic, impressive and 'Instagrammable' spots in Berlin. Some areclassics but most are hidden gems only locals know about. Every hotspot is accompanied by afascinating background story, some fun facts, and practical information. The true eyecatchers areof course the original Instagram images, along with some expert tips and trips on how to shootthem.

Also available:NYC Guide for Instagrammers ISBN 9789460582264

AUTHOR:Belgian photographer Silvie Bonne is the author (and of course the photographer) of NYC Guidefor Instagrammers. This book is praised for being a new and different sort of guide, and acollection of the most beautiful New York images. Now that Silvie and her family have moved toBerlin, it's time for a sequel.

SELLING POINT:• A unique and outside-the-box guide with 100 Instagrammable spots and tips in Berlin and tipsand tricks to help you shoot the perfect Insta-image

Best American Travel Writing 2020

Author: WILSON / MACFARLANE

ISBN: 9780358362036

Imprint: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 140 x 210 mm

Category: Travel

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $39.99 9HSKDPI*dgcadg+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 336

The year's best travel writing, as chosen by series editor Jason Wilson and guest editor RobertMacfarlane.

An eclectic compendium of the best travel writing essays published in 2019, collected byesteemed guest editor Robert Macfarlane, author of Mountains of the Mind and Underland. TheBest American Travel Writing gathers together a satisfyingly varied medley of perspectives, allexploring what it means to travel somewhere new. For the past two decades, readers have cometo recognise this annual volume as the gold standard for excellence in travel writing.

AUTHOR:

Jason Wilson is the author of Godforsaken Grapes: A Slightly Tipsy Journey through the World ofStrange, Obscure, and Underappreciated Wine and Boozehound: On the Trail of the Rare, theObscure, and the Overrated in Spirits. He writes regularly for the Washington Post and the NewYork Times. Wilson has been the series editor of The Best American Travel Writing since itsinception in 2000.

Elements: In Pursuit of the Wild

Author: RUCKSACK MAGAZINE

ISBN: 9789401471275

Imprint: Lannoo

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 210 x 275 mm

Category: Travel

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $85.00 9HSTEKB*ehbchf+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 240

I have to say that Rucksack Magazine immediately earned a spot as one of my all time favouritetravel related magazines out there - runhumans.com

Elements, In Pursuit of the Wild, is a powerful and moving visual journey of discovery created bythe editors of Rucksack Magazine. In this compilation are stories, interviews, and stunningphotographs that highlight locations where we are overwhelmed by the beauty of nature. Thesewild places embody peace and tranquility, and exploring them requires courage, a sense ofadventure, and an intrepid curiosity about the world. Locations featured in this book include theFaroe Islands, the northwest Pacific, Scandinavia, and Scotland, among other places. Themajority of the material in this book is previously unpublished, online or in print.

Rucksack Magazine is an internationally acclaimed magazine that presents strong visual andwritten stories driven by a passion for discovery, adventure and photography.

SELLING POINTS:• The first book from internationally acclaimed Rucksack Magazine, whose bi-annual themedjournals feature stories, photographs, and interviews on wilderness, travel, adventure, andescapism• Presents predominantly new material which has not been published in the journals or online

50 colour, 200 b/w images

Everyman's England

Author: CANNING, VICTOR

ISBN: 9780715653883

Imprint: Duckworth

Binding: Paperback

Dimensions: 129 x 198 mm

Category: Travel

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $24.99 9HSKHLF*gfdiid+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 256

A classic travelogue that brilliantly conjures 1930's Britain.

I travelled from King's Cross to Berwick-on-Tweed in a sleeper on the night express for no otherreason than that I like to read in bed and, at the same time, feel that I am being rushed forwardat a tremendous speed.

In this series of pen-portraits of England, commissioned by The Daily Mail in the 1930s, VictorCanning 'evocatively captures the pattern and colour of English life' (The Bookseller) fromCumberland to Cornwall. His heart-warming, humorous and often irreverent observations ofsleepy villages, pastoral scenes and busy industries provide a delightful insight into life betweenthe wars.

AUTHOR:Victor Canning was a prolific writer throughout his career, which began young: he had soldseveral short stories by the age of nineteen and his first novel, Mr Finchley Discovers His England(1934) was published when he was twenty-three. It proved to be a runaway bestseller. Canningalso wrote for children: his trilogy The Runaways was adapted for US children's television.Canning's later thrillers were darker and more complex than his earlier work and received furthercritical acclaim.

Travel by Design

Author: BOODRO, MICHAEL

ISBN: 9781614289258

Imprint: Assouline Memoire Collect

Binding: Hardcover

Dimensions: 254 x 330 mm

Category: Travel

Release Date: 01/02/2021

RRP: $195.00 9HSLGLE*cijcfi+

Peribo Pty Limited58 Beaumont Road Mt Kuring-Gai NSW 2080 Australiat (02) 9457 0011 f: (02) 9457 0022 e: [email protected]

Pages: 280

Showcasing travel photographs by more than 150 of America's top architects and designers,Travel by Design is an inspiring guide to the power of travel to shape and expand our world.Travel by Design reminds us of the beauty and importance of travel, with images of more than100 locations in 60 countries, from exotic destinations and global cities to adventure travels andall-American escapes. More than 350 photographs take readers on a global journey throughcityscapes, ancient civilizations, luxurious resorts, and stunning natural wonders, all seen throughthe discerning and artistic eyes of today's leading creative talents. The images are sure to inspiredreams of escape, and the 40 pages of insider resources - from favourite hotels and restaurantsto secret shopping sources and must-see monuments - will make planning future trips reassuringand easy.

An inspirational and informative resource, this volume highlights the preeminence of outstandingdesign and its importance for every civilization.

AUTHOR:The Design Leadership Network is an organization of more than 500 principals of design andarchitecture firms, media companies, and makers of products across the United States andEurope, characterized by their commitment to professional growth, positive leadership,mentorship and contributions to creative communities.

Founder of the Design Leadership Network, Peter Sallick is also the CEO of Waterworks. EditorMichael Boodro is a longtime design journalist and has served as the editor in chief of Elle Decor,Culture and Travel, Martha Stewart Living and Garden Design.

200 illustrations